Adoption Standard – Active. Ethernet local area network operation is specified for selected speeds of operation from 1 Mb\/s to 100 Gb\/s using a common media access control (MAC) specification and management information base (MIB). The Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision Detection (CSMA\/CD) MAC protocol specifies shared medium (half duplex) operation, as well as full duplex operation. Speed specific Media Independent Interfaces (MIIs) allow use of selected Physical Layer devices (PHY) for operation over coaxial, twisted-pair or fiber optic cables. System considerations for multisegment shared access networks describe the use of Repeaters that are defined for operational speeds up to 1000 Mb\/s. Local Area Network (LAN) operation is supported at all speeds. Other specified capabilities include various PHY types for access networks, PHYs suitable for metropolitan area network applications, and the provision of power over selected twisted-pair PHY types.<\/p>\n
| PDF Pages<\/th>\n | PDF Title<\/th>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 1<\/td>\n | ISO\/IEC\/IEEE 8802-3 <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3<\/td>\n | Foreword <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 5<\/td>\n | IEEE Std 802.3\u2122-2012 front cover <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 7<\/td>\n | Title page <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 10<\/td>\n | Notice to users Copyrights Updating of IEEE documents Errata Patents <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 11<\/td>\n | Participants <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 25<\/td>\n | Introduction <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 29<\/td>\n | Contents <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 59<\/td>\n | IMPORTANT NOTICE 1. Introduction 1.1 Overview 1.1.1 Scope <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 60<\/td>\n | 1.1.2 Basic concepts 1.1.2.1 Half duplex operation 1.1.2.2 Full duplex operation 1.1.3 Architectural perspectives <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 61<\/td>\n | 1.1.3.1 Architectural rationale 1.1.3.2 Compatibility interfaces <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 64<\/td>\n | 1.1.4 Layer interfaces 1.1.5 Application areas 1.2 Notation 1.2.1 State diagram conventions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 65<\/td>\n | 1.2.2 Service specification method and notation <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 66<\/td>\n | 1.2.2.1 Classification of service primitives 1.2.3 Physical Layer and media notation <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 67<\/td>\n | 1.2.4 Physical Layer message notation 1.2.5 Hexadecimal notation 1.2.6 Accuracy and resolution of numerical quantities 1.3 Normative references <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 74<\/td>\n | 1.4 Definitions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 102<\/td>\n | 1.5 Abbreviations <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 107<\/td>\n | 2. Media Access Control (MAC) service specification 2.1 Scope and field of application 2.2 Overview of the service 2.2.1 General description of services provided by the layer 2.2.2 Model used for the service specification 2.2.3 Overview of interactions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 108<\/td>\n | 2.2.4 Basic services 2.3 Detailed service specification 2.3.1 MA_DATA.request 2.3.1.1 Function 2.3.1.2 Semantics of the service primitive 2.3.1.3 When generated 2.3.1.4 Effect of receipt 2.3.1.5 Additional comments <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 109<\/td>\n | 2.3.2 MA_DATA.indication 2.3.2.1 Function 2.3.2.2 Semantics of the service primitive 2.3.2.3 When generated <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 110<\/td>\n | 2.3.2.4 Effect of receipt 2.3.2.5 Additional comments <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 111<\/td>\n | 3. Media Access Control (MAC) frame and packet specifications 3.1 Overview 3.1.1 Packet format <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 112<\/td>\n | 3.1.2 Service interface mappings 3.2 Elements of the MAC frame and packet 3.2.1 Preamble field 3.2.2 Start Frame Delimiter (SFD) field 3.2.3 Address fields <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 113<\/td>\n | 3.2.3.1 Address designation 3.2.4 Destination Address field <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 114<\/td>\n | 3.2.5 Source Address field 3.2.6 Length\/Type field 3.2.7 MAC Client Data field <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 115<\/td>\n | 3.2.8 Pad field 3.2.9 Frame Check Sequence (FCS) field 3.2.10 Extension field <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 116<\/td>\n | 3.3 Order of bit transmission 3.4 Invalid MAC frame <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 117<\/td>\n | 4. Media Access Control 4.1 Functional model of the MAC method 4.1.1 Overview <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 118<\/td>\n | 4.1.2 CSMA\/CD operation 4.1.2.1 Normal operation 4.1.2.1.1 Transmission without contention <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 119<\/td>\n | 4.1.2.1.2 Reception without contention 4.1.2.2 Access interference and recovery <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 120<\/td>\n | 4.1.3 Relationships to the MAC client and Physical Layers 4.2 CSMA\/CD Media Access Control (MAC) method: Precise specification 4.2.1 Introduction 4.2.2 Overview of the procedural model <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 121<\/td>\n | 4.2.2.1 Ground rules for the procedural model 4.2.2.2 Use of Pascal in the procedural model <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 122<\/td>\n | 4.2.2.3 Organization of the procedural model 4.2.2.4 Layer management extensions to procedural model 4.2.3 Packet transmission model <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 123<\/td>\n | 4.2.3.1 Transmit data encapsulation <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 128<\/td>\n | 4.2.3.2 Transmit media access management 4.2.3.2.1 Deference 4.2.3.2.2 Interpacket gap <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 129<\/td>\n | 4.2.3.2.3 Collision handling (half duplex mode only) 4.2.3.2.4 Collision detection and enforcement (half duplex mode only) 4.2.3.2.5 Collision backoff and retransmission (half duplex mode only) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 130<\/td>\n | 4.2.3.2.6 Full duplex transmission 4.2.3.2.7 Packet bursting (half duplex mode only) 4.2.3.3 Minimum frame size <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 131<\/td>\n | 4.2.3.4 Carrier extension (half duplex mode only) 4.2.4 Frame reception model 4.2.4.1 Receive data decapsulation 4.2.4.1.1 Address recognition <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 132<\/td>\n | 4.2.4.1.2 Frame check sequence validation 4.2.4.1.3 Frame disassembly 4.2.4.2 Receive media access management 4.2.4.2.1 Framing 4.2.4.2.2 Collision filtering <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 133<\/td>\n | 4.2.5 Preamble generation 4.2.6 Start frame sequence 4.2.7 Global declarations 4.2.7.1 Common constants, types, and variables <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 135<\/td>\n | 4.2.7.2 Transmit state variables <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 136<\/td>\n | 4.2.7.3 Receive state variables 4.2.7.4 State variable initialization <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 137<\/td>\n | 4.2.8 Frame transmission <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 144<\/td>\n | 4.2.9 Frame reception <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 147<\/td>\n | 4.2.10 Common procedures <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 148<\/td>\n | 4.3 Interfaces to\/from adjacent layers 4.3.1 Overview 4.3.2 MAC service 4.3.2.1 MAC client transmit interface state diagram 4.3.2.1.1 Variables <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 149<\/td>\n | 4.3.2.1.2 Functions 4.3.2.1.3 Messages 4.3.2.1.4 MAC client transmit interface state diagram <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 150<\/td>\n | 4.3.2.2 MAC client receive interface state diagram 4.3.2.2.1 Variables 4.3.2.2.2 Functions 4.3.2.2.3 Messages <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 151<\/td>\n | 4.3.2.2.4 MAC client receive interface state diagram 4.3.3 Services required from the Physical Layer <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 153<\/td>\n | 4.4 Specific implementations 4.4.1 Compatibility overview <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 154<\/td>\n | 4.4.2 MAC parameters <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 155<\/td>\n | 4.4.3 Configuration guidelines <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 157<\/td>\n | 5. Layer Management 5.1 Introduction 5.1.1 Systems Management overview 5.1.2 Layer Management model <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 158<\/td>\n | 5.1.3 Packages 5.1.4 Conformance requirements 5.2 Management facilities 5.2.1 Introduction 5.2.2 DTE MAC Sublayer Management facilities <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 160<\/td>\n | 5.2.2.1 DTE MAC sublayer attributes 5.2.2.1.1 aMACID 5.2.2.1.2 aFramesTransmittedOK 5.2.2.1.3 aSingleCollisionFrames 5.2.2.1.4 aMultipleCollisionFrames <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 161<\/td>\n | 5.2.2.1.5 aFramesReceivedOK 5.2.2.1.6 aFrameCheckSequenceErrors 5.2.2.1.7 aAlignmentErrors 5.2.2.1.8 aOctetsTransmittedOK <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 162<\/td>\n | 5.2.2.1.9 aFramesWithDeferredXmissions 5.2.2.1.10 aLateCollisions 5.2.2.1.11 aFramesAbortedDueToXSColls 5.2.2.1.12 aFramesLostDueToIntMACXmitError <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 163<\/td>\n | 5.2.2.1.13 aCarrierSenseErrors 5.2.2.1.14 aOctetsReceivedOK 5.2.2.1.15 aFramesLostDueToIntMACRcvError 5.2.2.1.16 aPromiscuousStatus <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 164<\/td>\n | 5.2.2.1.17 aReadMulticastAddressList 5.2.2.1.18 aMulticastFramesXmittedOK 5.2.2.1.19 aBroadcastFramesXmittedOK 5.2.2.1.20 aFramesWithExcessiveDeferral <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 165<\/td>\n | 5.2.2.1.21 aMulticastFramesReceivedOK 5.2.2.1.22 aBroadcastFramesReceivedOK 5.2.2.1.23 aInRangeLengthErrors 5.2.2.1.24 aOutOfRangeLengthField <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 166<\/td>\n | 5.2.2.1.25 aFrameTooLongErrors 5.2.2.1.26 aMACEnableStatus 5.2.2.1.27 aTransmitEnableStatus 5.2.2.1.28 aMulticastReceiveStatus <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 167<\/td>\n | 5.2.2.1.29 aReadWriteMACAddress 5.2.2.1.30 aCollisionFrames 5.2.2.2 DTE MAC Sublayer actions 5.2.2.2.1 acInitializeMAC 5.2.2.2.2 acAddGroupAddress <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 168<\/td>\n | 5.2.2.2.3 acDeleteGroupAddress 5.2.2.2.4 acExecuteSelfTest 5.2.2.3 ResourceTypeID Managed Object Class 5.2.2.3.1 ResourceTypeID 5.2.3 DTE Physical Sublayer Management facilities 5.2.3.1 DTE Physical Sublayer attributes 5.2.3.1.1 aPHYID 5.2.3.1.2 aSQETestErrors <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 169<\/td>\n | 5.2.4 DTE Management procedural model 5.2.4.1 Common constants and types 5.2.4.2 Transmit variables and procedures <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 171<\/td>\n | 5.2.4.3 Receive variables and procedures <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 173<\/td>\n | 5.2.4.4 Common procedures <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 175<\/td>\n | 6. Physical Signaling (PLS) service specifications 6.1 Scope and field of application 6.2 Overview of the service 6.2.1 General description of services provided by the layer 6.2.2 Model used for the service specification 6.2.3 Overview of interactions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 176<\/td>\n | 6.2.4 Basic services and options 6.3 Detailed service specification 6.3.1 Peer-to-peer service primitives 6.3.1.1 PLS_DATA.request 6.3.1.1.1 Function 6.3.1.1.2 Semantics of the service primitive 6.3.1.1.3 When generated 6.3.1.1.4 Effect of receipt <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 177<\/td>\n | 6.3.1.2 PLS_DATA.indication 6.3.1.2.1 Function 6.3.1.2.2 Semantics of the service primitive 6.3.1.2.3 When generated 6.3.1.2.4 Effect of receipt 6.3.2 Sublayer-to-sublayer service primitives 6.3.2.1 PLS_CARRIER.indication 6.3.2.1.1 Function 6.3.2.1.2 Semantics of the service primitive 6.3.2.1.3 When generated 6.3.2.1.4 Effect of receipt <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 178<\/td>\n | 6.3.2.2 PLS_SIGNAL.indication 6.3.2.2.1 Function 6.3.2.2.2 Semantics of the service primitive 6.3.2.2.3 When generated 6.3.2.2.4 Effect of receipt 6.3.2.3 PLS_DATA_VALID.indication 6.3.2.3.1 Function 6.3.2.3.2 Semantics of the service primitive 6.3.2.3.3 When generated 6.3.2.3.4 Effect of receipt <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 179<\/td>\n | 7. Physical Signaling (PLS) and Attachment Unit Interface (AUI) specifications 7.1 Scope 7.1.1 Definitions 7.1.2 Summary of major concepts <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 180<\/td>\n | 7.1.3 Application 7.1.4 Modes of operation 7.1.5 Allocation of function 7.2 Functional specification 7.2.1 PLS\u2013PMA (DTE\u2013MAU) Interface protocol <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 181<\/td>\n | 7.2.1.1 PLS to PMA messages 7.2.1.1.1 output message <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 182<\/td>\n | 7.2.1.1.2 output_idle message 7.2.1.1.3 normal message 7.2.1.1.4 isolate message (optional) 7.2.1.1.5 mau_request message (optional) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 184<\/td>\n | 7.2.1.2 PMA to PLS interface 7.2.1.2.1 input message <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 186<\/td>\n | 7.2.1.2.2 input_idle message 7.2.1.2.3 signal_quality_error message 7.2.1.2.4 mau_available message 7.2.1.2.5 mau_not_available message (optional) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 187<\/td>\n | 7.2.2 PLS interface to MAC and management entities 7.2.2.1 PLS\u2013MAC interface 7.2.2.1.1 OUTPUT_UNIT 7.2.2.1.2 OUTPUT_STATUS 7.2.2.1.3 INPUT_UNIT 7.2.2.1.4 CARRIER_STATUS <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 188<\/td>\n | 7.2.2.1.5 SIGNAL_STATUS 7.2.2.1.6 DATA_VALID_STATUS 7.2.2.2 PLS\u2013management entity interface 7.2.2.2.1 RESET_REQUEST <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 189<\/td>\n | 7.2.2.2.2 RESET_RESPONSE 7.2.2.2.3 MODE_CONTROL 7.2.2.2.4 SQE_TEST 7.2.3 Frame structure <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 190<\/td>\n | 7.2.3.1 Silence 7.2.3.2 Preamble 7.2.3.3 Start of Frame Delimiter (SFD) 7.2.3.4 Data 7.2.3.5 End of transmission delimiter 7.2.4 PLS functions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 191<\/td>\n | 7.2.4.1 Reset and Identify function 7.2.4.2 Mode function <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 192<\/td>\n | 7.2.4.3 Output function 7.2.4.4 Input function 7.2.4.5 Error Sense function <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 193<\/td>\n | 7.2.4.6 Carrier Sense function 7.3 Signal characteristics 7.3.1 Signal encoding 7.3.1.1 Data encoding <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 197<\/td>\n | 7.3.1.2 Control encoding <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 198<\/td>\n | 7.3.2 Signaling rate 7.3.3 Signaling levels 7.4 Electrical characteristics 7.4.1 Driver characteristics 7.4.1.1 Differential output voltage, loaded <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 200<\/td>\n | 7.4.1.2 Requirements after idle 7.4.1.3 AC common-mode output voltage 7.4.1.4 Differential output voltage, open circuit 7.4.1.5 DC common-mode output voltage <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 201<\/td>\n | 7.4.1.6 Fault tolerance 7.4.2 Receiver characteristics 7.4.2.1 Receiver threshold levels <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 202<\/td>\n | 7.4.2.2 AC differential input impedance 7.4.2.3 AC common-mode range 7.4.2.4 Total common-mode range <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 203<\/td>\n | 7.4.2.5 Idle input behavior 7.4.2.6 Fault tolerance 7.4.3 AUI cable characteristics <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 204<\/td>\n | 7.4.3.1 Conductor size 7.4.3.2 Pair-to-pair balanced crosstalk 7.4.3.3 Differential characteristic impedance 7.4.3.4 Transfer impedance 7.4.3.5 Attenuation 7.4.3.6 Timing jitter 7.4.3.7 Delay <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 205<\/td>\n | 7.5 Functional description of interchange circuits 7.5.1 General 7.5.2 Definition of interchange circuits <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 206<\/td>\n | 7.5.2.1 Circuit DO\u2013Data Out 7.5.2.2 Circuit DI\u2013Data In 7.5.2.3 Circuit CO\u2013Control Out (optional) 7.5.2.4 Circuit CI\u2013Control In <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 207<\/td>\n | 7.5.2.5 Circuit VP\u2013Voltage Plus 7.5.2.6 Circuit VC\u2013Voltage Common 7.5.2.7 Circuit PG\u2013Protective Ground 7.5.2.8 Circuit shield terminations 7.6 Mechanical characteristics 7.6.1 Definition of mechanical interface 7.6.2 Line interface connector <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 208<\/td>\n | 7.6.3 Contact assignments <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 211<\/td>\n | 8. Medium Attachment Unit and baseband medium specifications, type 10BASE5 8.1 Scope 8.1.1 Overview 8.1.1.1 Medium Attachment Unit <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 212<\/td>\n | 8.1.1.2 Repeater unit 8.1.2 Definitions 8.1.3 Application perspective: MAU and MEDIUM objectives 8.1.3.1 Object 8.1.3.2 Compatibility considerations <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 213<\/td>\n | 8.1.3.3 Relationship to PLS and AU interface 8.1.3.4 Modes of operation 8.2 MAU functional specifications 8.2.1 MAU Physical Layer functions 8.2.1.1 Transmit function requirements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 214<\/td>\n | 8.2.1.2 Receive function requirements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 215<\/td>\n | 8.2.1.3 Collision Presence function requirements 8.2.1.4 Monitor function requirements (optional) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 216<\/td>\n | 8.2.1.5 Jabber function requirements 8.2.2 MAU interface messages 8.2.2.1 DTE Physical Layer to MAU Physical Layer messages <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 217<\/td>\n | 8.2.2.2 MAU Physical Layer to DTE Physical Layer 8.2.2.2.1 input message 8.2.2.2.2 input_idle message 8.2.2.2.3 mau_available message 8.2.2.2.4 signal_quality_error message <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 218<\/td>\n | 8.2.3 MAU state diagrams 8.3 MAU\u2013medium electrical characteristics 8.3.1 MAU-to-coaxial cable interface 8.3.1.1 Input impedance <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 219<\/td>\n | 8.3.1.2 Bias current 8.3.1.3 Coaxial cable signaling levels <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 225<\/td>\n | 8.3.1.4 Transmit output levels symmetry 8.3.1.5 Collision detect thresholds 8.3.2 MAU electrical characteristics 8.3.2.1 Electrical isolation <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 226<\/td>\n | 8.3.2.2 Power consumption 8.3.2.3 Reliability 8.3.3 MAU\u2013DTE electrical characteristics 8.3.4 MAU\u2013DTE mechanical connection 8.4 Characteristics of the coaxial cable 8.4.1 Coaxial cable electrical parameters 8.4.1.1 Characteristic impedance 8.4.1.2 Attenuation <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 227<\/td>\n | 8.4.1.3 Velocity of propagation 8.4.1.4 Edge jitter, untapped cable 8.4.1.5 Transfer impedance 8.4.1.6 Cable dc loop resistance <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 228<\/td>\n | 8.4.2 Coaxial cable properties 8.4.2.1 Mechanical requirements 8.4.2.1.1 General construction 8.4.2.1.2 Center conductor 8.4.2.1.3 Dielectric material 8.4.2.1.4 Shielding system 8.4.2.1.5 Overall jacket <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 229<\/td>\n | 8.4.2.2 Jacket marking 8.4.3 Total segment dc loop resistance 8.5 Coaxial trunk cable connectors 8.5.1 Inline coaxial extension connector <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 230<\/td>\n | 8.5.2 Coaxial cable terminator 8.5.2.1 Termination 8.5.2.2 Earthing 8.5.3 MAU-to-coaxial cable connection 8.5.3.1 Electrical requirements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 231<\/td>\n | 8.5.3.2 Mechanical requirements 8.5.3.2.1 Connector housing 8.5.3.2.2 Contact reliability <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 232<\/td>\n | 8.5.3.2.3 Shield probe characteristics 8.6 System considerations 8.6.1 Transmission system model <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 233<\/td>\n | 8.6.2 Transmission system requirements 8.6.2.1 Cable sectioning 8.6.2.2 MAU placement 8.6.2.3 Trunk cable system grounding <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 234<\/td>\n | 8.6.3 Labeling 8.7 Environmental specifications 8.7.1 General safety requirements 8.7.2 Network safety requirements 8.7.2.1 Installations <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 235<\/td>\n | 8.7.2.2 Grounding 8.7.2.3 Safety 8.7.2.4 Breakdown path 8.7.2.5 Isolation boundary 8.7.2.6 Installation and maintenance guidelines <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 236<\/td>\n | 8.7.3 Electromagnetic environment 8.7.3.1 Susceptibility levels 8.7.3.2 Emission levels 8.7.4 Temperature and humidity 8.7.5 Regulatory requirements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 237<\/td>\n | 8.8 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 8, Medium Attachment Unit and baseband medium specifications, type 10BASE5 8.8.1 Overview 8.8.2 Abbreviations and special symbols 8.8.2.1 Status symbols 8.8.2.2 Abbreviations 8.8.3 Instructions for completing the PICS proforma 8.8.3.1 General structure of the PICS proforma <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 238<\/td>\n | 8.8.3.2 Additional information 8.8.3.3 Exception information 8.8.3.4 Conditional items <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 239<\/td>\n | 8.8.4 Identification 8.8.4.1 Implementation identification 8.8.4.2 Protocol summary 8.8.5 Global statement of conformance <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 240<\/td>\n | 8.8.6 PICS proforma tables for MAU 8.8.6.1 MAU compatibility 8.8.6.2 Transmit function <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 241<\/td>\n | 8.8.6.3 Receive function <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 242<\/td>\n | 8.8.6.4 Collision function 8.8.6.5 Monitor function <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 243<\/td>\n | 8.8.6.6 Jabber function <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 244<\/td>\n | 8.8.6.7 MAU to coaxial cable interface <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 245<\/td>\n | 8.8.6.8 MAU electrical characteristics 8.8.6.9 MAU-DTE requirements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 246<\/td>\n | 8.8.6.10 MAU to coaxial cable connection 8.8.6.11 Safety requirements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 247<\/td>\n | 8.8.7 PICS proforma tables for MAU AUI characteristics 8.8.7.1 Signal characteristics 8.8.7.2 DI and CI driver characteristics <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 248<\/td>\n | 8.8.7.3 DO receiver characteristics <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 249<\/td>\n | 8.8.7.4 CO receiver characteristics 8.8.7.5 Circuit termination <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 250<\/td>\n | 8.8.7.6 Mechanical characteristics <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 251<\/td>\n | 8.8.8 PICS proforma tables for 10BASE5 coaxial cable 8.8.8.1 10BASE5 coaxial cable characteristics <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 253<\/td>\n | 9. Repeater unit for 10 Mb\/s baseband networks 9.1 Overview <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 254<\/td>\n | 9.2 References 9.3 Definitions 9.4 Compatibility interface 9.4.1 AUI compatibility 9.4.2 Mixing segment compatibility 9.4.2.1 Direct coaxial cable attachment compatibility 9.4.2.2 \u201cN\u201d\u009d connector compatibility 9.4.2.3 BNC compatibility 9.4.2.4 BFOC\/2.5 (10BASE-FP) compatibility <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 255<\/td>\n | 9.4.3 Link segment compatibility 9.4.3.1 Vendor-dependent IRL 9.4.3.2 Fiber optic FOIRL compatibility 9.4.3.3 Twisted-pair jack compatibility 9.4.3.4 Fiber optic 10BASE-FB and 10BASE-FL compatibility 9.5 Basic functions 9.5.1 Repeater set network properties 9.5.2 Signal amplification 9.5.3 Signal symmetry <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 256<\/td>\n | 9.5.4 Signal retiming 9.5.5 Data handling 9.5.5.1 Start-of-packet propagation delays 9.5.5.2 Start-of-packet variability <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 257<\/td>\n | 9.5.6 Collision handling 9.5.6.1 Collision presence 9.5.6.2 Jam generation 9.5.6.3 Collision-jam propagation delays <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 258<\/td>\n | 9.5.6.4 Transmit recovery time 9.5.6.5 Carrier recovery time 9.5.7 Electrical isolation <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 259<\/td>\n | 9.6 Detailed repeater functions and state diagrams 9.6.1 State diagram notation <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 262<\/td>\n | 9.6.2 Data and collision handling 9.6.3 Preamble regeneration 9.6.4 Fragment extension <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 263<\/td>\n | 9.6.5 MAU Jabber Lockup Protection 9.6.6 Auto-Partitioning\/Reconnection (optional) 9.6.6.1 Overview 9.6.6.2 Detailed auto-partition\/reconnection algorithm state diagram <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 266<\/td>\n | 9.7 Electrical isolation 9.7.1 Environment A requirements 9.7.2 Environment B requirements 9.8 Reliability <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 267<\/td>\n | 9.9 Medium attachment unit and baseband medium specification for a vendor- independent FOIRL 9.9.1 Scope 9.9.1.1 Overview <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 269<\/td>\n | 9.9.1.2 Application perspective: FOMAU and medium objectives 9.9.1.3 Compatibility considerations 9.9.1.4 Relationship to AUI 9.9.1.5 Mode of operation 9.9.2 FOMAU functional specifications <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 270<\/td>\n | 9.9.2.1 Transmit function requirements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 271<\/td>\n | 9.9.2.2 Receive function requirements 9.9.2.3 Collision Presence function requirements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 272<\/td>\n | 9.9.2.4 Jabber function requirements 9.9.2.5 Low Light Level Detection function requirements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 273<\/td>\n | 9.9.2.6 Repeater Unit to FOMAU Physical Layer messages 9.9.2.7 FOMAU Physical Layer to repeater unit messages 9.9.2.7.1 input message 9.9.2.7.2 input_idle message 9.9.2.7.3 fomau_available message 9.9.2.7.4 signal_quality_error message <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 274<\/td>\n | 9.9.2.8 FOMAU state diagrams <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 275<\/td>\n | 9.9.3 FOMAU electrical characteristics 9.9.3.1 Electrical isolation 9.9.3.2 Power consumption <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 276<\/td>\n | 9.9.3.3 Reliability 9.9.3.4 FOMAU\/Repeater unit electrical characteristics 9.9.3.5 FOMAU\/Repeater unit mechanical connection 9.9.4 FOMAU\/Optical medium interface 9.9.4.1 Transmit optical parameters 9.9.4.1.1 Wavelength 9.9.4.1.2 Spectral width 9.9.4.1.3 Optical modulation 9.9.4.1.4 Optical idle signal 9.9.4.1.5 Transmit optical logic polarity <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 278<\/td>\n | 9.9.4.1.6 Optical rise and fall times 9.9.4.1.7 Transmit optical pulse edge jitter <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 279<\/td>\n | 9.9.4.1.8 Peak coupled optical power 9.9.4.2 Receive optical parameters 9.9.4.2.1 Receive peak optical power range 9.9.4.2.2 Receive optical pulse edge jitter 9.9.4.2.3 Receive optical logic polarity 9.9.5 Characteristics of the optical fiber cable link segment <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 280<\/td>\n | 9.9.5.1 Optical fiber medium 9.9.5.2 Optical medium connector plug and socket 9.9.6 System requirements 9.9.6.1 Optical transmission system considerations <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 281<\/td>\n | 9.9.6.2 Timing considerations <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 282<\/td>\n | 9.9.7 Environmental specifications 9.9.7.1 Safety requirements 9.9.7.1.1 Electrical safety 9.9.7.1.2 Optical source safety 9.9.7.2 Electromagnetic environment 9.9.7.2.1 Susceptibility levels 9.9.7.2.2 Emission levels <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 283<\/td>\n | 9.9.7.3 Temperature and humidity <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 285<\/td>\n | 10. Medium attachment unit and baseband medium specifications, type 10BASE2 10.1 Scope 10.1.1 Overview <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 286<\/td>\n | 10.1.1.1 Medium attachment unit (normally contained within the data terminal equipment [DTE]) 10.1.1.2 Repeater unit 10.1.2 Definitions 10.1.3 Application perspective: MAU and medium objectives 10.1.3.1 Object <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 287<\/td>\n | 10.1.3.2 Compatibility considerations 10.1.3.3 Relationship to PLS and AUI 10.1.3.4 Mode of operation 10.2 References 10.3 MAU functional specifications <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 288<\/td>\n | 10.3.1 MAU Physical Layer functional requirements 10.3.1.1 Transmit function requirements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 289<\/td>\n | 10.3.1.2 Receive function requirements 10.3.1.3 Collision Presence function requirements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 290<\/td>\n | 10.3.1.4 Jabber functional requirements 10.3.2 MAU interface messages 10.3.2.1 DTE to MAU messages 10.3.2.2 MAU to DTE messages <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 292<\/td>\n | 10.3.2.2.1 input message 10.3.2.2.2 input_idle message 10.3.2.2.3 mau_available message 10.3.2.2.4 signal_quality_error (SQE) message 10.3.3 MAU state diagrams <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 293<\/td>\n | 10.4 MAU\u2013medium electrical characteristics 10.4.1 MAU-to-coaxial cable interface 10.4.1.1 Input impedance 10.4.1.2 Bias current 10.4.1.3 Coaxial cable signaling levels <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 295<\/td>\n | 10.4.1.4 Transmit output levels symmetry 10.4.1.5 Collision detect thresholds 10.4.2 MAU electrical characteristics 10.4.2.1 Electrical isolation 10.4.2.2 Power consumption <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 296<\/td>\n | 10.4.2.3 Reliability 10.4.3 MAU\u2013DTE electrical characteristics 10.5 Characteristics of coaxial cable system 10.5.1 Coaxial cable electrical parameters 10.5.1.1 Characteristic impedance 10.5.1.2 Attenuation 10.5.1.3 Velocity of propagation 10.5.1.4 Edge jitter; entire segment without DTEs attached <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 297<\/td>\n | 10.5.1.5 Transfer impedance 10.5.1.6 Cable dc loop resistance 10.5.2 Coaxial cable physical parameters 10.5.2.1 Mechanical requirements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 298<\/td>\n | 10.5.2.1.1 General construction 10.5.2.1.2 Center conductor 10.5.2.1.3 Dielectric material 10.5.2.1.4 Shielding system 10.5.2.1.5 Overall jacket 10.5.2.2 Jacket marking 10.5.3 Total segment dc loop resistance <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 299<\/td>\n | 10.6 Coaxial trunk cable connectors 10.6.1 In-line coaxial extension connector <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 300<\/td>\n | 10.6.2 Coaxial cable terminator 10.6.3 MAU-to-coaxial cable connection 10.7 System considerations 10.7.1 Transmission system model <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 302<\/td>\n | 10.7.2 Transmission system requirements 10.7.2.1 Cable sectioning 10.7.2.2 MAU placement 10.7.2.3 Trunk cable system earthing 10.7.2.4 Static discharge path 10.7.2.4.1 Installation environment <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 303<\/td>\n | 10.8 Environmental specifications 10.8.1 Safety requirements 10.8.1.1 Installations 10.8.1.2 Earthing 10.8.2 Electromagnetic environment 10.8.2.1 Susceptibility levels 10.8.2.2 Emission levels 10.8.3 Regulatory requirements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 305<\/td>\n | 11. Broadband medium attachment unit and broadband medium specifications, type 10BROAD36 11.1 Scope 11.1.1 Overview <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 307<\/td>\n | 11.1.2 Definitions 11.1.3 MAU and medium objectives <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 308<\/td>\n | 11.1.4 Compatibility considerations 11.1.5 Relationship to PLS and AUI 11.1.6 Mode of operation 11.2 MAU functional specifications 11.2.1 MAU functional requirements 11.2.1.1 Transmit function requirements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 309<\/td>\n | 11.2.1.2 Receive function requirements 11.2.1.3 Collision Detection function requirements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 310<\/td>\n | 11.2.1.3.1 Collision enforcement transmitter requirements 11.2.1.3.2 Collision enforcement detection requirements 11.2.1.4 Jabber function requirements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 311<\/td>\n | 11.2.2 DTE PLS to MAU and MAU to DTE PLS messages 11.2.2.1 DTE Physical Layer to MAU Physical Layer messages 11.2.2.2 MAU Physical Layer to DTE Physical Layer messages 11.2.2.2.1 input message 11.2.2.2.2 input_idle message 11.2.2.2.3 mau_available message 11.2.2.3 signal_quality_error message <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 312<\/td>\n | 11.2.3 MAU state diagrams 11.2.3.1 MAU state diagram messages 11.2.3.2 MAU state diagram signal names <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 315<\/td>\n | 11.3 MAU characteristics 11.3.1 MAU-to-coaxial cable interface 11.3.1.1 Receive interface 11.3.1.1.1 Receive input impedance 11.3.1.1.2 Receiver squelch requirements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 316<\/td>\n | 11.3.1.1.3 Receive level requirements 11.3.1.1.4 Receiver selectivity and linearity requirements 11.3.1.1.5 Receive input mechanical requirements 11.3.1.2 Transmit interface 11.3.1.2.1 Transmit output impedance 11.3.1.2.2 Transmitted RF packet format <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 317<\/td>\n | 11.3.1.2.3 Transmit spectrum and group delay characteristics <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 319<\/td>\n | 11.3.1.2.4 Transmit out-of-band spectrum 11.3.1.2.5 Transmit level requirements 11.3.1.2.6 Nontransmitting signal leakage requirement 11.3.1.2.7 Transmit spurious output requirement <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 320<\/td>\n | 11.3.1.2.8 Collision enforcement signal leakage requirement 11.3.1.2.9 Transmit output mechanical requirements 11.3.2 MAU frequency allocations 11.3.2.1 Single-cable systems frequency allocations <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 321<\/td>\n | 11.3.2.2 Dual-cable systems frequency allocations 11.3.3 AUI electrical characteristics 11.3.3.1 Electrical isolation requirements 11.3.3.2 Current consumption <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 322<\/td>\n | 11.3.3.3 Driver and receiver requirements 11.3.3.4 AUI mechanical connection 11.3.4 MAU transfer characteristics 11.3.4.1 AUI to coaxial cable framing characteristics. <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 323<\/td>\n | 11.3.4.1.1 Scrambler and differential encoding requirements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 324<\/td>\n | 11.3.4.2 Coaxial cable to AUI framing characteristics <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 325<\/td>\n | 11.3.4.3 Circuit DO to circuit DI framing characteristics 11.3.4.4 AUI to coaxial cable delay characteristics 11.3.4.4.1 Circuit DO to RF data signal delay 11.3.4.4.2 Circuit DO to CE RF output delay 11.3.4.4.3 Transmit postamble to SQE test signal delay 11.3.4.4.4 SQE test signal length 11.3.4.5 Coaxial cable to AUI delay characteristics <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 326<\/td>\n | 11.3.4.5.1 Received RF to circuit DI delay 11.3.4.5.2 Received RF to CE RF output and circuit CI delay 11.3.4.5.3 Collision enforcement to circuit CI delay 11.3.4.5.4 Receive data to SQE test delay <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 327<\/td>\n | 11.3.4.6 Delay from circuit DO to circuit DI <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 328<\/td>\n | 11.3.4.7 Interpacket gap requirement 11.3.4.8 Bit error ratio 11.3.5 Reliability <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 329<\/td>\n | 11.4 System considerations 11.4.1 Delay budget and network diameter 11.4.2 MAU operation with packets shorter than 512 bits <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 330<\/td>\n | 11.5 Characteristics of the coaxial cable system 11.5.1 Electrical requirements 11.5.2 Mechanical requirements 11.5.3 Delay requirements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 331<\/td>\n | 11.6 Frequency translator requirements for the single-cable version 11.6.1 Electrical requirements 11.6.2 Mechanical requirements 11.7 Environmental specifications 11.7.1 Safety requirements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 332<\/td>\n | 11.7.2 Electromagnetic environment 11.7.2.1 Susceptibility levels 11.7.2.2 Emission levels 11.7.3 Temperature and humidity <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 333<\/td>\n | 12. Physical signaling, medium attachment, and baseband medium specifications, type 1BASE5 12.1 Introduction 12.1.1 Overview 12.1.2 Scope 12.1.3 Definitions 12.1.4 General characteristics <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 334<\/td>\n | 12.1.5 Compatibility 12.1.6 Objectives of type 1BASE5 specification 12.2 Architecture 12.2.1 Major concepts <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 335<\/td>\n | 12.2.2 Application perspective 12.2.3 Packet structure <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 336<\/td>\n | 12.2.3.1 Silence 12.2.3.2 Preamble <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 337<\/td>\n | 12.2.3.3 Start-of-frame delimiter 12.2.3.4 Data 12.2.3.5 End-of-transmission delimiter <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 338<\/td>\n | 12.3 DTE physical signaling (PLS) specification 12.3.1 Overview 12.3.1.1 Summary of major concepts 12.3.1.2 Application perspective <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 339<\/td>\n | 12.3.2 Functional specification 12.3.2.1 PLS-PMA interface 12.3.2.1.1 output message 12.3.2.1.2 output_idle message 12.3.2.1.3 input message 12.3.2.1.4 input_idle message <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 340<\/td>\n | 12.3.2.2 PLS-MAC interface 12.3.2.2.1 OUTPUT_UNIT 12.3.2.2.2 OUTPUT_STATUS 12.3.2.2.3 INPUT_UNIT 12.3.2.2.4 CARRIER_STATUS 12.3.2.2.5 SIGNAL_STATUS <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 341<\/td>\n | 12.3.2.3 PLS functions 12.3.2.3.1 State diagram variables 12.3.2.3.2 Output function <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 342<\/td>\n | 12.3.2.3.3 Input function 12.3.2.3.4 Error Sense function <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 343<\/td>\n | 12.3.2.3.5 Carrier Sense function 12.3.2.4 Signal encoding 12.3.2.4.1 Data transmission rate 12.3.2.4.2 Data symbol encoding 12.3.2.4.3 Collision presence encoding <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 344<\/td>\n | 12.3.2.4.4 Idle line encoding <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 345<\/td>\n | 12.4 Hub specification 12.4.1 Overview <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 346<\/td>\n | 12.4.1.1 Summary of major concepts 12.4.1.2 Application perspective 12.4.2 Hub structure 12.4.2.1 Upward side 12.4.2.2 Downward side <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 347<\/td>\n | 12.4.3 Hub PLS functional specification 12.4.3.1 Hub PLS to PMA interface 12.4.3.2 Hub PLS functions 12.4.3.2.1 State diagram variables <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 348<\/td>\n | 12.4.3.2.2 Upward Signal Transfer function 12.4.3.2.3 Jabber function <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 349<\/td>\n | 12.4.3.2.4 Downward Signal Transfer function <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 351<\/td>\n | 12.4.3.2.5 Retiming (jitter removal) 12.4.3.2.6 Header hub wrap-around 12.4.3.2.7 Collision presence startup <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 352<\/td>\n | 12.4.3.3 Reliability 12.5 Physical medium attachment (PMA) specification 12.5.1 Overview 12.5.2 PLS\u2013PMA interface <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 353<\/td>\n | 12.5.3 Signal characteristics 12.5.3.1 Transmitter characteristics 12.5.3.1.1 Differential output voltage <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 356<\/td>\n | 12.5.3.1.2 Output timing jitter 12.5.3.1.3 Transmitter impedance balance <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 357<\/td>\n | 12.5.3.1.4 Common-mode output voltage 12.5.3.1.5 Common-mode tolerance <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 358<\/td>\n | 12.5.3.1.6 Transmitter fault tolerance 12.5.3.2 Receiver characteristics 12.5.3.2.1 Differential input voltage 12.5.3.2.2 Input timing jitter 12.5.3.2.3 Idle input behavior <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 359<\/td>\n | 12.5.3.2.4 Differential input impedance 12.5.3.2.5 Common-mode rejection <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 360<\/td>\n | 12.5.3.2.6 Noise immunity 12.5.3.2.7 Receiver fault tolerance 12.6 Medium Dependent Interface (MDI) specification 12.6.1 Line interface connector <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 361<\/td>\n | 12.6.2 Connector contact assignments 12.6.3 Labeling <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 362<\/td>\n | 12.7 Cable medium characteristics 12.7.1 Overview 12.7.2 Transmission parameters 12.7.2.1 Attenuation 12.7.2.2 Differential characteristic impedance 12.7.2.3 Medium timing jitter <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 363<\/td>\n | 12.7.2.4 Dispersion 12.7.3 Coupling parameters 12.7.3.1 Pair-to-pair crosstalk 12.7.3.2 Multiple-disturber crosstalk <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 364<\/td>\n | 12.7.3.3 Balance 12.7.4 Noise environment 12.7.4.1 Impulse noise <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 365<\/td>\n | 12.7.4.2 Crosstalk 12.8 Special link specification 12.8.1 Overview 12.8.2 Transmission characteristics 12.8.3 Permitted configurations 12.9 Timing 12.9.1 Overview <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 366<\/td>\n | 12.9.2 DTE timing 12.9.3 Medium timing 12.9.4 Special link timing 12.9.5 Hub timing <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 367<\/td>\n | 12.10 Safety 12.10.1 Isolation <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 368<\/td>\n | 12.10.2 Telephony voltages <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 369<\/td>\n | 13. System considerations for multisegment 10 Mb\/s baseband networks 13.1 Overview <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 370<\/td>\n | 13.1.1 Repeater usage 13.2 Definitions 13.3 Transmission System Model 1 <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 377<\/td>\n | 13.4 Transmission System Model 2 13.4.1 Round-trip collision delay 13.4.1.1 Worst-case path delay value (PDV) selection 13.4.1.2 Worst-case PDV calculation <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 378<\/td>\n | 13.4.2 Interpacket gap (IPG) shrinkage <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 379<\/td>\n | 13.4.2.1 Worst-case path variability value (PVV) selection 13.4.2.2 Worst-case path variability value (PVV) calculation 13.5 Full duplex topology limitations <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 381<\/td>\n | 14. Twisted-pair medium attachment unit (MAU) and baseband medium, type 10BASE-T including type 10BASE-Te 14.1 Scope 14.1.1 Overview 14.1.1.1 Medium Attachment Unit (MAU) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 382<\/td>\n | 14.1.1.2 Repeater unit 14.1.1.3 Twisted-pair media 14.1.2 Definitions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 383<\/td>\n | 14.1.3 Application perspective 14.1.3.1 Objectives <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 384<\/td>\n | 14.1.3.2 Compatibility considerations 14.1.3.3 Modes of operation 14.1.4 Relationship to PLS and AUI 14.2 MAU functional specifications <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 385<\/td>\n | 14.2.1 MAU functions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 386<\/td>\n | 14.2.1.1 Transmit function requirements 14.2.1.2 Receive function requirements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 387<\/td>\n | 14.2.1.3 Loopback function requirements (half duplex mode only) 14.2.1.4 Collision Presence function requirements (half duplex mode only) 14.2.1.5 signal_quality_error Message (SQE) Test function requirements 14.2.1.6 Jabber function requirements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 388<\/td>\n | 14.2.1.7 Link Integrity Test function requirements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 389<\/td>\n | 14.2.1.8 Auto-Negotiation 14.2.2 PMA interface messages 14.2.2.1 PLS to PMA messages 14.2.2.1.1 PMA to PLS messages <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 390<\/td>\n | 14.2.2.2 PMA to twisted-pair link segment messages 14.2.2.3 Twisted-pair link segment to PMA messages 14.2.2.4 Interface message time references 14.2.3 MAU state diagrams 14.2.3.1 State diagram variables <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 396<\/td>\n | 14.2.3.2 State diagram timers 14.3 MAU electrical specifications 14.3.1 MAU-to-MDI interface characteristics 14.3.1.1 Isolation requirement <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 397<\/td>\n | 14.3.1.2 Transmitter specifications <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 398<\/td>\n | 14.3.1.2.1 Differential output voltage <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 401<\/td>\n | 14.3.1.2.2 Transmitter differential output impedance <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 402<\/td>\n | 14.3.1.2.3 Output timing jitter 14.3.1.2.4 Transmitter impedance balance 14.3.1.2.5 Common-mode output voltage <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 403<\/td>\n | 14.3.1.2.6 Transmitter common-mode rejection 14.3.1.2.7 Transmitter fault tolerance <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 404<\/td>\n | 14.3.1.3 Receiver specifications 14.3.1.3.1 Receiver differential input signals 14.3.1.3.2 Receiver differential noise immunity <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 405<\/td>\n | 14.3.1.3.3 Idle input behavior 14.3.1.3.4 Receiver differential input impedance 14.3.1.3.5 Common-mode rejection 14.3.1.3.6 Receiver fault tolerance 14.3.2 MAU-to-AUI specification 14.3.2.1 MAU-AUI electrical characteristics <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 406<\/td>\n | 14.3.2.2 MAU\u2013AUI mechanical connection 14.3.2.3 Power consumption <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 407<\/td>\n | 14.4 Characteristics of the simplex link segment 14.4.1 Overview 14.4.2 Transmission parameters 14.4.2.1 Insertion loss 14.4.2.2 Differential characteristic impedance 14.4.2.3 Medium timing jitter <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 408<\/td>\n | 14.4.2.4 Delay 14.4.3 Coupling parameters 14.4.3.1 Differential near-end crosstalk (NEXT) loss 14.4.3.1.1 Twenty-five-pair cable and twenty-five-pair binder groups 14.4.3.1.2 Four-pair cable 14.4.3.1.3 Other cables 14.4.3.2 Multiple-disturber NEXT (MDNEXT) loss <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 409<\/td>\n | 14.4.4 Noise environment 14.4.4.1 Impulse noise 14.4.4.2 Crosstalk noise 14.5 MDI specification 14.5.1 MDI connectors <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 410<\/td>\n | 14.5.2 Crossover function <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 411<\/td>\n | 14.6 System considerations <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 412<\/td>\n | 14.7 Environmental specifications 14.7.1 General safety 14.7.2 Network safety 14.7.2.1 Installation 14.7.2.2 Grounding 14.7.2.3 Installation and maintenance guidelines 14.7.2.4 Telephony voltages <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 413<\/td>\n | 14.7.3 Environment 14.7.3.1 Electromagnetic emission 14.7.3.2 Temperature and humidity 14.8 MAU labeling <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 414<\/td>\n | 14.9 Timing summary <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 415<\/td>\n | 14.10 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 14, Twisted-pair medium attachment unit (MAU) and baseband medium, type 10BASE-T and type 10BASE-Te 14.10.1 Introduction 14.10.1.1 Scope 14.10.1.2 Reference 14.10.1.3 Definitions 14.10.1.4 Conformance <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 416<\/td>\n | 14.10.2 Identification of implementation 14.10.2.1 Supplier information 14.10.2.2 Implementation information 14.10.3 Identification of the protocol <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 417<\/td>\n | 14.10.4 PICS proforma for 10BASE-T 14.10.4.1 Abbreviations 14.10.4.2 PICS Completion instructions and implementation statement 14.10.4.3 Additional information 14.10.4.4 References <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 418<\/td>\n | 14.10.4.5 PICS proforma tables for MAU 14.10.4.5.1 MAU functions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 419<\/td>\n | 14.10.4.5.2 Transmit function 14.10.4.5.3 Receive function <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 420<\/td>\n | 14.10.4.5.4 Loopback function 14.10.4.5.5 Collision Detect function <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 421<\/td>\n | 14.10.4.5.6 signal_quality_error Message Test function 14.10.4.5.7 Jabber function <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 422<\/td>\n | 14.10.4.5.8 Link Integrity Test function <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 423<\/td>\n | 14.10.4.5.9 MAU state diagram requirements 14.10.4.5.10 AUI requirements 14.10.4.5.11 Isolation requirements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 424<\/td>\n | 14.10.4.5.12 Transmitter specification <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 425<\/td>\n | 14.10.4.5.13 Receiver specification <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 426<\/td>\n | 14.10.4.5.14 MDI requirements 14.10.4.5.15 Safety requirements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 427<\/td>\n | 14.10.4.6 PICS proforma tables for MAU AUI characteristics 14.10.4.6.1 Signal characteristics 14.10.4.6.2 DI and CI driver characteristics <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 428<\/td>\n | 14.10.4.6.3 DO receiver characteristics 14.10.4.6.4 Power consumption <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 429<\/td>\n | 14.10.4.6.5 Circuit termination 14.10.4.6.6 Mechanical characteristics <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 430<\/td>\n | 14.10.4.7 PICS proforma tables for 10BASE-T link segment 14.10.4.7.1 10BASE-T link segment characteristics <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 431<\/td>\n | 14.10.4.8 PICS proforma tables for Auto-Negotiation able MAUs <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 433<\/td>\n | 15. Fiber optic medium and common elements of medium attachment units and star, type 10BASE-F 15.1 Scope 15.1.1 Overview 15.1.1.1 Fiber optic medium attachment units (MAUs) 15.1.1.2 Fiber optic passive star <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 434<\/td>\n | 15.1.1.3 Repeater unit <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 435<\/td>\n | 15.1.2 Definitions 15.1.3 Applications perspective: MAUs, stars, and fiber optic medium 15.1.3.1 Objectives 15.1.3.2 Compatibility considerations <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 436<\/td>\n | 15.1.3.3 Relationship to PLS and AUI <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 437<\/td>\n | 15.1.3.4 Guidelines for implementation of systems 15.1.3.5 Modes of operation <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 438<\/td>\n | 15.2 MDI optical characteristics 15.2.1 Transmit optical parameters 15.2.1.1 Center wavelength 15.2.1.2 Spectral width 15.2.1.3 Optical modulation extinction ratio 15.2.1.4 Optical Idle Signal amplitude 15.2.1.5 Optical transmit pulse logic polarity 15.2.1.6 Optical transmit pulse rise and fall times 15.2.1.7 Optical transmit pulse overshoot and undershoot 15.2.1.8 Optical transmit pulse edge jitter <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 440<\/td>\n | 15.2.1.9 Optical transmit pulse duty cycle distortion 15.2.1.10 Optical transmit average power range 15.2.1.11 Optical transmit signal templates <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 441<\/td>\n | 15.2.1.11.1 10BASE-FP optical transmit signal template <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 442<\/td>\n | 15.2.1.11.2 10BASE-FB optical transmit signal template <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 444<\/td>\n | 15.2.1.11.3 10BASE-FL Optical transmit signal template <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 445<\/td>\n | 15.2.2 Receive optical parameters 15.2.2.1 Optical receive average power range 15.2.2.2 Optical receive pulse edge jitter <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 446<\/td>\n | 15.2.2.3 Optical receive pulse logic polarity 15.2.2.4 Optical receive pulse rise and fall times 15.3 Characteristics of the fiber optic medium 15.3.1 Optical fiber and cable 15.3.1.1 Attenuation 15.3.1.2 Modal bandwidth 15.3.1.3 Propagation delay <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 447<\/td>\n | 15.3.2 Optical medium connector plug and socket 15.3.2.1 Optical connector insertion loss 15.3.2.2 Optical connector return loss <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 448<\/td>\n | 15.3.3 Fiber optic medium insertion loss 15.3.3.1 10BASE-FP segment insertion loss 15.3.3.2 10BASE-FB and 10BASE-FL segment insertion loss 15.3.4 Electrical isolation 15.4 MAU reliability 15.5 MAU\u2013AUI specification 15.5.1 MAU\u2013AUI electrical characteristics <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 449<\/td>\n | 15.5.2 MAU\u2013AUI mechanical connections 15.5.3 Power consumption 15.5.4 MAU\u2013AUI messages 15.5.4.1 PLS to PMA messages 15.5.4.2 PMA to PLS messages 15.5.4.2.1 signal_quality_error message <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 450<\/td>\n | 15.6 Environmental specifications 15.6.1 Safety requirements 15.6.2 Electromagnetic environment <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 451<\/td>\n | 15.6.3 Other environmental requirements 15.7 MAU labeling 15.7.1 10BASE-FP star labeling <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 452<\/td>\n | 15.8 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 15, Fiber optic medium and common elements of medium attachment units and star, type 10BASE-F 15.8.1 Introduction 15.8.2 Abbreviations and special symbols 15.8.2.1 Status symbols 15.8.2.2 Abbreviations 15.8.3 Instructions for completing the pics proforma 15.8.3.1 General structure of the PICS proforma <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 453<\/td>\n | 15.8.3.2 Additional information 15.8.3.3 Exception information <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 454<\/td>\n | 15.8.3.4 Conditional items 15.8.4 Identification 15.8.4.1 Implementation identification 15.8.4.2 Protocol summary <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 455<\/td>\n | 15.8.5 Major capabilities\/options 15.8.6 PICS Proforma for the fiber optic medium 15.8.6.1 Characteristics of the fiber optic medium <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 456<\/td>\n | 15.8.6.2 Optical medium connector plug and socket 15.8.6.3 Fiber optic medium insertion loss 15.8.6.4 Electrical isolation requirements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 457<\/td>\n | 16. Fiber optic passive star and medium attachment unit, type 10BASE-FP 16.1 Scope 16.1.1 Overview 16.1.1.1 10BASE-FP medium attachment unit 16.1.1.2 10BASE-FP Star 16.1.1.3 Repeater unit <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 458<\/td>\n | 16.2 PMA interface messages 16.2.1 PMA-to-MDI interface signal encodings 16.2.2 PMA-to-MDI OTD messages 16.2.2.1 OTD_output 16.2.2.2 OTD_idle <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 459<\/td>\n | 16.2.2.3 OTD_manch_violation 16.2.3 MDI ORD-to-PMA messages 16.2.3.1 ORD_input <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 460<\/td>\n | 16.2.3.2 ORD_idle 16.2.3.3 ORD_crv 16.3 10BASE-FP MAU functional specifications 16.3.1 Transmit function requirements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 461<\/td>\n | 16.3.1.1 Preamble encoding 16.3.1.1.1 Synchronization pattern 16.3.1.1.2 Packet header code rule violation 16.3.1.1.3 Unique word 16.3.1.2 Data transmit <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 462<\/td>\n | 16.3.1.3 Collision encoding (unique word jam) 16.3.2 Receive function requirements 16.3.2.1 Preamble reconstruction and alignment 16.3.2.2 Data receive 16.3.2.3 Signal presence during collision 16.3.3 Loopback function requirements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 463<\/td>\n | 16.3.4 Collision presence function requirements 16.3.4.1 CI Circuit signaling 16.3.4.2 Collision detection <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 464<\/td>\n | 16.3.4.3 End of collision 16.3.5 signal_quality_error Message (SQE) Test function requirements 16.3.6 Jabber function requirements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 465<\/td>\n | 16.3.7 Link fault detection and low light function requirements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 466<\/td>\n | 16.3.8 Interface message time references 16.3.9 MAU state diagram 16.3.9.1 MAU state diagram variables <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 468<\/td>\n | 16.3.9.2 MAU state diagram timers <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 469<\/td>\n | 16.3.9.3 MAU state diagram counters <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 474<\/td>\n | 16.4 Timing summary 16.5 10BASE-FP Star functional specifications 16.5.1 Star functions 16.5.1.1 Number of ports 16.5.1.2 Optical power division <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 475<\/td>\n | 16.5.1.3 Configuration 16.5.1.4 Reliability 16.5.2 Star optical characteristics 16.5.2.1 Star insertion loss 16.5.2.2 Star single output port uniformity 16.5.2.3 Star directivity <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 476<\/td>\n | 16.6 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 16, Fiber optic passive star and medium attachment unit, type 10BASE-FP 16.6.1 Introduction 16.6.2 Abbreviations and special symbols 16.6.2.1 Status symbols 16.6.2.2 Abbreviations 16.6.3 Instructions for completing the PICS proforma 16.6.3.1 General structure of the PICS proforma <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 477<\/td>\n | 16.6.3.2 Additional information 16.6.3.3 Exception information <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 478<\/td>\n | 16.6.3.4 Conditional items 16.6.4 Identification 16.6.4.1 Implementation identification 16.6.4.2 Protocol summary <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 479<\/td>\n | 16.6.5 Major capabilities\/options 16.6.6 PICS proforma for the type 10BASE-FP MAU 16.6.6.1 Compatibility considerations <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 480<\/td>\n | 16.6.6.2 Optical transmit parameters <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 481<\/td>\n | 16.6.6.3 Optical receive parameters 16.6.6.4 Optical medium connector plug and socket 16.6.6.5 MAU functions 16.6.6.6 PMA interface messages <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 482<\/td>\n | 16.6.6.7 PMA to MDI OTD messages 16.6.6.8 MDI ORD to PMA messages 16.6.6.9 Transmit functions (continued) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 483<\/td>\n | 16.6.6.10 Collision Encoding (Unique Word Jam) function 16.6.6.11 Receive functions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 484<\/td>\n | 16.6.6.12 Preamble reconstruction and alignment function 16.6.6.13 Data receive function 16.6.6.14 Signal presence during collision <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 485<\/td>\n | 16.6.6.15 Loopback function 16.6.6.16 Collision presence function <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 486<\/td>\n | 16.6.6.17 signal_quality_error Message (SQE) test function 16.6.6.18 Jabber function 16.6.6.19 Link Fault Detect function <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 487<\/td>\n | 16.6.6.20 MAU state diagram requirements 16.6.6.21 MAU-to-AUI signal characteristics 16.6.6.22 MAU-to-AUI DI and CI driver characteristics <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 488<\/td>\n | 16.6.6.23 AUI-to-MAU DO receiver characteristics 16.6.6.24 MAU-to-AUI circuit termination <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 489<\/td>\n | 16.6.6.25 MAU-to-AUI mechanical connections 16.6.6.26 MAU reliability <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 490<\/td>\n | 16.6.6.27 Power consumption 16.6.6.28 PLS\u2013PMA requirements 16.6.6.29 signal_quality_error message (SQE) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 491<\/td>\n | 16.6.6.30 Environmental requirements 16.6.6.31 MAU labeling 16.6.7 PICS proforma tables for 10BASE-FP stars 16.6.7.1 Star basic functions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 492<\/td>\n | 16.6.7.2 Star optical characteristics 16.6.7.3 Star environmental requirements 16.6.7.4 10BASE-FP star labeling <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 493<\/td>\n | 17. Fiber optic medium attachment unit, type 10BASE-FB 17.1 Scope 17.1.1 Overview 17.1.1.1 Medium attachment unit 17.1.1.2 Relationship to repeater 17.1.1.3 Remote diagnostic messages 17.1.2 Relationship to AUI <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 494<\/td>\n | 17.2 PMA interface messages 17.2.1 PMA-to-MDI interface signal encodings 17.2.2 PMA-to-MDI OTD messages <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 495<\/td>\n | 17.2.2.1 OTD_output 17.2.2.2 OTD_sync_idle 17.2.2.3 OTD_remote_fault 17.2.3 MDI ORD-to-PMA messages 17.2.3.1 Status decoding 17.2.3.2 ORD_input 17.2.3.3 ORD_sync_idle <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 496<\/td>\n | 17.2.3.4 ORD_remote_fault 17.2.3.5 ORD_invalid_data 17.2.4 Transitions between signals 17.2.5 Signaling rate 17.3 MAU functional specifications 17.3.1 Transmit function requirements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 497<\/td>\n | 17.3.1.1 Data transmit 17.3.1.2 Synchronous idle 17.3.1.3 Fault signaling 17.3.2 Receive function requirements 17.3.2.1 Data receive 17.3.2.2 Remote status message handling 17.3.3 Collision function requirements 17.3.3.1 Collision detection <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 498<\/td>\n | 17.3.3.2 End of collision 17.3.4 Loopback function requirements 17.3.5 Fault-handling function requirements 17.3.6 Jabber function requirements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 499<\/td>\n | 17.3.7 Low light level detection function requirements 17.3.8 Synchronous qualification function requirements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 500<\/td>\n | 17.3.9 Interface message time references 17.3.10 MAU state diagrams 17.3.10.1 MAU state diagram variables <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 501<\/td>\n | 17.3.10.2 MAU state diagram timers <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 504<\/td>\n | 17.4 Timing summary <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 505<\/td>\n | 17.5 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 17, Fiber optic medium attachment unit, type 10BASE-FB 17.5.1 Introduction 17.5.2 Abbreviations and special symbols 17.5.2.1 Status symbols 17.5.2.1.1 Abbreviations 17.5.3 Instructions for completing the PICS proforma 17.5.3.1 General structure of the PICS proforma <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 506<\/td>\n | 17.5.3.2 Additional information 17.5.3.3 Exception information <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 507<\/td>\n | 17.5.3.4 Conditional items 17.5.4 Identification 17.5.4.1 Implementation identification 17.5.4.2 Protocol summary 17.5.5 PICS proforma for the type 10BASE-FB MAU <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 508<\/td>\n | 17.5.6 PICS proforma for the type 10BASE-FB MAU 17.5.6.1 Compatibility considerations 17.5.6.2 Optical transmit parameters <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 509<\/td>\n | 17.5.6.3 Optical receive parameters 17.5.6.4 Optical medium connector plug and socket <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 510<\/td>\n | 17.5.6.5 MAU functions 17.5.6.6 PMA-to-MDI OTD messages and signaling <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 511<\/td>\n | 17.5.6.7 MDI ORD-to-PMA messages and signaling 17.5.6.8 Transitions between signals 17.5.6.9 Signaling rate <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 512<\/td>\n | 17.5.6.10 Transmit functions 17.5.6.11 Receive functions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 513<\/td>\n | 17.5.6.12 Data receive function 17.5.6.13 Remote status message handling 17.5.6.14 Collision function requirements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 514<\/td>\n | 17.5.6.15 End of collision 17.5.6.16 Loopback function 17.5.6.17 Fault-handling function <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 515<\/td>\n | 17.5.6.18 Jabber-handling function 17.5.6.19 Low light detection <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 516<\/td>\n | 17.5.6.20 Synchronous qualification 17.5.6.21 MAU state diagram requirements 17.5.6.22 MAU reliability <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 517<\/td>\n | 17.5.6.23 PLS\u2013PMA requirements 17.5.6.24 signal_quality_error message (SQE) 17.5.6.25 Environmental requirements 17.5.6.26 MAU labeling <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 519<\/td>\n | 18. Fiber optic medium attachment unit, type 10BASE-FL 18.1 Scope 18.1.1 Overview 18.1.1.1 10BASE-FL medium attachment unit (MAU) 18.1.1.2 Repeater unit 18.2 PMA interface messages <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 520<\/td>\n | 18.2.1 PMA to fiber optic link segment messages 18.2.1.1 OTD_output. 18.2.1.2 OTD_idle 18.2.2 Fiber optic link segment to PMA messages 18.2.2.1 ORD_input 18.2.2.2 ORD_idle <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 521<\/td>\n | 18.2.3 Interface message time references 18.3 MAU functional specifications 18.3.1 MAU functions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 522<\/td>\n | 18.3.1.1 Transmit function requirements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 523<\/td>\n | 18.3.1.2 Receive function requirements 18.3.1.3 Loopback function requirements (half duplex mode only) 18.3.1.4 Collision Presence function requirements (half duplex mode only) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 524<\/td>\n | 18.3.1.5 signal_quality_error Message (SQE) Test function requirements 18.3.1.6 Jabber function requirements 18.3.1.7 Link Integrity Test function requirements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 525<\/td>\n | 18.3.1.8 Auto-Negotiation 18.3.2 MAU state diagrams 18.3.2.1 MAU state diagram variables <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 527<\/td>\n | 18.3.2.2 MAU state diagram timers <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 532<\/td>\n | 18.4 Timing summary <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 533<\/td>\n | 18.5 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 18, Fiber optic medium attachment unit, type 10BASE-FL 18.5.1 Introduction 18.5.2 Abbreviations and special symbols 18.5.2.1 Status symbols 18.5.2.2 Abbreviations <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 534<\/td>\n | 18.5.3 Instructions for completing the PICS proforma 18.5.3.1 General structure of the PICS proforma 18.5.3.2 Additional information 18.5.3.3 Exception information <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 535<\/td>\n | 18.5.3.4 Conditional items 18.5.4 Identification 18.5.4.1 Implementation identification 18.5.4.2 Protocol summary <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 536<\/td>\n | 18.5.5 Major capabilities\/options 18.5.6 PICS proforma tables for the type 10BASE-FL MAU 18.5.6.1 Compatibility considerations <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 537<\/td>\n | 18.5.6.2 Optical transmit parameter <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 538<\/td>\n | 18.5.6.3 Optical receive parameters 18.5.6.4 Optical medium connector plug and socket <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 539<\/td>\n | 18.5.6.5 MAU functions 18.5.6.6 PMA interface messages 18.5.6.7 PMA-to-MDI OTD messages 18.5.6.8 MDI ORD-to-PMA messages <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 540<\/td>\n | 18.5.6.9 Transmit function 18.5.6.10 Receive function <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 541<\/td>\n | 18.5.6.11 Loopback function 18.5.6.12 Collision Presence function 18.5.6.13 signal_quality_error Message (SQE) Test function <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 542<\/td>\n | 18.5.6.14 Jabber function 18.5.6.15 Link Integrity Test function <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 544<\/td>\n | 18.5.6.16 MAU state diagram requirements 18.5.6.17 MAU-to-AUI signal characteristics <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 545<\/td>\n | 18.5.6.18 MAU-to-AUI DI and CI driver characteristics 18.5.6.19 AUI-to-MAU DO receiver characteristics <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 546<\/td>\n | 18.5.6.20 AUI circuit termination 18.5.6.21 MAU-to-AUI mechanical connections <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 547<\/td>\n | 18.5.6.22 MAU reliability 18.5.6.23 Power consumption 18.5.6.24 PLS\u2013PMA requirements 18.5.6.25 signal_quality_error message (SQE) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 548<\/td>\n | 18.5.6.26 Environmental requirements 18.5.6.27 MAU labeling <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 549<\/td>\n | 19. Layer Management for 10 Mb\/s baseband repeaters 19.1 Introduction 19.1.1 Scope 19.1.2 Relationship to objects in IEEE Std 802.1F-1993 19.1.3 Definitions 19.1.4 Symbols and abbreviations <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 550<\/td>\n | 19.1.5 Management model <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 551<\/td>\n | 19.2 Managed objects 19.2.1 Introduction 19.2.2 Overview of managed objects 19.2.2.1 Text description of managed objects 19.2.2.2 Port functions to support management <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 553<\/td>\n | 19.2.2.3 Containment <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 554<\/td>\n | 19.2.2.4 Naming 19.2.2.5 Packages and capabilities <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 556<\/td>\n | 19.2.3 Repeater managed object class 19.2.3.1 Repeater attributes 19.2.3.1.1 aRepeaterID 19.2.3.1.2 aRepeaterGroupCapacity 19.2.3.1.3 aGroupMap 19.2.3.1.4 aRepeaterHealthState <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 557<\/td>\n | 19.2.3.1.5 aRepeaterHealthText 19.2.3.1.6 aRepeaterHealthData 19.2.3.1.7 aTransmitCollisions 19.2.3.2 Repeater actions 19.2.3.2.1 acResetRepeater <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 558<\/td>\n | 19.2.3.2.2 acExecuteNonDisruptiveSelfTest 19.2.3.3 Repeater notifications 19.2.3.3.1 nRepeaterHealth <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 559<\/td>\n | 19.2.3.3.2 nRepeaterReset 19.2.3.3.3 nGroupMapChange 19.2.4 ResourceTypeID Managed Object Class 19.2.5 Group managed object class 19.2.5.1 Group attributes 19.2.5.1.1 aGroupID <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 560<\/td>\n | 19.2.5.1.2 aGroupPortCapacity 19.2.5.1.3 aPortMap 19.2.5.2 Group Notifications 19.2.5.2.1 nPortMapChange 19.2.6 Port managed object class 19.2.6.1 Port Attributes 19.2.6.1.1 aPortID <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 561<\/td>\n | 19.2.6.1.2 aPortAdminState 19.2.6.1.3 aAutoPartitionState 19.2.6.1.4 aReadableFrames 19.2.6.1.5 aReadableOctets <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 562<\/td>\n | 19.2.6.1.6 aFrameCheckSequenceErrors 19.2.6.1.7 aAlignmentErrors 19.2.6.1.8 aFramesTooLong 19.2.6.1.9 aShortEvents <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 563<\/td>\n | 19.2.6.1.10 aRunts 19.2.6.1.11 aCollisions 19.2.6.1.12 aLateEvents <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 564<\/td>\n | 19.2.6.1.13 aVeryLongEvents 19.2.6.1.14 aDataRateMismatches 19.2.6.1.15 aAutoPartitions 19.2.6.1.16 aLastSourceAddress <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 565<\/td>\n | 19.2.6.1.17 aSourceAddressChanges 19.2.6.2 Port Actions 19.2.6.2.1 acPortAdminControl <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 567<\/td>\n | 20. Layer Management for 10 Mb\/s baseband medium attachment units 20.1 Introduction 20.1.1 Scope 20.1.2 Management model 20.2 Managed objects 20.2.1 Text description of managed objects 20.2.1.1 Naming <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 568<\/td>\n | 20.2.1.2 Containment 20.2.1.3 Packages <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 569<\/td>\n | 20.2.2 MAU Managed object class 20.2.2.1 MAU attributes 20.2.2.1.1 aMAUID 20.2.2.1.2 aMAUType <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 570<\/td>\n | 20.2.2.1.3 aMediaAvailable 20.2.2.1.4 aLoseMediaCounter 20.2.2.1.5 aJabber <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 571<\/td>\n | 20.2.2.1.6 aMAUAdminState 20.2.2.1.7 aBbMAUXmitRcvSplitType 20.2.2.1.8 aBroadbandFrequencies <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 572<\/td>\n | 20.2.2.2 MAU actions 20.2.2.2.1 acResetMAU 20.2.2.2.2 acMAUAdminControl 20.2.2.3 MAU notifications 20.2.2.3.1 nJabber <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 573<\/td>\n | Annex A (informative) Bibliography <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 577<\/td>\n | Annex B (informative) System guidelines B.1 Baseband system guidelines and concepts, 10 Mb\/s B.1.1 Overall system objectives B.1.2 Analog system components and parameter values <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 579<\/td>\n | B.1.3 Minimum frame length determination <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 580<\/td>\n | B.1.4 System jitter budgets B.1.4.1 Nominal jitter values <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 581<\/td>\n | B.1.4.2 Decoder evaluation <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 582<\/td>\n | B.1.5 Systems consideration calculations B.1.5.1 Overview B.1.5.2 Maximum collision fragment size <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 585<\/td>\n | B.1.5.3 Interpacket Gap (IPG) shrinkage <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 586<\/td>\n | B.1.5.4 Timing parameters for round-trip delay and variability calculations <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 589<\/td>\n | B.2 System parameters and budgets for 1BASE5 B.2.1 Delay budget <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 590<\/td>\n | B.2.2 Minimum frame length determination <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 591<\/td>\n | B.2.3 Jitter budget <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 592<\/td>\n | B.3 Example crosstalk computation for multiple disturbers, balanced-pair cable <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 594<\/td>\n | B.4 10BASE-T guidelines B.4.1 System jitter budget B.4.2 Filter characteristics B.4.3 Notes for conformance testing B.4.3.1 Notes for 14.3.1.2.1 on differential output voltage <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 595<\/td>\n | B.4.3.2 Note for 14.3.1.2.2 on transmitter differential output impedance B.4.3.3 Note for 14.3.1.2.3 on output timing jitter <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 596<\/td>\n | B.4.3.4 General note on common-mode tests B.4.3.5 Note for 14.3.1.3.4 on receiver differential input impedance B.4.3.6 Note for 14.3.1.3.3 on receiver idle input behavior B.4.3.7 Note for 14.3.1.3.5 on receiver common-mode rejection <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 597<\/td>\n | B.5 10BASE-F B.5.1 System jitter budget B.5.2 10BASE-FP fiber optic segment loss budget <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 600<\/td>\n | Annex C (informative) State diagram, MAC sublayer <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 601<\/td>\n | Annex D (informative) Application context, selected medium specifications D.1 Introduction D.2 Type 10BASE5 applications D.3 Type 10BASE2 applications <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 602<\/td>\n | D.4 Type FOIRL and 10BASE-F applications; alternative fiber optic medium applications D.4.1 Alternative fiber types D.4.1.1 Theoretical coupling losses <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 603<\/td>\n | D.4.1.2 Maximum launch power <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 604<\/td>\n | D.4.2 Type 10BASE-FP applications using 50\/125 \u00b5m fiber D.4.2.1 Coupled transmit power D.4.2.2 Star coupler loss <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 605<\/td>\n | D.4.2.3 Collision detection D.5 10BASE-T use of cabling systems with a nominal differential characteristic impedance of 120 \u00ce\u00a9 <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 606<\/td>\n | D.6 10BASE-T use of cabling systems with a nominal differential characteristic impedance of 150 \u00ce\u00a9 <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 608<\/td>\n | Annex E (informative) Receiver wavelength design considerations (FOIRL) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 609<\/td>\n | Annex F (normative) Additional attributes required for systems F.1 Introduction F.1.1 Scope F.2 Objects\/Attributes\/Actions\/Notifications F.2.1 TimeSinceSystemReset attribute <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 610<\/td>\n | F.2.2 RepeaterResetTimeStamp attribute F.2.3 ResetSystemAction action <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 611<\/td>\n | Annex G (normative) Additional material required for conformance testing G.1 Introduction G.1.1 Material in support of the aDataRateMismatches attribute <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 612<\/td>\n | Annex H (normative) GDMO specifications for CSMA\/CD managed objects <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 613<\/td>\n | Annex 4A (normative) Simplified full duplex media access control 4A.1 Functional model of the MAC method 4A.1.1 Overview <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 614<\/td>\n | 4A.1.2 Full duplex operation 4A.1.2.1 Transmission 4A.1.2.2 Reception <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 615<\/td>\n | 4A.1.3 Relationships to the MAC client and Physical Layers 4A.2 Media access control (MAC) method: precise specification 4A.2.1 Introduction 4A.2.2 Overview of the procedural model 4A.2.2.1 Ground rules for the procedural model <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 616<\/td>\n | 4A.2.2.2 Use of Pascal in the procedural model 4A.2.2.3 Organization of the procedural model <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 621<\/td>\n | 4A.2.2.4 Layer management extensions to procedural model 4A.2.3 Packet transmission model 4A.2.3.1 Transmit data encapsulation 4A.2.3.2 Transmit media access management <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 622<\/td>\n | 4A.2.4 Frame reception model 4A.2.4.1 Receive data decapsulation <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 623<\/td>\n | 4A.2.4.2 Receive media access management 4A.2.5 Preamble generation 4A.2.6 Start frame sequence <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 624<\/td>\n | 4A.2.7 Global declarations 4A.2.7.1 Common constants, types, and variables <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 625<\/td>\n | 4A.2.7.2 Transmit state variables 4A.2.7.3 Receive state variables 4A.2.7.4 State variable initialization <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 626<\/td>\n | 4A.2.8 Frame transmission <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 629<\/td>\n | 4A.2.9 Frame reception <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 632<\/td>\n | 4A.2.10 Common procedures 4A.3 Interfaces to\/from adjacent layers 4A.3.1 Overview 4A.3.2 MAC service 4A.3.2.1 MAC client transmit interface state diagram <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 633<\/td>\n | 4A.3.2.2 MAC client receive interface state diagram <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 636<\/td>\n | 4A.3.3 Services required from the Physical Layer <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 637<\/td>\n | 4A.4 Specific implementations 4A.4.1 Compatibility overview 4A.4.2 MAC parameters <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 639<\/td>\n | IEEE Std 802.3\u2122-2012, SECTION TWO Contents <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 677<\/td>\n | 21. Introduction to 100 Mb\/s baseband networks, type 100BASE-T 21.1 Overview <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 678<\/td>\n | 21.1.1 Reconciliation Sublayer (RS) and Media Independent Interface (MII) 21.1.2 Physical Layer signaling systems 21.1.3 Repeater 21.1.4 Auto-Negotiation 21.1.5 Management 21.2 References 21.3 Definitions 21.4 Abbreviations 21.5 State diagrams <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 679<\/td>\n | 21.5.1 Actions inside state blocks 21.5.2 State diagram variables 21.5.3 State transitions 21.5.4 Operators <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 681<\/td>\n | 21.6 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma 21.6.1 Introduction 21.6.2 Abbreviations and special symbols 21.6.3 Instructions for completing the PICS proforma <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 682<\/td>\n | 21.6.4 Additional information 21.6.5 Exceptional information 21.6.6 Conditional items <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 683<\/td>\n | 21.7 MAC delay constraints (exposed MII) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 685<\/td>\n | 22. Reconciliation Sublayer (RS) and Media Independent Interface (MII) 22.1 Overview <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 686<\/td>\n | 22.1.1 Summary of major concepts 22.1.2 Application <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 687<\/td>\n | 22.1.3 Rates of operation 22.1.4 Allocation of functions 22.1.5 Relationship of MII and GMII 22.2 Functional specifications 22.2.1 Mapping of MII signals to PLS service primitives and Station Management <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 688<\/td>\n | 22.2.1.1 Mapping of PLS_DATA.request 22.2.1.1.1 Function 22.2.1.1.2 Semantics of the service primitive 22.2.1.1.3 When generated <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 689<\/td>\n | 22.2.1.2 Mapping of PLS_DATA.indication 22.2.1.2.1 Function 22.2.1.2.2 Semantics of the service primitive 22.2.1.2.3 When generated 22.2.1.3 Mapping of PLS_CARRIER.indication 22.2.1.3.1 Function 22.2.1.3.2 Semantics of the service primitive 22.2.1.3.3 When generated <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 690<\/td>\n | 22.2.1.4 Mapping of PLS_SIGNAL.indication 22.2.1.4.1 Function 22.2.1.4.2 Semantics of the service primitive 22.2.1.4.3 When generated 22.2.1.5 Response to RX_ER indication from MII 22.2.1.6 Conditions for generation of TX_ER <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 691<\/td>\n | 22.2.1.7 Mapping of PLS_DATA_VALID.indication 22.2.1.7.1 Function 22.2.1.7.2 Semantics of the service primitive 22.2.1.7.3 When generated 22.2.2 MII signal functional specifications 22.2.2.1 TX_CLK (transmit clock) 22.2.2.2 RX_CLK (receive clock) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 692<\/td>\n | 22.2.2.3 TX_EN (transmit enable) 22.2.2.4 TXD (transmit data) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 693<\/td>\n | 22.2.2.5 TX_ER (transmit coding error) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 694<\/td>\n | 22.2.2.6 Transmit direction LPI transition 22.2.2.7 RX_DV (Receive Data Valid) 22.2.2.8 RXD (receive data) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 696<\/td>\n | 22.2.2.9 Receive direction LPI transition 22.2.2.10 RX_ER (receive error) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 697<\/td>\n | 22.2.2.11 CRS (carrier sense) 22.2.2.12 COL (collision detected) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 698<\/td>\n | 22.2.2.13 MDC (management data clock) 22.2.2.14 MDIO (management data input\/output) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 699<\/td>\n | 22.2.3 MII data stream 22.2.3.1 Inter-frame 22.2.3.2 Preamble and start of frame delimiter 22.2.3.2.1 Transmit case <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 700<\/td>\n | 22.2.3.2.2 Receive case <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 701<\/td>\n | 22.2.3.3 Data 22.2.3.4 End-of-Frame delimiter (EFD) 22.2.3.5 Handling of excess nibbles 22.2.4 Management functions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 702<\/td>\n | 22.2.4.1 Control register (Register 0) 22.2.4.1.1 Reset <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 703<\/td>\n | 22.2.4.1.2 Loopback <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 704<\/td>\n | 22.2.4.1.3 Speed selection 22.2.4.1.4 Auto-Negotiation enable 22.2.4.1.5 Power down <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 705<\/td>\n | 22.2.4.1.6 Isolate 22.2.4.1.7 Restart Auto-Negotiation 22.2.4.1.8 Duplex mode 22.2.4.1.9 Collision test <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 706<\/td>\n | 22.2.4.1.10 Speed selection 22.2.4.1.11 Reserved bits 22.2.4.1.12 Unidirectional enable 22.2.4.2 Status register (Register 1) 22.2.4.2.1 100BASE-T4 ability 22.2.4.2.2 100BASE-X full duplex ability <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 708<\/td>\n | 22.2.4.2.3 100BASE-X half duplex ability 22.2.4.2.4 10 Mb\/s full duplex ability 22.2.4.2.5 10 Mb\/s half duplex ability 22.2.4.2.6 100BASE-T2 full duplex ability 22.2.4.2.7 100BASE-T2 half duplex ability 22.2.4.2.8 Unidirectional ability 22.2.4.2.9 MF preamble suppression ability 22.2.4.2.10 Auto-Negotiation complete <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 709<\/td>\n | 22.2.4.2.11 Remote fault 22.2.4.2.12 Auto-Negotiation ability 22.2.4.2.13 Link Status 22.2.4.2.14 Jabber detect 22.2.4.2.15 Extended capability <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 710<\/td>\n | 22.2.4.2.16 Extended status 22.2.4.3 Extended capability registers 22.2.4.3.1 PHY Identifier (Registers 2 and 3) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 711<\/td>\n | 22.2.4.3.2 Auto-Negotiation advertisement (Register 4) 22.2.4.3.3 Auto-Negotiation link partner ability (Register 5) 22.2.4.3.4 Auto-Negotiation expansion (Register 6) 22.2.4.3.5 Auto-Negotiation Next Page (Register 7) 22.2.4.3.6 Auto-Negotiation link partner Received Next Page (Register 8) 22.2.4.3.7 MASTER-SLAVE control register (Register 9) 22.2.4.3.8 MASTER-SLAVE status register (Register 10) 22.2.4.3.9 PSE Control register (Register 11) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 712<\/td>\n | 22.2.4.3.10 PSE Status register (Register 12) 22.2.4.3.11 MMD access control register (Register 13) 22.2.4.3.12 MMD access address data register (Register 14) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 713<\/td>\n | 22.2.4.3.13 PHY specific registers 22.2.4.4 Extended Status register (Register 15) 22.2.4.4.1 1000BASE-X full duplex ability <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 714<\/td>\n | 22.2.4.4.2 1000BASE-X half duplex ability 22.2.4.4.3 1000BASE-T full duplex ability 22.2.4.4.4 1000BASE-T half duplex ability 22.2.4.4.5 Reserved bits 22.2.4.5 Management frame structure 22.2.4.5.1 IDLE (IDLE condition) 22.2.4.5.2 PRE (preamble) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 715<\/td>\n | 22.2.4.5.3 ST (start of frame) 22.2.4.5.4 OP (operation code) 22.2.4.5.5 PHYAD (PHY Address) 22.2.4.5.6 REGAD (Register Address) 22.2.4.5.7 TA (turnaround) 22.2.4.5.8 DATA (data) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 716<\/td>\n | 22.3 Signal timing characteristics 22.3.1 Signals that are synchronous to TX_CLK 22.3.1.1 TX_EN 22.3.1.2 TXD 22.3.1.3 TX_ER 22.3.2 Signals that are synchronous to RX_CLK <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 717<\/td>\n | 22.3.2.1 RX_DV 22.3.2.2 RXD 22.3.2.3 RX_ER 22.3.3 Signals that have no required clock relationship 22.3.3.1 CRS 22.3.3.2 COL 22.3.4 MDIO timing relationship to MDC <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 718<\/td>\n | 22.4 Electrical characteristics 22.4.1 Signal levels <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 719<\/td>\n | 22.4.2 Signal paths 22.4.3 Driver characteristics 22.4.3.1 DC characteristics 22.4.3.2 AC characteristics <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 720<\/td>\n | 22.4.4 Receiver characteristics 22.4.4.1 Voltage thresholds 22.4.4.2 Input current 22.4.4.3 Input capacitance 22.4.5 Cable characteristics <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 721<\/td>\n | 22.4.5.1 Conductor size 22.4.5.2 Characteristic impedance 22.4.5.3 Delay <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 722<\/td>\n | 22.4.5.4 Delay variation 22.4.5.5 Shielding 22.4.5.6 DC resistance 22.4.6 Hot insertion and removal 22.5 Power supply 22.5.1 Supply voltage <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 723<\/td>\n | 22.5.2 Load current 22.5.3 Short-circuit protection 22.6 Mechanical characteristics 22.6.1 Definition of mechanical interface 22.6.2 Shielding effectiveness and transfer impedance <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 724<\/td>\n | 22.6.3 Connector pin numbering 22.6.4 Clearance dimensions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 725<\/td>\n | 22.6.5 Contact assignments <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 726<\/td>\n | 22.7 LPI assertion and detection <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 727<\/td>\n | 22.7.1 LPI messages 22.7.2 Transmit LPI state diagram 22.7.2.1 Conventions 22.7.2.2 Variables and counters <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 728<\/td>\n | 22.7.2.3 State diagram 22.7.3 Considerations for transmit system behavior 22.7.3.1 Considerations for receive system behavior <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 729<\/td>\n | 22.8 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 22, Reconciliation Sublayer (RS) and Media Independent Interface (MII) 22.8.1 Introduction 22.8.2 Identification 22.8.2.1 Implementation identification 22.8.2.2 Protocol summary <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 730<\/td>\n | 22.8.2.3 Major capabilities\/options 22.8.3 PICS proforma tables for reconciliation sublayer and media independent interface 22.8.3.1 Mapping of PLS service primitives 22.8.3.2 MII signal functional specifications (continued) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 732<\/td>\n | 22.8.3.3 LPI functions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 733<\/td>\n | 22.8.3.4 Frame structure 22.8.3.5 Management functions (continued) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 737<\/td>\n | 22.8.3.6 Signal timing characteristics <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 738<\/td>\n | 22.8.3.7 Electrical characteristics (continued) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 740<\/td>\n | 22.8.3.8 Power supply 22.8.3.9 Mechanical characteristics <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 741<\/td>\n | 23. Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS), Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer and baseband medium, type 100BASE-T4 23.1 Overview 23.1.1 Scope 23.1.2 Objectives 23.1.3 Relation of 100BASE-T4 to other standards 23.1.4 Summary <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 742<\/td>\n | 23.1.4.1 Summary of Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS) specification <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 744<\/td>\n | 23.1.4.2 Summary of physical medium attachment (PMA) specification 23.1.5 Application of 100BASE-T4 23.1.5.1 Compatibility considerations <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 745<\/td>\n | 23.1.5.2 Incorporating the 100BASE-T4 PHY into a DTE 23.1.5.3 Use of 100BASE-T4 PHY for point-to-point communication 23.1.5.4 Support for Auto-Negotiation 23.2 PCS functional specifications 23.2.1 PCS functions 23.2.1.1 PCS Reset function <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 746<\/td>\n | 23.2.1.2 PCS Transmit function <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 747<\/td>\n | 23.2.1.2.1 DC balance encoding rules 23.2.1.3 PCS Receive function <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 748<\/td>\n | 23.2.1.3.1 Error-detecting rules <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 749<\/td>\n | 23.2.1.4 PCS Error Sense function 23.2.1.5 PCS Carrier Sense function 23.2.1.6 PCS Collision Presence function <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 750<\/td>\n | 23.2.2 PCS interfaces 23.2.2.1 PCS\u2013MII interface signals 23.2.2.2 PCS\u2013Management entity signals 23.2.3 Frame structure <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 751<\/td>\n | 23.2.4 PCS state diagrams 23.2.4.1 PCS state diagram constants <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 752<\/td>\n | 23.2.4.2 PCS state diagram variables <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 755<\/td>\n | 23.2.4.3 PCS state diagram timer 23.2.4.4 PCS state diagram functions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 757<\/td>\n | 23.2.4.5 PCS state diagrams <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 759<\/td>\n | 23.2.5 PCS electrical specifications 23.3 PMA service interface <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 760<\/td>\n | 23.3.1 PMA_TYPE.indication 23.3.1.1 Semantics of the service primitive 23.3.1.2 When generated 23.3.1.3 Effect of receipt 23.3.2 PMA_UNITDATA.request 23.3.2.1 Semantics of the service primitive <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 761<\/td>\n | 23.3.2.2 When generated 23.3.2.3 Effect of receipt 23.3.3 PMA_UNITDATA.indication 23.3.3.1 Semantics of the service primitive 23.3.3.2 When generated <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 762<\/td>\n | 23.3.3.3 Effect of receipt 23.3.4 PMA_CARRIER.indication 23.3.4.1 Semantics of the service primitive 23.3.4.2 When generated 23.3.4.3 Effect of receipt 23.3.5 PMA_LINK.indication 23.3.5.1 Semantics of the service primitive 23.3.5.2 When generated 23.3.5.3 Effect of receipt <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 763<\/td>\n | 23.3.6 PMA_LINK.request 23.3.6.1 Semantics of the service primitive 23.3.6.2 Default value of parameter link_control 23.3.6.3 When generated 23.3.6.4 Effect of receipt <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 764<\/td>\n | 23.3.7 PMA_RXERROR.indication 23.3.7.1 Semantics of the service primitive 23.3.7.2 When generated 23.3.7.3 Effect of receipt 23.4 PMA functional specifications 23.4.1 PMA functions 23.4.1.1 PMA Reset function <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 765<\/td>\n | 23.4.1.2 PMA Transmit function <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 766<\/td>\n | 23.4.1.3 PMA Receive function 23.4.1.4 PMA Carrier Sense function <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 767<\/td>\n | 23.4.1.5 Link Integrity function 23.4.1.6 PMA Align function <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 768<\/td>\n | 23.4.1.7 Clock Recovery function 23.4.2 PMA interface messages <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 769<\/td>\n | 23.4.3 PMA state diagrams 23.4.3.1 PMA constants <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 770<\/td>\n | 23.4.3.2 State diagram variables 23.4.3.3 State diagram timers <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 771<\/td>\n | 23.4.3.4 State diagram counters 23.4.3.5 Link Integrity state diagram 23.5 PMA electrical specifications 23.5.1 PMA-to-MDI interface characteristics 23.5.1.1 Isolation requirement <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 772<\/td>\n | 23.5.1.2 Transmitter specifications 23.5.1.2.1 Peak differential output voltage <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 773<\/td>\n | 23.5.1.2.2 Differential output templates <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 777<\/td>\n | 23.5.1.2.3 Differential output ISI (intersymbol interference) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 779<\/td>\n | 23.5.1.2.4 Transmitter differential output impedance <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 780<\/td>\n | 23.5.1.2.5 Output timing jitter 23.5.1.2.6 Transmitter impedance balance <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 781<\/td>\n | 23.5.1.2.7 Common-mode output voltage 23.5.1.2.8 Transmitter common-mode rejection <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 782<\/td>\n | 23.5.1.2.9 Transmitter fault tolerance 23.5.1.2.10 Transmit clock frequency 23.5.1.3 Receiver specifications <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 783<\/td>\n | 23.5.1.3.1 Receiver differential input signals <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 784<\/td>\n | 23.5.1.3.2 Receiver differential noise immunity 23.5.1.3.3 Receiver differential input impedance 23.5.1.3.4 Common-mode rejection <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 785<\/td>\n | 23.5.1.3.5 Receiver fault tolerance 23.5.1.3.6 Receiver frequency tolerance 23.5.2 Power consumption 23.6 Link segment characteristics 23.6.1 Cabling <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 786<\/td>\n | 23.6.2 Link transmission parameters 23.6.2.1 Insertion loss 23.6.2.2 Differential characteristic impedance 23.6.2.3 Coupling parameters 23.6.2.3.1 Differential Near-End Crosstalk (NEXT) loss 23.6.2.3.2 Multiple-disturber NEXT (MDNEXT) loss <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 787<\/td>\n | 23.6.2.3.3 Equal Level Far-End Crosstalk (ELFEXT) loss 23.6.2.3.4 Multiple-disturber ELFEXT (MDELFEXT) loss 23.6.2.4 Delay 23.6.2.4.1 Maximum link delay 23.6.2.4.2 Maximum link delay per meter <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 788<\/td>\n | 23.6.2.4.3 Difference in link delays 23.6.3 Noise 23.6.3.1 Near-End Crosstalk 23.6.3.2 Far-End Crosstalk <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 789<\/td>\n | 23.6.4 Installation practice 23.6.4.1 Connector installation practices 23.6.4.2 Disallow use of Category 3 cable with more than four pairs 23.6.4.3 Allow use of Category 5 jumpers with up to 25 pairs 23.7 MDI specification 23.7.1 MDI connectors <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 790<\/td>\n | 23.7.2 Crossover function 23.8 System considerations <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 791<\/td>\n | 23.9 Environmental specifications 23.9.1 General safety 23.9.2 Network safety <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 792<\/td>\n | 23.9.2.1 Installation 23.9.2.2 Grounding 23.9.2.3 Installation and maintenance guidelines 23.9.2.4 Telephony voltages <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 793<\/td>\n | 23.9.3 Environment 23.9.3.1 Electromagnetic emission 23.9.3.2 Temperature and humidity 23.10 PHY labeling 23.11 Timing summary 23.11.1 Timing references <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 794<\/td>\n | 23.11.2 Definitions of controlled parameters <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 796<\/td>\n | 23.11.3 Table of required timing values <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 804<\/td>\n | 23.12 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 23, Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS), Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer, and baseband medium, type 100BASE-T4 23.12.1 Introduction 23.12.2 Identification 23.12.2.1 Implementation identification 23.12.2.2 Protocol summary <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 805<\/td>\n | 23.12.3 Major capabilities\/options 23.12.4 PICS proforma tables for the Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS), Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer and baseband medium, type 100BASE-T4 23.12.4.1 Compatibility considerations 23.12.4.2 PCS Transmit functions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 806<\/td>\n | 23.12.4.3 PCS Receive functions 23.12.4.4 Other PCS functions (continued) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 807<\/td>\n | 23.12.4.5 PCS state diagram variables <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 808<\/td>\n | 23.12.4.6 PMA service interface 23.12.4.7 PMA Transmit functions (continued) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 809<\/td>\n | 23.12.4.8 PMA Receive functions 23.12.4.9 Link Integrity functions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 810<\/td>\n | 23.12.4.10 PMA Align functions 23.12.4.11 Other PMA functions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 811<\/td>\n | 23.12.4.12 Isolation requirements 23.12.4.13 PMA electrical requirements (continued) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 814<\/td>\n | 23.12.4.14 Characteristics of the link segment (continued) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 815<\/td>\n | 23.12.4.15 MDI requirements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 816<\/td>\n | 23.12.4.16 General safety and environmental requirements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 817<\/td>\n | 23.12.4.17 Timing requirements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 819<\/td>\n | 24. Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS) and Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer, type 100BASE-X 24.1 Overview 24.1.1 Scope 24.1.2 Objectives <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 820<\/td>\n | 24.1.3 Relationship of 100BASE-X to other standards 24.1.4 Summary of 100BASE-X sublayers 24.1.4.1 Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 821<\/td>\n | 24.1.4.2 Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer 24.1.4.3 Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer 24.1.4.4 Auto-Negotiation 24.1.5 Inter-sublayer interfaces <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 823<\/td>\n | 24.1.6 Functional block diagram 24.1.7 State diagram conventions 24.2 Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS) 24.2.1 Service Interface (MII) 24.2.2 Functional requirements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 825<\/td>\n | 24.2.2.1 Code-groups 24.2.2.1.1 Data code-groups <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 827<\/td>\n | 24.2.2.1.2 Idle code-groups 24.2.2.1.3 Control code-groups 24.2.2.1.4 Start-of-Stream delimiter (\/J\/K\/) 24.2.2.1.5 End-of-Stream delimiter (\/T\/R\/) 24.2.2.1.6 SLEEP code-groups (\/P\/) 24.2.2.1.7 Invalid code-groups 24.2.2.2 Encapsulation <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 828<\/td>\n | 24.2.2.3 Data delay <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 829<\/td>\n | 24.2.2.4 Mapping between MII and PMA 24.2.3 State variables 24.2.3.1 Constants <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 830<\/td>\n | 24.2.3.2 Variables <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 832<\/td>\n | 24.2.3.3 Functions 24.2.3.4 Timers <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 833<\/td>\n | 24.2.3.5 Messages <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 834<\/td>\n | 24.2.4 State diagrams 24.2.4.1 Transmit Bits 24.2.4.2 Transmit <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 835<\/td>\n | 24.2.4.3 Receive Bits 24.2.4.4 Receive <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 837<\/td>\n | 24.2.4.4.1 Detecting channel activity 24.2.4.4.2 Code-group alignment 24.2.4.4.3 Stream decoding <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 839<\/td>\n | 24.2.4.4.4 Stream termination <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 841<\/td>\n | 24.2.4.5 Carrier Sense 24.3 Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer 24.3.1 Service interface <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 842<\/td>\n | 24.3.1.1 PMA_TYPE.indicate 24.3.1.1.1 Semantics of the service primitive 24.3.1.1.2 When generated 24.3.1.1.3 Effect of receipt 24.3.1.2 PMA_UNITDATA.request 24.3.1.2.1 Semantics of the service primitive 24.3.1.2.2 When generated 24.3.1.2.3 Effect of receipt 24.3.1.3 PMA_UNITDATA.indicate 24.3.1.3.1 Semantics of the service primitive <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 843<\/td>\n | 24.3.1.3.2 When generated 24.3.1.3.3 Effect of receipt 24.3.1.4 PMA_CARRIER.indicate 24.3.1.4.1 Semantics of the service primitive 24.3.1.4.2 When generated 24.3.1.4.3 Effect of receipt 24.3.1.5 PMA_LINK.indicate 24.3.1.5.1 Semantics of the service primitive 24.3.1.5.2 When generated 24.3.1.5.3 Effect of receipt <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 844<\/td>\n | 24.3.1.6 PMA_LINK.request 24.3.1.6.1 Semantics of the service primitive 24.3.1.6.2 When generated 24.3.1.6.3 Effect of receipt 24.3.1.7 PMA_RXERROR.indicate 24.3.1.7.1 Semantics of the service primitive 24.3.1.7.2 When generated 24.3.1.7.3 Effect of receipt 24.3.1.8 PMA_LPILINKFAIL.request 24.3.1.8.1 Semantics of the service primitive <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 845<\/td>\n | 24.3.1.8.2 When generated 24.3.1.8.3 Effect of receipt 24.3.1.9 PMA_RXLPI.request 24.3.1.9.1 Semantics of the service primitive 24.3.1.9.2 When generated 24.3.1.9.3 Effect of receipt 24.3.2 Functional requirements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 846<\/td>\n | 24.3.2.1 Far-End fault 24.3.2.2 Comparison to previous IEEE 802.3 PMAs <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 847<\/td>\n | 24.3.2.3 EEE capability 24.3.3 State variables 24.3.3.1 Constants 24.3.3.2 Variables <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 849<\/td>\n | 24.3.3.3 Functions 24.3.3.4 Timers 24.3.3.5 Counters 24.3.3.6 Messages 24.3.4 Process specifications and state diagrams 24.3.4.1 TX <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 850<\/td>\n | 24.3.4.2 RX 24.3.4.3 Carrier detect 24.3.4.4 Link Monitor <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 852<\/td>\n | 24.3.4.5 Far-End Fault Generate <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 853<\/td>\n | 24.3.4.6 Far-End Fault Detect <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 855<\/td>\n | 24.4 Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer service interface 24.4.1 PMD service interface 24.4.1.1 PMD_UNITDATA.request 24.4.1.1.1 Semantics of the service primitive 24.4.1.1.2 When generated 24.4.1.1.3 Effect of receipt 24.4.1.2 PMD_UNITDATA.indicate <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 856<\/td>\n | 24.4.1.2.1 Semantics of the service primitive 24.4.1.2.2 When generated 24.4.1.2.3 Effect of receipt 24.4.1.3 PMD_SIGNAL.indicate 24.4.1.3.1 Semantics of the service primitive 24.4.1.3.2 When generated 24.4.1.3.3 Effect of receipt 24.4.1.4 PMD_RXQUIET.request 24.4.1.4.1 Semantics of the service primitive 24.4.1.4.2 When generated <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 857<\/td>\n | 24.4.1.4.3 Effect of receipt 24.4.1.5 PMD_TXQUIET.request 24.4.1.5.1 Semantics of the service primitive 24.4.1.5.2 When generated 24.4.1.5.3 Effect of receipt 24.4.2 Medium Dependent Interface (MDI) 24.5 Compatibility considerations 24.6 Delay constraints <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 858<\/td>\n | 24.6.1 PHY delay constraints (exposed MII) 24.6.2 DTE delay constraints (unexposed MII) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 859<\/td>\n | 24.6.3 Carrier de-assertion\/assertion constraint (half duplex mode only) 24.7 Environmental specifications <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 860<\/td>\n | 24.8 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 24, Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS) and Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer, type 100BASE-X 24.8.1 Introduction 24.8.2 Identification 24.8.2.1 Implementation identification 24.8.2.2 Protocol summary <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 861<\/td>\n | 24.8.2.3 Major capabilities\/options 24.8.3 PICS proforma tables for the Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS) and Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer, type 100BASE-X 24.8.3.1 General compatibility considerations 24.8.3.2 PCS functions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 862<\/td>\n | 24.8.3.3 PMA functions 24.8.3.4 Timing 24.8.3.5 LPI functions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 865<\/td>\n | 25. Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and baseband medium, type 100BASE-TX 25.1 Overview 25.1.1 State diagram conventions 25.2 Functional specifications 25.3 General exceptions 25.4 Specific requirements and exceptions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 866<\/td>\n | 25.4.1 Change to 7.2.3.1.1, \u201cLine state patterns\u201d\u009d <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 867<\/td>\n | 25.4.2 Change to 7.2.3.3, \u201cLoss of synchronization\u201d\u009d 25.4.3 Change to Table 8-1, \u201cContact assignments for twisted pair\u201d\u009d 25.4.4 Deletion of 8.3, \u201cStation labelling\u201d\u009d 25.4.5 Change to 9.1.7, \u201cWorst case droop of transformer\u201d\u009d <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 868<\/td>\n | 25.4.5.1 Equivalent system time constant <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 869<\/td>\n | 25.4.6 Replacement of 8.4.1, \u201cUTP isolation requirements\u201d\u009d 25.4.7 Addition to 10.1, \u201cReceiver\u201d\u009d 25.4.8 Change to 9.1.9, \u201cJitter\u201d\u009d <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 870<\/td>\n | 25.4.9 Cable plant 25.4.9.1 Cabling system characteristics 25.4.9.2 Link transmission parameters 25.4.9.2.1 Insertion loss 25.4.9.2.2 Differential characteristic impedance 25.4.9.2.3 Return loss <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 871<\/td>\n | 25.4.9.2.4 Differential near-end crosstalk (NEXT) 25.4.9.3 Noise environment 25.4.9.3.1 External coupled noise 25.4.10 Replacement of 11.2, \u201cCrossover function\u201d\u009d 25.4.11 Change to A.2, \u201cDDJ test pattern for baseline wander measurements\u201d\u009d 25.4.12 Change to Annex G, \u201cStream cipher scrambling function\u201d\u009d 25.4.13 Change to Annex I, \u201cCommon mode cable termination\u201d\u009d <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 872<\/td>\n | 25.5 EEE capability 25.5.1 Change to TP-PMD 7.1.2 \u201cEncoder\u201d\u009d 25.5.1.1 State variables 25.5.1.1.1 Variables <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 873<\/td>\n | 25.5.1.1.2 Messages 25.5.1.2 State diagram 25.5.2 Change to TP-PMD 7.2.2 \u201cDecoder\u201d\u009d 25.5.2.1 State variables 25.5.2.1.1 Variables <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 874<\/td>\n | 25.5.2.1.2 Messages <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 875<\/td>\n | 25.5.2.2 State diagram 25.5.3 Changes to 10.1.1.1 \u201cSignal_Detect assertion threshold\u201d\u009d 25.5.4 Changes to 10.1.1.2 \u201cSignal_Detect de-assertion threshold\u201d\u009d 25.5.5 Change to 10.1.2 \u201cSignal_Detect timing requirements on assertion\u201d\u009d 25.5.6 Change to 10.1.3 \u201cSignal_Detect timing requirements on de-assertion\u201d\u009d <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 876<\/td>\n | 25.5.7 Changes to TP-PMD 10.2 \u201cTransmitter\u201d\u009d 25.5.8 Replace TP-PMD Table 4 \u201cSignal_Detect summary\u201d\u009d with Table 25\u20133 <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 877<\/td>\n | 25.6 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 25, Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and baseband medium, type 100BASE-TX 25.6.1 Introduction 25.6.2 Identification 25.6.2.1 Implementation identification 25.6.2.2 Protocol summary <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 878<\/td>\n | 25.6.3 Major capabilities\/options 25.6.3.1 DTE Power via MDI major capabilities\/options <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 879<\/td>\n | 25.6.4 PICS proforma tables for the Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and baseband medium, type 100BASE-TX 25.6.4.1 General compatibility considerations 25.6.4.2 PMD compliance 25.6.4.3 Characteristics of link segment <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 880<\/td>\n | 25.6.4.4 DTE Power via MDI compliance 25.6.4.5 LPI functions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 883<\/td>\n | 26. Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and baseband medium, type 100BASE-FX 26.1 Overview 26.2 Functional specifications 26.3 General exceptions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 884<\/td>\n | 26.4 Specific requirements and exceptions 26.4.1 Medium Dependent Interface (MDI) 26.4.2 Crossover function <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 885<\/td>\n | 26.5 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 26, Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and baseband medium, type 100BASE-FX 26.5.1 Introduction 26.5.2 Identification 26.5.2.1 Implementation identification 26.5.3 Protocol summary <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 886<\/td>\n | 26.5.4 Major capabilities\/options 26.5.5 PICS proforma tables for Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and baseband medium, type 100BASE-FX 26.5.5.1 General compatibility considerations 26.5.5.2 PMD compliance <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 887<\/td>\n | 27. Repeater for 100 Mb\/s baseband networks 27.1 Overview 27.1.1 Scope 27.1.1.1 Repeater set <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 888<\/td>\n | 27.1.1.2 Repeater unit 27.1.1.3 Repeater classes 27.1.2 Application perspective 27.1.2.1 Objectives 27.1.2.2 Compatibility considerations <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 889<\/td>\n | 27.1.2.2.1 Internal segment compatibility 27.1.3 Relationship to PHY 27.2 PMA interface messages 27.3 Repeater functional specifications <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 890<\/td>\n | 27.3.1 Repeater functions 27.3.1.1 Signal restoration functional requirements 27.3.1.1.1 Signal amplification 27.3.1.1.2 Signal wave-shape restoration 27.3.1.1.3 Signal retiming 27.3.1.2 Data handling functional requirements 27.3.1.2.1 Data frame forwarding 27.3.1.2.2 Received code violations <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 891<\/td>\n | 27.3.1.3 Received event handling functional requirements 27.3.1.3.1 Received event handling 27.3.1.3.2 Preamble regeneration 27.3.1.3.3 Start-of-packet propagation delay 27.3.1.3.4 Start-of-packet variability 27.3.1.4 Collision handling functional requirements 27.3.1.4.1 Collision detection 27.3.1.4.2 Jam generation <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 892<\/td>\n | 27.3.1.4.3 Collision-jam propagation delay 27.3.1.4.4 Cessation-of-collision Jam propagation delay 27.3.1.5 Error handling functional requirements 27.3.1.5.1 100BASE-X and 100BASE-T2 carrier integrity functional requirements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 893<\/td>\n | 27.3.1.5.2 Speed handling 27.3.1.6 Partition functional requirements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 894<\/td>\n | 27.3.1.7 Receive jabber functional requirements 27.3.2 Detailed repeater functions and state diagrams 27.3.2.1 State diagram variables 27.3.2.1.1 Constants <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 895<\/td>\n | 27.3.2.1.2 Variables <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 898<\/td>\n | 27.3.2.1.3 Functions 27.3.2.1.4 Timers <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 899<\/td>\n | 27.3.2.1.5 Counters 27.3.2.1.6 Port designation <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 900<\/td>\n | 27.3.2.2 State diagrams <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 908<\/td>\n | 27.4 Repeater electrical specifications 27.4.1 Electrical isolation 27.5 Environmental specifications 27.5.1 General safety 27.5.2 Network safety 27.5.2.1 Installation 27.5.2.2 Grounding <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 909<\/td>\n | 27.5.2.3 Installation and maintenance guidelines 27.5.3 Electrical isolation 27.5.3.1 Environment A requirements 27.5.3.2 Environment B requirements 27.5.4 Reliability <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 910<\/td>\n | 27.5.5 Environment 27.5.5.1 Electromagnetic emission 27.5.5.2 Temperature and humidity 27.6 Repeater labeling <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 911<\/td>\n | 27.7 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 27, Repeater for 100 Mb\/s baseband networks 27.7.1 Introduction 27.7.2 Identification 27.7.2.1 Implementation identification 27.7.2.2 Protocol summary <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 912<\/td>\n | 27.7.3 Major capabilities\/options 27.7.4 PICS proforma tables for the repeater for 100 Mb\/s baseband networks 27.7.4.1 Compatibility considerations <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 913<\/td>\n | 27.7.4.2 Repeater functions 27.7.4.3 Signal Restoration function <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 914<\/td>\n | 27.7.4.4 Data Handling function 27.7.4.5 Receive Event Handling function (continued) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 915<\/td>\n | 27.7.4.6 Collision Handling function <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 916<\/td>\n | 27.7.4.7 Error Handling function 27.7.4.8 Partition functions (continued) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 917<\/td>\n | 27.7.4.9 Receive Jabber function <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 918<\/td>\n | 27.7.4.10 Repeater state diagrams 27.7.4.11 Repeater electrical <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 919<\/td>\n | 27.7.4.12 Repeater labeling <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 921<\/td>\n | 28. Physical Layer link signaling for Auto-Negotiation on twisted pair 28.1 Overview 28.1.1 Scope <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 922<\/td>\n | 28.1.2 Application perspective\/objectives 28.1.3 Relationship to architectural layering <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 923<\/td>\n | 28.1.4 Compatibility considerations <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 924<\/td>\n | 28.1.4.1 Interoperability with existing 10BASE-T devices 28.1.4.2 Interoperability with Auto-Negotiation compatible devices 28.1.4.3 Cabling compatibility with Auto-Negotiation 28.2 Functional specifications <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 925<\/td>\n | 28.2.1 Transmit function requirements 28.2.1.1 Link pulse transmission 28.2.1.1.1 FLP burst encoding <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 926<\/td>\n | 28.2.1.1.2 Transmit timing <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 927<\/td>\n | 28.2.1.2 Link codeword encoding 28.2.1.2.1 Selector Field 28.2.1.2.2 Technology Ability Field <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 928<\/td>\n | 28.2.1.2.3 Extended Next Page 28.2.1.2.4 Remote Fault 28.2.1.2.5 Acknowledge 28.2.1.2.6 Next Page <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 929<\/td>\n | 28.2.1.3 Transmit Switch function 28.2.2 Receive function requirements 28.2.2.1 FLP Burst ability detection and decoding <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 930<\/td>\n | 28.2.2.2 NLP detection 28.2.2.3 Receive Switch function <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 931<\/td>\n | 28.2.2.4 Link codeword matching 28.2.3 Arbitration function requirements 28.2.3.1 Parallel detection function 28.2.3.2 Renegotiation function <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 932<\/td>\n | 28.2.3.3 Priority Resolution function 28.2.3.4 Next Page function <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 933<\/td>\n | 28.2.3.4.1 Next Page encodings <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 934<\/td>\n | 28.2.3.4.2 Extended Next Page encodings 28.2.3.4.3 Next Page <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 935<\/td>\n | 28.2.3.4.4 Acknowledge 28.2.3.4.5 Message Page 28.2.3.4.6 Acknowledge 2 28.2.3.4.7 Toggle 28.2.3.4.8 Message Page encoding 28.2.3.4.9 Message Code Field 28.2.3.4.10 Unformatted Page encoding <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 936<\/td>\n | 28.2.3.4.11 Unformatted Code Field 28.2.3.4.12 Extended Unformatted Code Field 28.2.3.4.13 Use of Next Pages 28.2.3.4.14 MII register requirements 28.2.3.5 Remote fault sensing function <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 937<\/td>\n | 28.2.4 Management function requirements 28.2.4.1 Media Independent Interface 28.2.4.1.1 MII control register 28.2.4.1.2 MII status register <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 938<\/td>\n | 28.2.4.1.3 Auto-Negotiation advertisement register (Register 4) (R\/W) 28.2.4.1.4 Auto-Negotiation Link Partner ability register (Register 5) (RO) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 939<\/td>\n | 28.2.4.1.5 Auto-Negotiation expansion register (Register 6) (RO) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 941<\/td>\n | 28.2.4.1.6 Auto-Negotiation Next Page transmit register (Register 7) (R\/W) 28.2.4.1.7 Auto-Negotiation Link Partner Received Next Page register (Register 8) (RO) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 942<\/td>\n | 28.2.4.1.8 State diagram variable to MII register mapping <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 943<\/td>\n | 28.2.4.2 Auto-Negotiation managed object class 28.2.5 Absence of management function 28.2.6 Technology-Dependent Interface 28.2.6.1 PMA_LINK.indication 28.2.6.1.1 Semantics of the service primitive <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 944<\/td>\n | 28.2.6.1.2 When generated 28.2.6.1.3 Effect of receipt 28.2.6.2 PMA_LINK.request 28.2.6.2.1 Semantics of the service primitive 28.2.6.2.2 When generated 28.2.6.2.3 Effect of receipt 28.2.6.3 PMA_LINKPULSE.request <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 945<\/td>\n | 28.2.6.3.1 Semantics of the service primitive 28.2.6.3.2 When generated 28.2.6.3.3 Effect of receipt 28.3 State diagrams and variable definitions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 946<\/td>\n | 28.3.1 State diagram variables <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 952<\/td>\n | 28.3.2 State diagram timers <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 955<\/td>\n | 28.3.3 State diagram counters <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 956<\/td>\n | 28.3.4 State diagrams <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 959<\/td>\n | 28.4 Electrical specifications <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 960<\/td>\n | 28.5 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 28, Physical Layer link signaling for Auto-Negotiation on twisted pair 28.5.1 Introduction 28.5.2 Identification 28.5.2.1 Implementation identification 28.5.2.2 Protocol summary <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 961<\/td>\n | 28.5.3 Major capabilities\/options 28.5.4 PICS proforma tables for Physical Layer link signaling for Auto-Negotiation on twisted pair 28.5.4.1 Scope <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 962<\/td>\n | 28.5.4.2 Auto-Negotiation functions 28.5.4.3 Transmit function requirements (continued) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 964<\/td>\n | 28.5.4.4 Receive function requirements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 965<\/td>\n | 28.5.4.5 Arbitration functions (continued) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 968<\/td>\n | 28.5.4.6 Management function requirements (continued) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 970<\/td>\n | 28.5.4.7 Technology-dependent interface (continued) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 971<\/td>\n | 28.5.4.8 State diagrams (continued) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 972<\/td>\n | 28.5.4.9 Electrical characteristics 28.5.4.10 Auto-Negotiation annexes (continued) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 975<\/td>\n | 28.6 Auto-Negotiation expansion <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 977<\/td>\n | 29. System considerations for multisegment 100BASE-T networks 29.1 Overview <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 978<\/td>\n | 29.1.1 Single collision domain multisegment networks <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 979<\/td>\n | 29.1.2 Repeater usage 29.2 Transmission System Model 1 29.3 Transmission System Model 2 <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 981<\/td>\n | 29.3.1 Round-trip collision delay 29.3.1.1 Worst-case path delay value (PDV) selection <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 982<\/td>\n | 29.3.1.2 Worst-case PDV calculation <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 983<\/td>\n | 29.4 Full duplex 100 Mb\/s topology limitations <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 985<\/td>\n | 30. Management 30.1 Overview <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 986<\/td>\n | 30.1.1 Scope 30.1.2 Relationship to objects in IEEE 802.1F 30.1.3 Systems management overview <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 987<\/td>\n | 30.1.4 Management model <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 988<\/td>\n | 30.2 Managed objects 30.2.1 Introduction 30.2.2 Overview of managed objects 30.2.2.1 Text description of managed objects <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 992<\/td>\n | 30.2.2.2 Functions to support management 30.2.2.2.1 DTE MAC sublayer functions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 993<\/td>\n | 30.2.2.2.2 Repeater functions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 995<\/td>\n | 30.2.3 Containment <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 998<\/td>\n | 30.2.4 Naming 30.2.5 Capabilities <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1021<\/td>\n | 30.3 Layer management for DTEs 30.3.1 MAC entity managed object class 30.3.1.1 MAC entity attributes 30.3.1.1.1 aMACID 30.3.1.1.2 aFramesTransmittedOK 30.3.1.1.3 aSingleCollisionFrames 30.3.1.1.4 aMultipleCollisionFrames <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1022<\/td>\n | 30.3.1.1.5 aFramesReceivedOK 30.3.1.1.6 aFrameCheckSequenceErrors 30.3.1.1.7 aAlignmentErrors 30.3.1.1.8 aOctetsTransmittedOK <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1023<\/td>\n | 30.3.1.1.9 aFramesWithDeferredXmissions 30.3.1.1.10 aLateCollisions 30.3.1.1.11 aFramesAbortedDueToXSColls <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1024<\/td>\n | 30.3.1.1.12 aFramesLostDueToIntMACXmitError 30.3.1.1.13 aCarrierSenseErrors 30.3.1.1.14 aOctetsReceivedOK 30.3.1.1.15 aFramesLostDueToIntMACRcvError <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1025<\/td>\n | 30.3.1.1.16 aPromiscuousStatus 30.3.1.1.17 aReadMulticastAddressList 30.3.1.1.18 aMulticastFramesXmittedOK 30.3.1.1.19 aBroadcastFramesXmittedOK <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1026<\/td>\n | 30.3.1.1.20 aFramesWithExcessiveDeferral 30.3.1.1.21 aMulticastFramesReceivedOK 30.3.1.1.22 aBroadcastFramesReceivedOK 30.3.1.1.23 aInRangeLengthErrors <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1027<\/td>\n | 30.3.1.1.24 aOutOfRangeLengthField 30.3.1.1.25 aFrameTooLongErrors 30.3.1.1.26 aMACEnableStatus 30.3.1.1.27 aTransmitEnableStatus <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1028<\/td>\n | 30.3.1.1.28 aMulticastReceiveStatus 30.3.1.1.29 aReadWriteMACAddress 30.3.1.1.30 aCollisionFrames 30.3.1.1.31 aMACCapabilities <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1029<\/td>\n | 30.3.1.1.32 aDuplexStatus 30.3.1.1.33 aRateControlAbility 30.3.1.1.34 aRateControlStatus 30.3.1.1.35 aDeferControlAbility <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1030<\/td>\n | 30.3.1.1.36 aDeferControlStatus 30.3.1.1.37 aMaxFrameLength 30.3.1.1.38 aSlowProtocolFrameLimit 30.3.1.2 MAC entity actions 30.3.1.2.1 acInitializeMAC <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1031<\/td>\n | 30.3.1.2.2 acAddGroupAddress 30.3.1.2.3 acDeleteGroupAddress 30.3.1.2.4 acExecuteSelfTest 30.3.2 PHY devicePHY device managed object class 30.3.2.1 PHY device attributes 30.3.2.1.1 aPHYID <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1032<\/td>\n | 30.3.2.1.2 aPhyType 30.3.2.1.3 aPhyTypeList <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1033<\/td>\n | 30.3.2.1.4 aSQETestErrors 30.3.2.1.5 aSymbolErrorDuringCarrier <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1034<\/td>\n | 30.3.2.1.6 aMIIDetect 30.3.2.1.7 aPhyAdminState <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1035<\/td>\n | 30.3.2.1.8 aTransmitLPIMicroseconds 30.3.2.1.9 aReceiveLPIMicroseconds 30.3.2.1.10 aTransmitLPITransitions 30.3.2.1.11 aReceiveLPITransitions 30.3.2.2 PHY device actions 30.3.2.2.1 acPhyAdminControl <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1036<\/td>\n | 30.3.3 MAC control entity object class 30.3.3.1 aMACControlID 30.3.3.2 aMACControlFunctionsSupported 30.3.3.3 aMACControlFramesTransmitted 30.3.3.4 aMACControlFramesReceived <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1037<\/td>\n | 30.3.3.5 aUnsupportedOpcodesReceived 30.3.3.6 aPFCEnableStatus 30.3.4 PAUSE entity managed object class 30.3.4.1 aPAUSELinkDelayAllowance <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1038<\/td>\n | 30.3.4.2 aPAUSEMACCtrlFramesTransmitted 30.3.4.3 aPAUSEMACCtrlFramesReceived 30.3.5 MPCP managed object class 30.3.5.1 MPCP Attributes 30.3.5.1.1 aMPCPID 30.3.5.1.2 aMPCPAdminState <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1039<\/td>\n | 30.3.5.1.3 aMPCPMode 30.3.5.1.4 aMPCPLinkID 30.3.5.1.5 aMPCPRemoteMACAddress 30.3.5.1.6 aMPCPRegistrationState <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1040<\/td>\n | 30.3.5.1.7 aMPCPMACCtrlFramesTransmitted 30.3.5.1.8 aMPCPMACCtrlFramesReceived 30.3.5.1.9 aMPCPTxGate <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1041<\/td>\n | 30.3.5.1.10 aMPCPTxRegAck 30.3.5.1.11 aMPCPTxRegister 30.3.5.1.12 aMPCPTxRegRequest 30.3.5.1.13 aMPCPTxReport <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1042<\/td>\n | 30.3.5.1.14 aMPCPRxGate 30.3.5.1.15 aMPCPRxRegAck 30.3.5.1.16 aMPCPRxRegister <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1043<\/td>\n | 30.3.5.1.17 aMPCPRxRegRequest 30.3.5.1.18 aMPCPRxReport 30.3.5.1.19 aMPCPTransmitElapsed 30.3.5.1.20 aMPCPReceiveElapsed <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1044<\/td>\n | 30.3.5.1.21 aMPCPRoundTripTime 30.3.5.1.22 aMPCPDiscoveryWindowsSent 30.3.5.1.23 aMPCPDiscoveryTimeout 30.3.5.1.24 aMPCPMaximumPendingGrants 30.3.5.1.25 aMPCPRecognizedMulticastIDs <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1045<\/td>\n | 30.3.5.2 MPCP Actions 30.3.5.2.1 acMPCPAdminControl 30.3.6 OAM object class 30.3.6.1 OAM Attributes 30.3.6.1.1 aOAMID 30.3.6.1.2 aOAMAdminState 30.3.6.1.3 aOAMMode <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1046<\/td>\n | 30.3.6.1.4 aOAMDiscoveryState 30.3.6.1.5 aOAMRemoteMACAddress 30.3.6.1.6 aOAMLocalConfiguration <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1047<\/td>\n | 30.3.6.1.7 aOAMRemoteConfiguration 30.3.6.1.8 aOAMLocalPDUConfiguration 30.3.6.1.9 aOAMRemotePDUConfiguration <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1048<\/td>\n | 30.3.6.1.10 aOAMLocalFlagsField 30.3.6.1.11 aOAMRemoteFlagsField 30.3.6.1.12 aOAMLocalRevision <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1049<\/td>\n | 30.3.6.1.13 aOAMRemoteRevision 30.3.6.1.14 aOAMLocalState 30.3.6.1.15 aOAMRemoteState 30.3.6.1.16 aOAMRemoteVendorOUI <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1050<\/td>\n | 30.3.6.1.17 aOAMRemoteVendorSpecificInfo 30.3.6.1.18 aOAMUnsupportedCodesTx 30.3.6.1.19 aOAMUnsupportedCodesRx <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1051<\/td>\n | 30.3.6.1.20 aOAMInformationTx 30.3.6.1.21 aOAMInformationRx 30.3.6.1.22 aOAMUniqueEventNotificationTx <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1052<\/td>\n | 30.3.6.1.23 aOAMDuplicateEventNotificationTx 30.3.6.1.24 aOAMUniqueEventNotificationRx 30.3.6.1.25 aOAMDuplicateEventNotificationRx <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1053<\/td>\n | 30.3.6.1.26 aOAMLoopbackControlTx 30.3.6.1.27 aOAMLoopbackControlRx 30.3.6.1.28 aOAMVariableRequestTx 30.3.6.1.29 aOAMVariableRequestRx <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1054<\/td>\n | 30.3.6.1.30 aOAMVariableResponseTx 30.3.6.1.31 aOAMVariableResponseRx 30.3.6.1.32 aOAMOrganizationSpecificTx <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1055<\/td>\n | 30.3.6.1.33 aOAMOrganizationSpecificRx 30.3.6.1.34 aOAMLocalErrSymPeriodConfig 30.3.6.1.35 aOAMLocalErrSymPeriodEvent <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1056<\/td>\n | 30.3.6.1.36 aOAMLocalErrFrameConfig 30.3.6.1.37 aOAMLocalErrFrameEvent 30.3.6.1.38 aOAMLocalErrFramePeriodConfig 30.3.6.1.39 aOAMLocalErrFramePeriodEvent <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1057<\/td>\n | 30.3.6.1.40 aOAMLocalErrFrameSecsSummaryConfig 30.3.6.1.41 aOAMLocalErrFrameSecsSummaryEvent <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1058<\/td>\n | 30.3.6.1.42 aOAMRemoteErrSymPeriodEvent 30.3.6.1.43 aOAMRemoteErrFrameEvent <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1059<\/td>\n | 30.3.6.1.44 aOAMRemoteErrFramePeriodEvent 30.3.6.1.45 aOAMRemoteErrFrameSecsSummaryEvent <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1060<\/td>\n | 30.3.6.1.46 aFramesLostDueToOAMError 30.3.6.2 OAM Actions 30.3.6.2.1 acOAMAdminControl 30.3.7 OMPEmulation managed object class 30.3.7.1 OMPEmulation Attributes 30.3.7.1.1 aOMPEmulationID <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1061<\/td>\n | 30.3.7.1.2 aOMPEmulationType 30.3.7.1.3 aSLDErrors 30.3.7.1.4 aCRC8Errors 30.3.7.1.5 aGoodLLID 30.3.7.1.6 aONUPONcastLLID <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1062<\/td>\n | 30.3.7.1.7 aOLTPONcastLLID 30.3.7.1.8 aBadLLID 30.3.8 EXTENSION entity managed object class 30.3.8.1 aEXTENSIONMACCtrlFramesTransmitted 30.3.8.2 aEXTENSIONMACCtrlFramesReceived <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1063<\/td>\n | 30.3.8.3 aEXTENSIONMACCtrlStatus 30.4 Layer management for 10, 100, and 1000 Mb\/s baseband repeaters 30.4.1 Repeater managed object class 30.4.1.1 Repeater attributes 30.4.1.1.1 aRepeaterID 30.4.1.1.2 aRepeaterType <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1064<\/td>\n | 30.4.1.1.3 aRepeaterGroupCapacity 30.4.1.1.4 aGroupMap 30.4.1.1.5 aRepeaterHealthState 30.4.1.1.6 aRepeaterHealthText <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1065<\/td>\n | 30.4.1.1.7 aRepeaterHealthData 30.4.1.1.8 aTransmitCollisions 30.4.1.2 Repeater actions 30.4.1.2.1 acResetRepeater <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1066<\/td>\n | 30.4.1.2.2 acExecuteNonDisruptiveSelfTest 30.4.1.3 Repeater notifications 30.4.1.3.1 nRepeaterHealth 30.4.1.3.2 nRepeaterReset <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1067<\/td>\n | 30.4.1.3.3 nGroupMapChange 30.4.2 Group managed object class 30.4.2.1 Group attributes 30.4.2.1.1 aGroupID 30.4.2.1.2 aGroupPortCapacity 30.4.2.1.3 aPortMap <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1068<\/td>\n | 30.4.2.2 Group notifications 30.4.2.2.1 nPortMapChange 30.4.3 Repeater port managed object class 30.4.3.1 Port attributes 30.4.3.1.1 aPortID 30.4.3.1.2 aPortAdminState <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1069<\/td>\n | 30.4.3.1.3 aAutoPartitionState 30.4.3.1.4 aReadableFrames 30.4.3.1.5 aReadableOctets 30.4.3.1.6 aFrameCheckSequenceErrors <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1070<\/td>\n | 30.4.3.1.7 aAlignmentErrors 30.4.3.1.8 aFramesTooLong 30.4.3.1.9 aShortEvents <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1071<\/td>\n | 30.4.3.1.10 aRunts 30.4.3.1.11 aCollisions 30.4.3.1.12 aLateEvents <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1072<\/td>\n | 30.4.3.1.13 aVeryLongEvents 30.4.3.1.14 aDataRateMismatches <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1073<\/td>\n | 30.4.3.1.15 aAutoPartitions 30.4.3.1.16 aIsolates 30.4.3.1.17 aSymbolErrorDuringPacket 30.4.3.1.18 aLastSourceAddress <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1074<\/td>\n | 30.4.3.1.19 aSourceAddressChanges 30.4.3.1.20 aBursts 30.4.3.2 Port actions 30.4.3.2.1 acPortAdminControl 30.5 Layer management for medium attachment units (MAUs) 30.5.1 MAU managed object class <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1075<\/td>\n | 30.5.1.1 MAU attributes 30.5.1.1.1 aMAUID 30.5.1.1.2 aMAUType <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1079<\/td>\n | 30.5.1.1.3 aMAUTypeList 30.5.1.1.4 aMediaAvailable <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1081<\/td>\n | 30.5.1.1.5 aLoseMediaCounter 30.5.1.1.6 aJabber <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1082<\/td>\n | 30.5.1.1.7 aMAUAdminState 30.5.1.1.8 aBbMAUXmitRcvSplitType 30.5.1.1.9 aBroadbandFrequencies <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1083<\/td>\n | 30.5.1.1.10 aFalseCarriers 30.5.1.1.11 aBIPErrorCount 30.5.1.1.12 aLaneMapping <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1084<\/td>\n | 30.5.1.1.13 aIdleErrorCount 30.5.1.1.14 aPCSCodingViolation 30.5.1.1.15 aFECAbility 30.5.1.1.16 aFECmode <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1085<\/td>\n | 30.5.1.1.17 aFECCorrectedBlocks 30.5.1.1.18 aFECUncorrectableBlocks <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1086<\/td>\n | 30.5.1.1.19 aSNROpMarginChnlA 30.5.1.1.20 aSNROpMarginChnlB 30.5.1.1.21 aSNROpMarginChnlC 30.5.1.1.22 aSNROpMarginChnlD <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1087<\/td>\n | 30.5.1.1.23 aEEESupportList 30.5.1.1.24 aLDFastRetrainCount 30.5.1.1.25 aLPFastRetrainCount 30.5.1.2 MAU actions 30.5.1.2.1 acResetMAU 30.5.1.2.2 acMAUAdminControl <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1088<\/td>\n | 30.5.1.3 MAU notifications 30.5.1.3.1 nJabber 30.6 Management for link Auto-Negotiation 30.6.1 Auto-Negotiation managed object class 30.6.1.1 Auto-Negotiation attributes 30.6.1.1.1 aAutoNegID 30.6.1.1.2 aAutoNegAdminState <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1089<\/td>\n | 30.6.1.1.3 aAutoNegRemoteSignaling 30.6.1.1.4 aAutoNegAutoConfig 30.6.1.1.5 aAutoNegLocalTechnologyAbility <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1090<\/td>\n | 30.6.1.1.6 aAutoNegAdvertisedTechnologyAbility 30.6.1.1.7 aAutoNegReceivedTechnologyAbility 30.6.1.1.8 aAutoNegLocalSelectorAbility <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1091<\/td>\n | 30.6.1.1.9 aAutoNegAdvertisedSelectorAbility 30.6.1.1.10 aAutoNegReceivedSelectorAbility 30.6.1.2 Auto-Negotiation actions 30.6.1.2.1 acAutoNegRestartAutoConfig <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1092<\/td>\n | 30.6.1.2.2 acAutoNegAdminControl 30.7 Management for Link Aggregation 30.7.1 Aggregator managed object class <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1093<\/td>\n | 30.7.1.1 Aggregator attributes 30.7.1.1.1 aAggID 30.7.1.1.2 aAggDescription 30.7.1.1.3 aAggName 30.7.1.1.4 aAggActorSystemID <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1094<\/td>\n | 30.7.1.1.5 aAggActorSystemPriority 30.7.1.1.6 aAggAggregateOrIndividual 30.7.1.1.7 aAggActorAdminKey 30.7.1.1.8 aAggActorOperKey <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1095<\/td>\n | 30.7.1.1.9 aAggMACAddress 30.7.1.1.10 aAggPartnerSystemID 30.7.1.1.11 aAggPartnerSystemPriority 30.7.1.1.12 aAggPartnerOperKey <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1096<\/td>\n | 30.7.1.1.13 aAggAdminState 30.7.1.1.14 aAggOperState 30.7.1.1.15 aAggTimeOfLastOperChange <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1097<\/td>\n | 30.7.1.1.16 aAggDataRate 30.7.1.1.17 aAggOctetsTxOK 30.7.1.1.18 aAggOctetsRxOK <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1098<\/td>\n | 30.7.1.1.19 aAggFramesTxOK 30.7.1.1.20 aAggFramesRxOK 30.7.1.1.21 aAggMulticastFramesTxOK <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1099<\/td>\n | 30.7.1.1.22 aAggMulticastFramesRxOK 30.7.1.1.23 aAggBroadcastFramesTxOK <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1100<\/td>\n | 30.7.1.1.24 aAggBroadcastFramesRxOK 30.7.1.1.25 aAggFramesDiscardedOnTx <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1101<\/td>\n | 30.7.1.1.26 aAggFramesDiscardedOnRx 30.7.1.1.27 aAggFramesWithTxErrors 30.7.1.1.28 aAggFramesWithRxErrors 30.7.1.1.29 aAggUnknownProtocolFrames <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1102<\/td>\n | 30.7.1.1.30 aAggPortList 30.7.1.1.31 aAggLinkUpDownNotificationEnable 30.7.1.1.32 aAggCollectorMaxDelay <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1103<\/td>\n | 30.7.1.2 Aggregator Notifications 30.7.1.2.1 nAggLinkUpNotification 30.7.1.2.2 nAggLinkDownNotification 30.7.2 Aggregation Port managed object class 30.7.2.1 Aggregation Port Attributes 30.7.2.1.1 aAggPortID <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1104<\/td>\n | 30.7.2.1.2 aAggPortActorSystemPriority 30.7.2.1.3 aAggPortActorSystemID 30.7.2.1.4 aAggPortActorAdminKey 30.7.2.1.5 aAggPortActorOperKey <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1105<\/td>\n | 30.7.2.1.6 aAggPortPartnerAdminSystemPriority 30.7.2.1.7 aAggPortPartnerOperSystemPriority 30.7.2.1.8 aAggPortPartnerAdminSystemID 30.7.2.1.9 aAggPortPartnerOperSystemID <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1106<\/td>\n | 30.7.2.1.10 aAggPortPartnerAdminKey 30.7.2.1.11 aAggPortPartnerOperKey 30.7.2.1.12 aAggPortSelectedAggID <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1107<\/td>\n | 30.7.2.1.13 aAggPortAttachedAggID 30.7.2.1.14 aAggPortActorPort 30.7.2.1.15 aAggPortActorPortPriority 30.7.2.1.16 aAggPortPartnerAdminPort <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1108<\/td>\n | 30.7.2.1.17 aAggPortPartnerOperPort 30.7.2.1.18 aAggPortPartnerAdminPortPriority 30.7.2.1.19 aAggPortPartnerOperPortPriority 30.7.2.1.20 aAggPortActorAdminState <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1109<\/td>\n | 30.7.2.1.21 aAggPortActorOperState 30.7.2.1.22 aAggPortPartnerAdminState 30.7.2.1.23 aAggPortPartnerOperState <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1110<\/td>\n | 30.7.2.1.24 aAggPortAggregateOrIndividual 30.7.3 Aggregation Port Statistics managed object class 30.7.3.1 Aggregation Port Statistics attributes 30.7.3.1.1 aAggPortStatsID 30.7.3.1.2 aAggPortStatsLACPDUsRx 30.7.3.1.3 aAggPortStatsMarkerPDUsRx <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1111<\/td>\n | 30.7.3.1.4 aAggPortStatsMarkerResponsePDUsRx 30.7.3.1.5 aAggPortStatsUnknownRx 30.7.3.1.6 aAggPortStatsIllegalRx <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1112<\/td>\n | 30.7.3.1.7 aAggPortStatsLACPDUsTx 30.7.3.1.8 aAggPortStatsMarkerPDUsTx 30.7.3.1.9 aAggPortStatsMarkerResponsePDUsTx 30.7.4 Aggregation Port Debug Information managed object class 30.7.4.1 Aggregation Port Debug Information attributes 30.7.4.1.1 aAggPortDebugInformationID <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1113<\/td>\n | 30.7.4.1.2 aAggPortDebugRxState 30.7.4.1.3 aAggPortDebugLastRxTime 30.7.4.1.4 aAggPortDebugMuxState <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1114<\/td>\n | 30.7.4.1.5 aAggPortDebugMuxReason 30.7.4.1.6 aAggPortDebugActorChurnState <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1115<\/td>\n | 30.7.4.1.7 aAggPortDebugPartnerChurnState <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1116<\/td>\n | 30.7.4.1.8 aAggPortDebugActorChurnCount 30.7.4.1.9 aAggPortDebugPartnerChurnCount 30.7.4.1.10 aAggPortDebugActorSyncTransitionCount <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1117<\/td>\n | 30.7.4.1.11 aAggPortDebugPartnerSyncTransitionCount 30.7.4.1.12 aAggPortDebugActorChangeCount 30.7.4.1.13 aAggPortDebugPartnerChangeCount 30.8 Management for WAN Interface Sublayer (WIS) 30.8.1 WIS managed object class 30.8.1.1 WIS attributes <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1118<\/td>\n | 30.8.1.1.1 aWISID 30.8.1.1.2 aSectionStatus 30.8.1.1.3 aSectionSESThreshold 30.8.1.1.4 aSectionSESs 30.8.1.1.5 aSectionESs <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1119<\/td>\n | 30.8.1.1.6 aSectionSEFSs 30.8.1.1.7 aSectionCVs 30.8.1.1.8 aJ0ValueTX 30.8.1.1.9 aJ0ValueRX <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1120<\/td>\n | 30.8.1.1.10 aLineStatus 30.8.1.1.11 aLineSESThreshold 30.8.1.1.12 aLineSESs 30.8.1.1.13 aLineESs 30.8.1.1.14 aLineCVs <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1121<\/td>\n | 30.8.1.1.15 aFarEndLineSESs 30.8.1.1.16 aFarEndLineESs 30.8.1.1.17 aFarEndLineCVs 30.8.1.1.18 aPathStatus <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1122<\/td>\n | 30.8.1.1.19 aPathSESThreshold 30.8.1.1.20 aPathSESs 30.8.1.1.21 aPathESs 30.8.1.1.22 aPathCVs 30.8.1.1.23 aJ1ValueTX <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1123<\/td>\n | 30.8.1.1.24 aJ1ValueRX 30.8.1.1.25 aFarEndPathStatus 30.8.1.1.26 aFarEndPathSESs 30.8.1.1.27 aFarEndPathESs <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1124<\/td>\n | 30.8.1.1.28 aFarEndPathCVs 30.9 Management for DTE Power via MDI 30.9.1 PSE managed object class 30.9.1.1 PSE attributes 30.9.1.1.1 aPSEID 30.9.1.1.2 aPSEAdminState <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1125<\/td>\n | 30.9.1.1.3 aPSEPowerPairsControlAbility 30.9.1.1.4 aPSEPowerPairs 30.9.1.1.5 aPSEPowerDetectionStatus <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1126<\/td>\n | 30.9.1.1.6 aPSEPowerClassification 30.9.1.1.7 aPSEInvalidSignatureCounter 30.9.1.1.8 aPSEPowerDeniedCounter <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1127<\/td>\n | 30.9.1.1.9 aPSEOverLoadCounter 30.9.1.1.10 aPSEShortCounter 30.9.1.1.11 aPSEMPSAbsentCounter 30.9.1.1.12 aPSEActualPower 30.9.1.1.13 aPSEPowerAccuracy <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1128<\/td>\n | 30.9.1.1.14 aPSECumulativeEnergy 30.9.1.2 PSE actions 30.9.1.2.1 acPSEAdminControl 30.9.2 PD managed object class 30.9.2.1 PD attributes 30.9.2.1.1 aPDID 30.10 Layer management for Midspan 30.10.1 Midspan managed object class 30.10.1.1 Midspan attributes 30.10.1.1.1 aMidSpanID <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1129<\/td>\n | 30.10.1.1.2 aMidSpanPSEGroupCapacity 30.10.1.1.3 aMidSpanPSEGroupMap 30.10.1.2 Midspan notifications 30.10.1.2.1 nMidSpanPSEGroupMapChange 30.10.2 PSE Group managed object class <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1130<\/td>\n | 30.10.2.1 PSE Group attributes 30.10.2.1.1 aPSEGroupID 30.10.2.1.2 aPSECapacity 30.10.2.1.3 aPSEMap 30.10.2.2 PSE Group notifications 30.10.2.2.1 nPSEMapChange <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1131<\/td>\n | 30.11 Layer Management for Physical Medium Entity (PME) 30.11.1 PAF managed object class 30.11.1.1 PAFAttributes 30.11.1.1.1 aPAFID 30.11.1.1.2 aPhyEnd 30.11.1.1.3 aPHYCurrentStatus <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1132<\/td>\n | 30.11.1.1.4 aPAFSupported 30.11.1.1.5 aPAFAdminState <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1133<\/td>\n | 30.11.1.1.6 aLocalPAFCapacity 30.11.1.1.7 aLocalPMEAvailable 30.11.1.1.8 aLocalPMEAggregate 30.11.1.1.9 aRemotePAFSupported <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1134<\/td>\n | 30.11.1.1.10 aRemotePAFCapacity 30.11.1.1.11 aRemotePMEAggregate 30.11.2 PME managed object class 30.11.2.1 PME Attributes 30.11.2.1.1 aPMEID <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1135<\/td>\n | 30.11.2.1.2 aPMEAdminState 30.11.2.1.3 aPMEStatus 30.11.2.1.4 aPMESNRMgn <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1136<\/td>\n | 30.11.2.1.5 aTCCodingViolations 30.11.2.1.6 aProfileSelect 30.11.2.1.7 aOperatingProfile <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1137<\/td>\n | 30.11.2.1.8 aPMEFECCorrectedBlocks 30.11.2.1.9 aPMEFECUncorrectableBlocks <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1138<\/td>\n | 30.11.2.1.10 aTCCRCErrors 30.12 Layer Management for Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP) 30.12.1 LLDP Configuration managed object class 30.12.1.1 LLDP Configuration attributes 30.12.1.1.1 aLldpXdot3PortConfigTLVsTxEnable 30.12.2 LLDP Local System Group managed object class 30.12.2.1 LLDP Local System Group attributes 30.12.2.1.1 aLldpXdot3LocPortAutoNegSupported <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1139<\/td>\n | 30.12.2.1.2 aLldpXdot3LocPortAutoNegEnabled 30.12.2.1.3 aLldpXdot3LocPortAutoNegAdvertisedCap 30.12.2.1.4 aLldpXdot3LocPortOperMauType 30.12.2.1.5 aLldpXdot3LocPowerPortClass 30.12.2.1.6 aLldpXdot3LocPowerMDISupported <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1140<\/td>\n | 30.12.2.1.7 aLldpXdot3LocPowerMDIEnabled 30.12.2.1.8 aLldpXdot3LocPowerPairControlable 30.12.2.1.9 aLldpXdot3LocPowerPairs 30.12.2.1.10 aLldpXdot3LocPowerClass 30.12.2.1.11 aLldpXdot3LocLinkAggStatus 30.12.2.1.12 aLldpXdot3LocLinkAggPortId <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1141<\/td>\n | 30.12.2.1.13 aLldpXdot3LocMaxFrameSize 30.12.2.1.14 aLldpXdot3LocPowerType 30.12.2.1.15 aLldpXdot3LocPowerSource 30.12.2.1.16 aLldpXdot3LocPowerPriority 30.12.2.1.17 aLldpXdot3LocPDRequestedPowerValue <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1142<\/td>\n | 30.12.2.1.18 aLldpXdot3LocPSEAllocatedPowerValue 30.12.2.1.19 aLldpXdot3LocResponseTime 30.12.2.1.20 aLldpXdot3LocReady <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1143<\/td>\n | 30.12.2.1.21 aLldpXdot3LocReducedOperationPowerValue 30.12.2.1.22 aLldpXdot3LocTxTwSys 30.12.2.1.23 aLldpXdot3LocTxTwSysEcho 30.12.2.1.24 aLldpXdot3LocRxTwSys 30.12.2.1.25 aLldpXdot3LocRxTwSysEcho <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1144<\/td>\n | 30.12.2.1.26 aLldpXdot3LocFbTwSys 30.12.2.1.27 aLldpXdot3TxDllReady 30.12.2.1.28 aLldpXdot3RxDllReady 30.12.2.1.29 aLldpXdot3LocDllEnabled <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1145<\/td>\n | 30.12.3 LLDP Remote System Group managed object class 30.12.3.1 LLDP Remote System Group attributes 30.12.3.1.1 aLldpXdot3RemPortAutoNegSupported 30.12.3.1.2 aLldpXdot3RemPortAutoNegEnabled 30.12.3.1.3 aLldpXdot3RemPortAutoNegAdvertisedCap 30.12.3.1.4 aLldpXdot3RemPortOperMauType <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1146<\/td>\n | 30.12.3.1.5 aLldpXdot3RemPowerPortClass 30.12.3.1.6 aLldpXdot3RemPowerMDISupported 30.12.3.1.7 aLldpXdot3RemPowerMDIEnabled 30.12.3.1.8 aLldpXdot3RemPowerPairControlable 30.12.3.1.9 aLldpXdot3RemPowerPairs <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1147<\/td>\n | 30.12.3.1.10 aLldpXdot3RemPowerClass 30.12.3.1.11 aLldpXdot3RemLinkAggStatus 30.12.3.1.12 aLldpXdot3RemLinkAggPortId 30.12.3.1.13 aLldpXdot3RemMaxFrameSize 30.12.3.1.14 aLldpXdot3RemPowerType 30.12.3.1.15 aLldpXdot3RemPowerSource <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1148<\/td>\n | 30.12.3.1.16 aLldpXdot3RemPowerPriority 30.12.3.1.17 aLldpXdot3RemPDRequestedPowerValue 30.12.3.1.18 aLldpXdot3RemPSEAllocatedPowerValue 30.12.3.1.19 aLldpXdot3RemTxTwSys <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1149<\/td>\n | 30.12.3.1.20 aLldpXdot3RemTxTwSysEcho 30.12.3.1.21 aLldpXdot3RemRxTwSys 30.12.3.1.22 aLldpXdot3RemRxTwSysEcho 30.12.3.1.23 aLldpXdot3RemFbTwSys <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1150<\/td>\n | 30.13 Management for oTimeSync entity 30.13.1 TimeSync entity managed object class 30.13.1.1 aTimeSyncCapabilityTX 30.13.1.2 aTimeSyncCapabilityRX 30.13.1.3 aTimeSyncDelayTXmax <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1151<\/td>\n | 30.13.1.4 aTimeSyncDelayTXmin 30.13.1.5 aTimeSyncDelayRXmax 30.13.1.6 aTimeSyncDelayRXmin <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1153<\/td>\n | 31. MAC Control 31.1 Overview 31.2 Layer architecture 31.3 Support by interlayer interfaces <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1155<\/td>\n | 31.3.1 MA_CONTROL.request 31.3.1.1 Function 31.3.1.2 Semantics of the service primitive 31.3.1.3 When generated 31.3.1.4 Effect of receipt 31.3.2 MA_CONTROL.indication 31.3.2.1 Function 31.3.2.2 Semantics of the service primitive <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1156<\/td>\n | 31.3.2.3 When generated 31.3.2.4 Effect of receipt 31.4 MAC Control frames 31.4.1 MAC Control frame format 31.4.1.1 Destination Address field <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1157<\/td>\n | 31.4.1.2 Source Address field 31.4.1.3 Length\/Type field 31.4.1.4 MAC Control Opcode field 31.4.1.5 MAC Control Parameters field 31.4.1.6 Reserved field 31.5 Opcode-independent MAC Control sublayer operation 31.5.1 Frame parsing and data frame reception <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1158<\/td>\n | 31.5.2 Control frame reception 31.5.3 Opcode-independent MAC Control receive state diagram 31.5.3.1 Constants 31.5.3.2 Variables <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1159<\/td>\n | 31.5.3.3 Messages <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1160<\/td>\n | 31.5.3.4 Opcode-independent MAC Control Receive state diagram 31.6 Compatibility requirements 31.7 MAC Control client behavior <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1161<\/td>\n | 31.8 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 31, MAC Control 31.8.1 Introduction 31.8.2 Identification 31.8.2.1 Implementation identification 31.8.2.2 Protocol summary <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1162<\/td>\n | 31.8.3 PICS proforma for MAC Control frames 31.8.3.1 Support by interlayer interfaces 31.8.3.2 MAC Control frame format 31.8.3.3 Opcode-independent MAC Control sublayer operation 31.8.3.4 Control opcode assignments <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1163<\/td>\n | 32. Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS), Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer and baseband medium, type 100BASE-T2 32.1 Overview 32.1.1 Relation of 100BASE-T2 to other standards 32.1.2 Operation of 100BASE-T2 <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1167<\/td>\n | 32.1.2.1 Physical coding sublayer (PCS) 32.1.2.2 PMA sublayer 32.1.2.3 PHY Control function <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1168<\/td>\n | 32.1.3 Application of 100BASE-T2 32.1.3.1 Compatibility considerations 32.1.3.2 Incorporating the 100BASE-T2 PHY into a DTE 32.1.3.3 Use of 100BASE-T2 PHY for point-to-point communication 32.1.3.4 Auto-Negotiation requirement 32.1.4 State diagram conventions 32.2 PHY Control functional specifications and service interface 32.2.1 PHY Control function <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1169<\/td>\n | 32.2.2 PHY Control Service interface 32.2.2.1 PHYC_CONFIG.indication 32.2.2.1.1 Semantics of the primitive <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1170<\/td>\n | 32.2.2.1.2 When generated 32.2.2.1.3 Effect of receipt 32.2.2.2 PHYC_TXMODE.indication 32.2.2.2.1 Semantics of the primitive 32.2.2.2.2 When generated 32.2.2.2.3 Effect of receipt 32.2.2.3 PHYC_RXSTATUS.request 32.2.2.3.1 Semantics of the primitive <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1171<\/td>\n | 32.2.2.3.2 When generated 32.2.2.3.3 Effect of receipt 32.2.2.4 PHYC_REMRXSTATUS.request 32.2.2.4.1 Semantics of the primitive 32.2.2.4.2 When generated 32.2.2.4.3 Effect of receipt 32.2.3 State diagram variables <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1172<\/td>\n | 32.2.4 State diagram timers <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1173<\/td>\n | 32.2.5 PHY Control state diagram 32.3 PCS functional specifications <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1175<\/td>\n | 32.3.1 PCS functions 32.3.1.1 PCS Reset function 32.3.1.2 PCS Transmit function 32.3.1.2.1 Side-stream scrambler polynomials <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1176<\/td>\n | 32.3.1.2.2 Generation of bits San[2:0] and Sbn[2:0] <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1177<\/td>\n | 32.3.1.2.3 Generation of sequences An and Bn <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1180<\/td>\n | 32.3.1.3 PCS Receive function 32.3.1.3.1 Receiver descrambler polynomials 32.3.1.3.2 Decoding of quinary symbols <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1181<\/td>\n | 32.3.1.4 PCS Carrier Sense function 32.3.1.5 PCS Collision Presence function 32.3.2 PCS interfaces 32.3.2.1 PCS\u2013MII interface signals 32.3.2.2 PCS\u2013management entity signals <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1182<\/td>\n | 32.3.3 Frame structure 32.3.4 State variables 32.3.4.1 Variables <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1184<\/td>\n | 32.3.4.2 Timer 32.3.4.3 Messages 32.3.5 State diagrams 32.3.5.1 PCS Transmit 32.3.5.2 PCS Receive <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1185<\/td>\n | 32.3.5.3 PCS Carrier Sense 32.3.6 PCS electrical specifications <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1188<\/td>\n | 32.4 PMA functional specifications and service interface 32.4.1 PMA functional specifications <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1189<\/td>\n | 32.4.1.1 PMA functions 32.4.1.1.1 PMA Reset function 32.4.1.1.2 PMA Transmit function 32.4.1.1.3 PMA Receive function 32.4.1.1.4 Link Monitor function <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1190<\/td>\n | 32.4.1.1.5 Clock Recovery function 32.4.1.2 PMA interface messages 32.4.1.2.1 MDI signals transmitted by the PHY 32.4.1.2.2 Signals received at the MDI <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1191<\/td>\n | 32.4.1.3 PMA state diagram 32.4.1.3.1 State diagram variables 32.4.1.3.2 Timers 32.4.1.3.3 Link Monitor state diagram <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1192<\/td>\n | 32.4.2 PMA service interface 32.4.2.1 PMA_TYPE.indication 32.4.2.1.1 Semantics of the service primitive 32.4.2.1.2 When generated 32.4.2.1.3 Effect of receipt 32.4.2.2 PMA_UNITDATA.request 32.4.2.2.1 Semantics of the service primitive <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1193<\/td>\n | 32.4.2.2.2 When generated 32.4.2.2.3 Effect of receipt 32.4.2.3 PMA_UNITDATA.indication 32.4.2.3.1 Semantics of the service primitive 32.4.2.3.2 When generated 32.4.2.3.3 Effect of receipt 32.4.2.4 PMA_LINK.request 32.4.2.4.1 Semantics of the service primitive <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1194<\/td>\n | 32.4.2.4.2 When generated 32.4.2.4.3 Effect of receipt 32.4.2.5 PMA_LINK.indication 32.4.2.5.1 Semantics of the service primitive 32.4.2.5.2 When generated 32.4.2.5.3 Effect of receipt 32.4.2.6 PMA_CARRIER.indication <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1195<\/td>\n | 32.4.2.7 PMA_RXERROR.indication 32.4.2.8 PMA_RXSTATUS.request 32.5 Management functions 32.5.1 100BASE-T2 Use of Auto-Negotiation and MII Registers 8, 9, and 10 <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1196<\/td>\n | 32.5.2 Management functions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1197<\/td>\n | 32.5.3 PHY specific registers for 100BASE-T2 32.5.3.1 100BASE-T2 Control register (Register 9) 32.5.3.1.1 Transmitter test mode 32.5.3.1.2 Receive test mode <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1198<\/td>\n | 32.5.3.1.3 MASTER-SLAVE Manual Configuration Enable 32.5.3.1.4 MASTER-SLAVE Manual Configuration Value 32.5.3.1.5 T2_Repeater\/DTE Bit 32.5.3.1.6 Reserved bits 32.5.3.2 100BASE-T2 Status register (Register 10) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1199<\/td>\n | 32.5.3.2.1 MASTER-SLAVE Manual Configuration Fault 32.5.3.2.2 MASTER-SLAVE Configuration Resolution Complete 32.5.3.2.3 Local Receiver Status 32.5.3.2.4 Remote Receiver Status 32.5.3.2.5 Reserved bits 32.5.3.2.6 Idle Error count 32.5.4 Changes and additions to Auto-Negotiation (Clause 28) 32.5.4.1 Change to 28.2.4.1.3 (Auto-Negotiation Advertisement register) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1200<\/td>\n | 32.5.4.2 Use of Auto-Negotiation Next Page codes for 100BASE-T2 PHYs <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1201<\/td>\n | 32.5.4.3 MASTER-SLAVE Configuration Resolution <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1202<\/td>\n | 32.6 PMA electrical specifications 32.6.1 PMA-to-MDI interface characteristics 32.6.1.1 Isolation requirement 32.6.1.2 Transmitter electrical specifications <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1203<\/td>\n | 32.6.1.2.1 Transmitter test modes 32.6.1.2.2 Peak differential output voltage and level distortion <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1205<\/td>\n | 32.6.1.2.3 Maximum output droop 32.6.1.2.4 Differential output templates <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1209<\/td>\n | 32.6.1.2.5 Transmitter timing jitter 32.6.1.2.6 Transmit clock frequency 32.6.1.3 Receiver electrical specifications <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1210<\/td>\n | 32.6.1.3.1 Test channel <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1221<\/td>\n | 32.6.1.3.2 Receiver test mode 32.6.1.3.3 Receiver differential input signals <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1222<\/td>\n | 32.6.1.3.4 Receiver Alien NEXT tolerance 32.6.1.3.5 Receiver timing jitter 32.6.1.3.6 Common-mode noise rejection <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1223<\/td>\n | 32.6.1.3.7 Receiver frequency tolerance 32.6.1.4 MDI Specifications 32.6.1.4.1 MDI differential impedance 32.6.1.4.2 MDI impedance balance <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1224<\/td>\n | 32.6.1.4.3 MDI common-mode output voltage 32.6.1.4.4 MDI fault tolerance <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1225<\/td>\n | 32.6.2 Power consumption 32.7 Link segment characteristics 32.7.1 Cabling <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1226<\/td>\n | 32.7.2 Link transmission parameters 32.7.2.1 Insertion loss 32.7.2.2 Differential characteristic impedance 32.7.2.3 Coupling parameters 32.7.2.3.1 Differential near-end crosstalk (NEXT) loss <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1227<\/td>\n | 32.7.2.3.2 Multiple-disturber NEXT (MDNEXT) loss 32.7.2.3.3 Equal level far-end crosstalk loss (ELFEXT) 32.7.2.3.4 Multiple-disturber ELFEXT (MDELFEXT) loss 32.7.2.3.5 10BASE-T NEXT loss to insertion loss ratio requirement <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1228<\/td>\n | 32.7.2.4 Delay 32.7.2.4.1 Maximum link delay 32.7.2.4.2 Difference in link delays 32.7.3 Noise <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1229<\/td>\n | 32.7.3.1 Near-end crosstalk noise <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1230<\/td>\n | 32.7.3.2 Far-end crosstalk noise 32.7.3.3 External coupled noise 32.7.4 Installation practice 32.7.4.1 Connector installation practices 32.7.4.2 Restrictions on use of Category 3 cabling with more than four pairs 32.7.4.3 Restrictions on use of Category 5 cabling with up to 25 pairs <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1231<\/td>\n | 32.8 MDI specification 32.8.1 MDI connectors <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1232<\/td>\n | 32.8.2 Crossover function 32.9 System considerations 32.10 Environmental specifications 32.10.1 General safety 32.10.2 Network safety <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1233<\/td>\n | 32.10.2.1 Installation 32.10.2.2 Grounding 32.10.2.3 Installation and maintenance guidelines 32.10.2.4 Telephony voltages <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1234<\/td>\n | 32.10.3 Environment 32.10.3.1 Electromagnetic emission 32.10.3.2 Temperature and humidity 32.10.4 Cabling specifications 32.11 PHY labeling 32.12 Delay constraints 32.12.1 PHY delay constraints (exposed MII) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1235<\/td>\n | 32.12.2 DTE delay constraints (unexposed MII) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1236<\/td>\n | 32.13 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 32, Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS), Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer and baseband medium, type 100BASE-T2 32.13.1 Identification 32.13.1.1 Implementation identification 32.13.1.2 Protocol summary <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1237<\/td>\n | 32.13.2 Major capabilities\/options 32.13.3 Compatibility considerations <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1238<\/td>\n | 32.13.4 PHY control function <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1239<\/td>\n | 32.13.5 Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS) or Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer 32.13.5.1 PCS transmit functions 32.13.5.2 PCS receive functions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1240<\/td>\n | 32.13.5.3 Other PCS functions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1241<\/td>\n | 32.13.5.4 PMA functions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1242<\/td>\n | 32.13.5.5 PMA service interface <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1243<\/td>\n | 32.13.5.6 Management functions (continued) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1244<\/td>\n | 32.13.5.7 100BASE-T2 specific Auto-Negotiation requirements (continued) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1245<\/td>\n | 32.13.5.8 PMA electrical specifications (continued) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1252<\/td>\n | 32.13.5.9 Characteristics of the link segment (continued) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1254<\/td>\n | 32.13.5.10 MDI requirements 32.13.5.11 General safety and environmental requirements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1255<\/td>\n | 32.13.5.12 Timing requirements exposed MII 32.13.5.13 Timing requirements unexposed MII 32.13.5.14 Timing requirements: carrier assertion\/deassertion constraint <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1257<\/td>\n | 33. Data Terminal Equipment (DTE) Power via Media Dependent Interface (MDI) 33.1 Overview 33.1.1 Objectives <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1258<\/td>\n | 33.1.2 Compatibility considerations 33.1.3 Relationship of DTE Power via MDI to the IEEE 802.3 Architecture <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1259<\/td>\n | 33.1.4 Type 1 and Type 2 system parameters <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1260<\/td>\n | 33.1.4.1 Type 2 cabling requirement 33.1.4.2 Type 1 and Type 2 channel requirement 33.2 Power sourcing equipment (PSE) 33.2.1 PSE location <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1261<\/td>\n | 33.2.2 Midspan PSE types <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1266<\/td>\n | 33.2.3 PI pin assignments <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1267<\/td>\n | 33.2.4 PSE state diagrams 33.2.4.1 Overview 33.2.4.2 Conventions 33.2.4.3 Constants 33.2.4.4 Variables <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1271<\/td>\n | 33.2.4.5 Timers 33.2.4.6 Functions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1273<\/td>\n | 33.2.4.7 State diagrams <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1275<\/td>\n | 33.2.5 PSE detection of PDs 33.2.5.1 PSE detection validation circuit <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1277<\/td>\n | 33.2.5.2 Detection probe requirements 33.2.5.3 Detection criteria <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1278<\/td>\n | 33.2.5.4 Rejection criteria 33.2.5.5 Open circuit criteria 33.2.6 PSE classification of PDs and mutual identification <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1280<\/td>\n | 33.2.6.1 PSE 1-Event Physical Layer classification <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1281<\/td>\n | 33.2.6.2 PSE 2-Event Physical Layer classification <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1283<\/td>\n | 33.2.7 Power supply output <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1284<\/td>\n | 33.2.7.1 Output voltage in the POWER_ON state 33.2.7.2 Voltage transients <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1285<\/td>\n | 33.2.7.3 Power feeding ripple and noise 33.2.7.4 Continuous output current capability in the POWER_ON state 33.2.7.5 Output current in POWER_UP mode <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1286<\/td>\n | 33.2.7.6 Overload current 33.2.7.7 Output current\u2014at short circuit condition <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1288<\/td>\n | 33.2.7.8 Turn off time 33.2.7.9 Turn off voltage 33.2.7.10 Continuous output power capability in POWER_ON state 33.2.7.11 Current unbalance <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1289<\/td>\n | 33.2.7.12 Power turn on time 33.2.7.13 PSE stability 33.2.8 Power supply allocation 33.2.9 PSE power removal 33.2.9.1 PSE Maintain Power Signature (MPS) requirements 33.2.9.1.1 PSE AC MPS component requirements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1290<\/td>\n | 33.2.9.1.2 PSE DC MPS component requirements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1291<\/td>\n | 33.3 Powered devices (PDs) 33.3.1 PD PI <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1292<\/td>\n | 33.3.2 PD type descriptions 33.3.3 PD state diagram 33.3.3.1 Conventions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1293<\/td>\n | 33.3.3.2 Constants 33.3.3.3 Variables <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1294<\/td>\n | 33.3.3.4 Timers <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1295<\/td>\n | 33.3.3.5 State diagrams <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1296<\/td>\n | 33.3.4 PD valid and non-valid detection signatures <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1297<\/td>\n | 33.3.5 PD classifications <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1298<\/td>\n | 33.3.5.1 PD 1-Event class signature 33.3.5.2 PD 2-Event class signature <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1299<\/td>\n | 33.3.5.2.1 Mark Event behavior 33.3.6 PSE Type identification <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1300<\/td>\n | 33.3.7 PD power <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1301<\/td>\n | 33.3.7.1 Input voltage 33.3.7.2 Input average power 33.3.7.2.1 System stability test conditions during startup and steady state operation <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1302<\/td>\n | 33.3.7.3 Input inrush current 33.3.7.4 Peak operating power <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1303<\/td>\n | 33.3.7.5 Peak transient current <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1304<\/td>\n | 33.3.7.6 PD behavior during transients at the PSE PI 33.3.7.7 Ripple and noise <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1305<\/td>\n | 33.3.7.8 PD classification stability time 33.3.7.9 Backfeed voltage 33.3.8 PD Maintain Power Signature 33.4 Additional electrical specifications <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1306<\/td>\n | 33.4.1 Isolation 33.4.1.1 Electrical isolation environments 33.4.1.1.1 Environment A requirements 33.4.1.1.2 Environment B requirements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1307<\/td>\n | 33.4.2 Fault tolerance 33.4.3 Impedance balance <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1308<\/td>\n | 33.4.4 Common-mode output voltage <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1310<\/td>\n | 33.4.5 Pair-to-pair output noise voltage <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1311<\/td>\n | 33.4.6 Differential noise voltage 33.4.7 Return loss 33.4.8 100BASE-TX transformer droop <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1312<\/td>\n | 33.4.9 Midspan PSE device additional requirements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1314<\/td>\n | 33.4.9.1 \u201cConnector\u201d\u009d or \u201ctelecom outlet\u201d\u009d Midspan PSE device transmission requirements 33.4.9.1.1 Near End Crosstalk (NEXT) 33.4.9.1.2 Insertion loss 33.4.9.1.3 Return loss <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1315<\/td>\n | 33.4.9.1.4 Work area or equipment cable Midspan PSE 33.4.9.2 Midspan signal path requirements 33.4.9.2.1 Alternative A Midspan PSE signal path transfer function <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1316<\/td>\n | 33.5 Management function requirements 33.5.1 PSE registers 33.5.1.1 PSE Control register (Register 11) (R\/W) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1317<\/td>\n | 33.5.1.1.1 Reserved bits (11.15:6) 33.5.1.1.2 Data Link Layer Classification capability (11.5) 33.5.1.1.3 Enable Physical Layer classification (11.4) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1318<\/td>\n | 33.5.1.1.4 Pair Control (11.3:2) 33.5.1.1.5 PSE enable (11.1:0) 33.5.1.2 PSE Status register (Register 12) (R\/W) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1319<\/td>\n | 33.5.1.2.1 PSE Type electrical parameters (12.15) 33.5.1.2.2 Data Link Layer Classification Enabled (12.14) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1320<\/td>\n | 33.5.1.2.3 Physical Layer Classification Supported (12.13) 33.5.1.2.4 Power Denied or Removed (12.12) 33.5.1.2.5 Valid Signature (12.11) 33.5.1.2.6 Invalid Signature (12.10) 33.5.1.2.7 Short Circuit (12.9) 33.5.1.2.8 Overload (12.8) 33.5.1.2.9 MPS Absent (12.7) 33.5.1.2.10 PD Class (12.6:4) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1321<\/td>\n | 33.5.1.2.11 PSE Status (12.3:1) 33.5.1.2.12 Pair Control Ability (12.0) 33.6 Data Link Layer classification 33.6.1 TLV frame definition 33.6.2 Data Link Layer classification timing requirements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1322<\/td>\n | 33.6.3 Power control state diagrams 33.6.3.1 Conventions 33.6.3.2 Constants <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1323<\/td>\n | 33.6.3.3 Variables <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1324<\/td>\n | 33.6.3.4 Functions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1326<\/td>\n | 33.6.3.5 State diagrams <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1327<\/td>\n | 33.6.4 State change procedure across a link <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1328<\/td>\n | 33.6.4.1 PSE state change procedure across a link 33.6.4.2 PD state change procedure across a link <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1329<\/td>\n | 33.7 Environmental 33.7.1 General safety 33.7.2 Network safety 33.7.3 Installation and maintenance guidelines 33.7.4 Patch panel considerations 33.7.5 Telephony voltages <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1330<\/td>\n | 33.7.6 Electromagnetic emissions 33.7.7 Temperature and humidity 33.7.8 Labeling <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1331<\/td>\n | 33.8 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 33, DTE Power via MDI 33.8.1 Introduction 33.8.2 Identification 33.8.2.1 Implementation identification 33.8.2.2 Protocol summary <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1332<\/td>\n | 33.8.2.3 PD Major capabilities\/options <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1333<\/td>\n | 33.8.2.4 PSE Major capabilities\/options <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1334<\/td>\n | 33.8.3 PICS proforma tables for DTE Power via MDI 33.8.3.1 Common device features 33.8.3.2 Power sourcing equipment <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1339<\/td>\n | 33.8.3.3 Powered devices <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1342<\/td>\n | 33.8.3.4 Electrical specifications applicable to the PSE and PD <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1343<\/td>\n | 33.8.3.5 Electrical specifications applicable to the PSE <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1344<\/td>\n | 33.8.3.6 Electrical specifications applicable to the PD <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1345<\/td>\n | 33.8.3.7 Management function requirements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1348<\/td>\n | 33.8.3.8 Data Link Layer classification requirements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1349<\/td>\n | 33.8.3.9 Environmental specifications applicable to PSEs and PDs 33.8.3.10 Environmental specifications applicable to the PSE <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1351<\/td>\n | Annex 22A (informative) MII output delay, setup, and hold time budget 22A.1 System model <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1352<\/td>\n | 22A.2 Signal transmission path characteristics <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1353<\/td>\n | 22A.3 Budget calculation <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1355<\/td>\n | Annex 22B (informative) MII driver ac characteristics 22B.1 Implications of CMOS ASIC processes <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1356<\/td>\n | 22B.2 Ro(min) and V, I values for operation from 5 V \u00b1 10% supply 22B.3 Ro(min) and V, I values for operation from 3.3 V \u00b1 0.3 V supply <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1357<\/td>\n | Annex 22C (informative) Measurement techniques for MII signal timing characteristics 22C.1 Measuring timing characteristics of source terminated signals 22C.2 Measuring timing characteristics of transmit signals at the MII 22C.3 Measuring timing characteristics of receive signals at the MII <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1358<\/td>\n | 22C.4 Measuring timing characteristics of MDIO <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1359<\/td>\n | Annex 22D (informative) Clause 22 access to Clause 45 MMD registers 22D.1 Write operation 22D.2 Read operation 22D.3 MMD address operations 22D.3.1 Address <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1360<\/td>\n | 22D.3.2 Data, no post increment 22D.3.3 Data, post increment on reads and writes 22D.3.4 Data, post increment on writes only 22D.4 PHY Coexistence and bus conflict avoidance <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1361<\/td>\n | Annex 23A (normative) 6T codewords <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1363<\/td>\n | Annex 23B (informative) Noise budget <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1364<\/td>\n | Annex 23C (informative) Use of cabling systems with a nominal differential characteristic impedance of 120 \u00ce\u00a9 <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1365<\/td>\n | Annex 27A (normative) Repeater delay consistency requirements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1367<\/td>\n | Annex 28A (normative) Selector Field definitions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1368<\/td>\n | Annex 28B (normative) IEEE 802.3 Selector Base Page definition 28B.1 Selector field value 28B.2 Technology Ability Field bit assignments <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1369<\/td>\n | 28B.3 Priority resolution <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1370<\/td>\n | 28B.4 Message Page transmission convention <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1371<\/td>\n | Annex 28C (normative) Next Page Message Code field definitions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1372<\/td>\n | 28C.1 Message code 0\u2014Auto-Negotiation reserved code 1 28C.2 Message code 1\u2014Null Message code 28C.3 Message code 2\u2014Technology Ability extension code 1 28C.4 Message code 3\u2014Technology Ability extension code 2 <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1373<\/td>\n | 28C.5 Message code 4\u2014Remote fault number code 28C.6 Message code 5\u2014Organizationally Unique Identifier (OUI) tag code <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1374<\/td>\n | 28C.7 Message code 6\u2014PHY identifier tag code 28C.8 Message code 2047\u2014Auto-Negotiation reserved code 2 28C.9 Message code 7\u2014100BASE-T2 technology message code 28C.10 Message code 8\u20141000BASE-T technology message code 28C.11 Message code 9\u201410GBASE-T and 1000BASE-T technology message code 28C.12 Message code 10\u2014EEE technology message code <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1375<\/td>\n | 28C.13 Message code 11\u2014Organizationally Unique Identifier Tagged Message (Extended Next Page) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1376<\/td>\n | Annex 28D (normative) Description of extensions to Clause 28 and associated annexes 28D.1 Introduction 28D.2 Extensions to Clause 28 28D.2.1 Extensions required for Clause 31 (full duplex) 28D.2.2 Extensions required for Clause 32 (100BASE-T2) 28D.3 Extensions for Clause 31 <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1377<\/td>\n | 28D.4 Extensions for Clause 32 (100BASE-T2) 28D.5 Extensions required for Clause 40 (1000BASE-T) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1378<\/td>\n | 28D.6 Extensions required for Clause 55 (10GBASE-T) 28D.7 Extensions required for Energy-Efficient Ethernet (Clause 78) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1379<\/td>\n | Annex 29A (informative) DTE and repeater delay components 29A.1 DTE delay 29A.2 Repeater delay <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1380<\/td>\n | Annex 29B (informative) Recommended topology documentation <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1381<\/td>\n | Annex 30A (normative) GDMO specification for IEEE 802.3 managed object classes <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1382<\/td>\n | Annex 30B (normative) GDMO and ASN.1 definitions for management <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1383<\/td>\n | Annex 30C (normative) SNMP MIB definitions for Link Aggregation <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1385<\/td>\n | Annex 31A (normative) MAC Control opcode assignments <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1390<\/td>\n | Annex 31B (normative) MAC Control PAUSE operation 31B.1 PAUSE description 31B.2 Parameter semantics <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1391<\/td>\n | 31B.3 Detailed specification of PAUSE operation 31B.3.1 Transmit operation 31B.3.2 Transmit state diagram for PAUSE operation 31B.3.2.1 Constants 31B.3.2.2 Variables <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1392<\/td>\n | 31B.3.2.3 Functions 31B.3.2.4 Timers 31B.3.2.5 Messages 31B.3.2.6 Transmit state diagram for PAUSE operation 31B.3.3 Receive operation <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1394<\/td>\n | 31B.3.4 Receive state diagram for PAUSE operation 31B.3.4.1 Constants 31B.3.4.2 Variables 31B.3.4.3 Timers <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1395<\/td>\n | 31B.3.4.4 Receive state diagram (INITIATE MAC CONTROL FUNCTION) for PAUSE operation 31B.3.5 Status indication operation 31B.3.6 Indication state diagram for pause operation 31B.3.6.1 Constants 31B.3.6.2 Variables <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1396<\/td>\n | 31B.3.6.3 Messages 31B.3.6.4 Indication state diagram for PAUSE operation 31B.3.7 Timing considerations for PAUSE operation <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1398<\/td>\n | 31B.4 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for MAC Control PAUSE operation 31B.4.1 Introduction 31B.4.2 Identification 31B.4.2.1 Implementation identification 31B.4.2.2 Protocol summary <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1399<\/td>\n | 31B.4.3 Major capabilities\/options 31B.4.4 PAUSE command requirements 31B.4.5 PAUSE command state diagram requirements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1400<\/td>\n | 31B.4.6 PAUSE command MAC timing considerations <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1401<\/td>\n | Annex 31C (normative) MAC Control organization specific extension operation 31C.1 Organization specific extension description 31C.2 Transmission of Extension MAC Control frame 31C.3 Receive operation <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1402<\/td>\n | 31C.3.1 Receive state diagram (INITIATE MAC CONTROL FUNCTION) for EXTENSION operation <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1403<\/td>\n | 31C.4 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for MAC Control organization specific extension operation 31C.4.1 Introduction 31C.4.2 Identification 31C.4.2.1 Implementation identification 31C.4.2.2 Protocol summary 31C.4.3 EXTENSION command state diagram requirements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1404<\/td>\n | Annex 31D (normative) MAC Control PFC operation 31D.1 PFC description 31D.2 Parameter semantics <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1405<\/td>\n | 31D.3 PFC transmit <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1406<\/td>\n | 31D.4 Transmit state diagram for PFC operation 31D.4.1 Constants <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1407<\/td>\n | 31D.4.2 Variables 31D.4.3 Messages 31D.4.4 Transmit state diagram for PFC operation 31D.5 PFC receive 31D.6 Receive state diagram for PFC operation 31D.6.1 Constants <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1408<\/td>\n | 31D.6.2 Variables <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1409<\/td>\n | 31D.6.3 Receive state diagram (INITIATE MAC CONTROL FUNCTION) for PFC operation <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1410<\/td>\n | 31D.7 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for MAC Control PFC operation 31D.7.1 Introduction 31D.7.2 Identification 31D.7.2.1 Implementation identification 31D.7.2.2 Protocol summary <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1411<\/td>\n | 31D.7.3 Major capabilities\/options 31D.7.4 PFC command requirements 31D.7.5 PFC command state diagram requirements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1413<\/td>\n | Annex 32A (informative) Use of cabling systems with nominal differential characteristic impedance of 120 \u00ce\u00a9 or 150 \u00ce\u00a9 <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1415<\/td>\n | Annex 33A (informative) PSE-PD stability 33A.1 Recommended PSE design guidelines and test setup <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1417<\/td>\n | 33A.2 Recommended PD design guidelines <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1419<\/td>\n | IEEE Std 802.3\u2122-2012, SECTION THREE Contents <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1435<\/td>\n | 34. Introduction to 1000 Mb\/s baseband network 34.1 Overview 34.1.1 Reconciliation Sublayer (RS) and Gigabit Media Independent Interface (GMII) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1436<\/td>\n | 34.1.2 Physical Layer signaling systems 34.1.3 Repeater 34.1.4 Auto-Negotiation, type 1000BASE-X 34.1.5 Auto-Negotiation, type 1000BASE-T 34.1.6 Management 34.2 State diagrams 34.3 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1439<\/td>\n | 35. Reconciliation Sublayer (RS) and Gigabit Media Independent Interface (GMII) 35.1 Overview <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1440<\/td>\n | 35.1.1 Summary of major concepts 35.1.2 Application 35.1.3 Rate of operation 35.1.4 Allocation of functions 35.2 Functional specifications <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1441<\/td>\n | 35.2.1 Mapping of GMII signals to PLS service primitives and Station Management 35.2.1.1 Mapping of PLS_DATA.request 35.2.1.1.1 Function 35.2.1.1.2 Semantics of the service primitive <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1442<\/td>\n | 35.2.1.1.3 When generated 35.2.1.2 Mapping of PLS_DATA.indication 35.2.1.2.1 Function 35.2.1.2.2 Semantics of the service primitive 35.2.1.2.3 When generated 35.2.1.3 Mapping of PLS_CARRIER.indication 35.2.1.3.1 Function 35.2.1.3.2 Semantics of the service primitive <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1443<\/td>\n | 35.2.1.3.3 When generated 35.2.1.4 Mapping of PLS_SIGNAL.indication 35.2.1.4.1 Function 35.2.1.4.2 Semantics of the service primitive 35.2.1.4.3 When generated 35.2.1.5 Response to error indications from GMII 35.2.1.6 Conditions for generation of TX_ER <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1444<\/td>\n | 35.2.1.7 Mapping of PLS_DATA_VALID.indication 35.2.1.7.1 Function 35.2.1.7.2 Semantics of the service primitive 35.2.1.7.3 When generated 35.2.2 GMII signal functional specifications 35.2.2.1 GTX_CLK (1000 Mb\/s transmit clock) 35.2.2.2 RX_CLK (receive clock) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1445<\/td>\n | 35.2.2.3 TX_EN (transmit enable) 35.2.2.4 TXD (transmit data) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1446<\/td>\n | 35.2.2.5 TX_ER (transmit coding error) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1448<\/td>\n | 35.2.2.6 Transmit direction LPI transition <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1449<\/td>\n | 35.2.2.7 RX_DV (receive data valid) 35.2.2.8 RXD (receive data) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1451<\/td>\n | 35.2.2.9 RX_ER (receive error) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1452<\/td>\n | 35.2.2.10 Receive direction LPI transition <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1453<\/td>\n | 35.2.2.11 CRS (carrier sense) 35.2.2.12 COL (collision detected) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1454<\/td>\n | 35.2.2.13 MDC (management data clock) 35.2.2.14 MDIO (management data input\/output) 35.2.3 GMII data stream 35.2.3.1 Inter-frame <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1455<\/td>\n | 35.2.3.2 Preamble and start of frame delimiter 35.2.3.2.1 Transmit case 35.2.3.2.2 Receive case <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1456<\/td>\n | 35.2.3.3 Data 35.2.3.4 End-of-Frame delimiter 35.2.3.5 Carrier extension 35.2.3.6 Definition of Start of Packet and End of Packet Delimiters <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1457<\/td>\n | 35.2.4 MAC delay constraints (with GMII) 35.2.5 Management functions 35.3 Signal mapping <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1458<\/td>\n | 35.4 LPI Assertion and Detection <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1459<\/td>\n | 35.4.1 LPI messages 35.4.2 Transmit LPI state diagram 35.4.2.1 Conventions 35.4.2.2 Variables and counters <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1460<\/td>\n | 35.4.2.3 State diagram 35.4.3 Considerations for transmit system behavior 35.4.3.1 Considerations for receive system behavior 35.5 Electrical characteristics <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1461<\/td>\n | 35.5.1 DC characteristics 35.5.2 AC characteristics 35.5.2.1 Signal Timing measurements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1462<\/td>\n | 35.5.2.2 GMII test circuit topology <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1464<\/td>\n | 35.5.2.3 GMII ac specifications <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1465<\/td>\n | 35.6 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 35, Reconciliation Sublayer (RS) and Gigabit Media Independent Interface (GMII) 35.6.1 Introduction 35.6.2 Identification 35.6.2.1 Implementation identification <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1466<\/td>\n | 35.6.2.2 Protocol summary 35.6.2.3 Major capabilities\/options 35.6.3 PICS proforma tables for reconciliation sublayer and Gigabit Media Independent Interface <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1467<\/td>\n | 35.6.3.1 Mapping of PLS service primitives 35.6.3.2 GMII signal functional specifications <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1469<\/td>\n | 35.6.3.3 Data stream structure 35.6.3.4 LPI functions 35.6.3.5 Delay constraints 35.6.3.6 Management functions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1470<\/td>\n | 35.6.3.7 Electrical characteristics <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1471<\/td>\n | 36. Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS) and Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer, type 1000BASE-X 36.1 Overview 36.1.1 Scope 36.1.2 Objectives 36.1.3 Relationship of 1000BASE-X to other standards <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1472<\/td>\n | 36.1.4 Summary of 1000BASE-X sublayers 36.1.4.1 Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS) 36.1.4.2 Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer 36.1.4.3 Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer 36.1.5 Inter-sublayer interfaces <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1473<\/td>\n | 36.1.6 Functional block diagram 36.1.7 State diagram conventions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1474<\/td>\n | 36.2 Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS) 36.2.1 PCS Interface (GMII) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1475<\/td>\n | 36.2.2 Functions within the PCS 36.2.3 Use of code-groups 36.2.4 8B\/10B transmission code <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1476<\/td>\n | 36.2.4.1 Notation conventions 36.2.4.2 Transmission order <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1477<\/td>\n | 36.2.4.3 Valid and invalid code-groups 36.2.4.4 Running disparity rules <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1478<\/td>\n | 36.2.4.5 Generating code-groups 36.2.4.6 Checking the validity of received code-groups 36.2.4.7 Ordered_sets <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1483<\/td>\n | 36.2.4.7.1 Ordered_set rules <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1484<\/td>\n | 36.2.4.8 \/K28.5\/ code-group considerations 36.2.4.9 Comma considerations <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1485<\/td>\n | 36.2.4.10 Configuration (\/C\/) 36.2.4.11 Data (\/D\/) 36.2.4.12 IDLE (\/I\/) 36.2.4.13 Low Power Idle (LPI) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1486<\/td>\n | 36.2.4.14 Start_of_Packet (SPD) delimiter 36.2.4.15 End_of_Packet delimiter (EPD) 36.2.4.15.1 EPD rules 36.2.4.16 Carrier_Extend (\/R\/) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1487<\/td>\n | 36.2.4.16.1 Carrier_Extend rules 36.2.4.17 Error_Propagation (\/V\/) 36.2.4.18 Encapsulation 36.2.4.19 Mapping between GMII, PCS and PMA <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1488<\/td>\n | 36.2.5 Detailed functions and state diagrams 36.2.5.1 State variables 36.2.5.1.1 Notation conventions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1489<\/td>\n | 36.2.5.1.2 Constants 36.2.5.1.3 Variables <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1493<\/td>\n | 36.2.5.1.4 Functions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1494<\/td>\n | 36.2.5.1.5 Counters 36.2.5.1.6 Messages <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1496<\/td>\n | 36.2.5.1.7 Timers <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1497<\/td>\n | 36.2.5.2 State diagrams 36.2.5.2.1 Transmit 36.2.5.2.2 Receive 36.2.5.2.3 State variable function carrier_detect(x) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1503<\/td>\n | 36.2.5.2.4 Code-group stream decoding 36.2.5.2.5 Carrier sense 36.2.5.2.6 Synchronization <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1505<\/td>\n | 36.2.5.2.7 Auto-Negotiation process <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1506<\/td>\n | 36.2.5.2.8 LPI state diagram <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1507<\/td>\n | 36.2.5.2.9 LPI status and management 36.3 Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer 36.3.1 Service Interface 36.3.1.1 PMA_UNITDATA.request 36.3.1.1.1 Semantics of the service primitive <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1508<\/td>\n | 36.3.1.1.2 When generated 36.3.1.1.3 Effect of receipt 36.3.1.2 PMA_UNITDATA.indication 36.3.1.2.1 Semantics of the service primitive 36.3.1.2.2 When generated 36.3.1.2.3 Effect of receipt 36.3.2 Functions within the PMA <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1509<\/td>\n | 36.3.2.1 Data delay 36.3.2.2 PMA transmit function 36.3.2.3 PMA receive function 36.3.2.4 Code-group alignment 36.3.3 A physical instantiation of the PMA Service Interface <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1511<\/td>\n | 36.3.3.1 Required signals <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1512<\/td>\n | 36.3.3.2 Summary of control signal usage 36.3.4 General electrical characteristics of the TBI 36.3.4.1 DC characteristics <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1513<\/td>\n | 36.3.4.2 Valid signal levels 36.3.4.3 Rise and fall time definition 36.3.4.4 Output load <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1514<\/td>\n | 36.3.5 TBI transmit interface electrical characteristics 36.3.5.1 Transmit data (tx_code-group) 36.3.5.2 TBI transmit interface timing <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1515<\/td>\n | 36.3.6 TBI receive interface electrical characteristics 36.3.6.1 Receive data (rx_code-group) 36.3.6.2 Receive clock (PMA_RX_CLK, PMA_RX_CLK) 36.3.7 Loopback mode <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1516<\/td>\n | 36.3.7.1 Receiver considerations 36.3.7.2 Transmitter considerations 36.3.8 Test functions 36.4 Compatibility considerations <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1517<\/td>\n | 36.5 Delay constraints 36.5.1 MDI to GMII delay constraints <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1518<\/td>\n | 36.5.2 DTE delay constraints (half duplex mode) 36.5.3 Carrier de-assertion\/assertion constraint (half duplex mode) 36.6 Environmental specifications <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1519<\/td>\n | 36.7 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 36, Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS) and Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer, type 1000BASE-X 36.7.1 Introduction 36.7.2 Identification 36.7.2.1 Implementation identification 36.7.2.2 Protocol summary <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1520<\/td>\n | 36.7.3 Major capabilities\/options 36.7.4 PICS proforma tables for the PCS and PMA sublayer, type 1000BASE-X 36.7.4.1 Compatibility considerations <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1521<\/td>\n | 36.7.4.2 Code-group functions 36.7.4.3 State diagrams <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1522<\/td>\n | 36.7.4.4 PMA functions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1523<\/td>\n | 36.7.4.5 PMA transmit function 36.7.4.6 PMA code-group alignment function 36.7.4.7 TBI 36.7.4.8 Delay constraints <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1524<\/td>\n | 36.7.4.9 LPI functions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1525<\/td>\n | 37. Auto-Negotiation function, type 1000BASE-X 37.1 Overview 37.1.1 Scope 37.1.2 Application perspective\/objectives <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1526<\/td>\n | 37.1.3 Relationship to architectural layering 37.1.4 Compatibility considerations 37.1.4.1 Auto-Negotiation <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1527<\/td>\n | 37.1.4.2 Management interface 37.1.4.2.1 GMII management interface 37.1.4.3 Interoperability between Auto-Negotiation compatible devices 37.1.4.4 User Configuration with Auto-Negotiation 37.2 Functional specifications 37.2.1 Config_Reg encoding 37.2.1.1 Base Page to management register mapping <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1528<\/td>\n | 37.2.1.2 Full duplex 37.2.1.3 Half duplex 37.2.1.4 Pause <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1529<\/td>\n | 37.2.1.5 Remote fault 37.2.1.5.1 No error, link OK 37.2.1.5.2 Offline <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1530<\/td>\n | 37.2.1.5.3 Link_Failure 37.2.1.5.4 Auto-Negotiation_Error 37.2.1.6 Acknowledge 37.2.1.7 Next Page 37.2.2 Transmit function requirements 37.2.2.1 Transmit function to Auto-Negotiation process interface requirements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1531<\/td>\n | 37.2.3 Receive function requirements 37.2.3.1 Receive function to Auto-Negotiation process interface requirements 37.2.4 Arbitration process requirements 37.2.4.1 Renegotiation function 37.2.4.2 Priority resolution function <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1532<\/td>\n | 37.2.4.3 Next Page function <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1533<\/td>\n | 37.2.4.3.1 Next Page encodings 37.2.4.3.2 Next Page <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1534<\/td>\n | 37.2.4.3.3 Acknowledge 37.2.4.3.4 Message page 37.2.4.3.5 Acknowledge 2 37.2.4.3.6 Toggle 37.2.4.3.7 Message page encoding 37.2.4.3.8 Message Code Field 37.2.4.3.9 Unformatted page encoding 37.2.4.3.10 Unformatted Code Field <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1535<\/td>\n | 37.2.4.3.11 Use of Next Pages 37.2.4.3.12 Management register requirements 37.2.5 Management function requirements 37.2.5.1 Management registers 37.2.5.1.1 Control register (Register 0) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1536<\/td>\n | 37.2.5.1.2 Status register (Register 1) 37.2.5.1.3 AN advertisement register (Register 4) (R\/W) 37.2.5.1.4 AN link partner ability Base Page register (Register 5) (RO) 37.2.5.1.5 AN expansion register (Register 6) (RO) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1537<\/td>\n | 37.2.5.1.6 AN Next Page transmit register (Register 7) 37.2.5.1.7 AN link partner ability Next Page register (Register 8) 37.2.5.1.8 Extended status register (Register 15) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1538<\/td>\n | 37.2.5.1.9 State diagram variable to management register mapping 37.2.5.2 Auto-Negotiation managed object class 37.2.6 Absence of management function 37.3 Detailed functions and state diagrams <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1539<\/td>\n | 37.3.1 State diagram variables 37.3.1.1 Variables <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1542<\/td>\n | 37.3.1.2 Functions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1543<\/td>\n | 37.3.1.3 Messages 37.3.1.4 Timers 37.3.1.5 State diagrams <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1545<\/td>\n | 37.4 Environmental specifications <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1546<\/td>\n | 37.5 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 37, Auto-Negotiation function, type 1000BASE-X 37.5.1 Introduction 37.5.2 Identification 37.5.2.1 Implementation identification 37.5.2.2 Protocol summary <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1547<\/td>\n | 37.5.3 Major capabilities\/options 37.5.4 PICS proforma tables for the Auto-Negotiation function, type 1000BASE-X 37.5.4.1 Compatibility considerations 37.5.4.2 Auto-Negotiation functions 37.5.4.2.1 Config_Reg <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1548<\/td>\n | 37.5.4.2.2 Remote Fault functions 37.5.4.2.3 AN transmit functions 37.5.4.2.4 AN receive functions 37.5.4.2.5 Priority resolution functions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1549<\/td>\n | 37.5.4.2.6 Next Page functions 37.5.4.2.7 Management registers <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1551<\/td>\n | 38. Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and baseband medium, type 1000BASE-LX (long wavelength laser) and 1000BASE-SX (short wavelength laser) 38.1 Overview 38.1.1 Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer service interface 38.1.1.1 PMD_UNITDATA.request 38.1.1.1.1 Semantics of the service primitive 38.1.1.1.2 When generated 38.1.1.1.3 Effect of receipt <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1552<\/td>\n | 38.1.1.2 PMD_UNITDATA.indication 38.1.1.2.1 Semantics of the service primitive 38.1.1.2.2 When generated 38.1.1.2.3 Effect of receipt 38.1.1.3 PMD_SIGNAL.indication 38.1.1.3.1 Semantics of the service primitive 38.1.1.3.2 When generated 38.1.1.3.3 Effect of receipt 38.1.2 Medium Dependent Interface (MDI) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1553<\/td>\n | 38.2 PMD functional specifications 38.2.1 PMD block diagram 38.2.2 PMD transmit function 38.2.3 PMD receive function <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1554<\/td>\n | 38.2.4 PMD signal detect function 38.3 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 1000BASE-SX <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1555<\/td>\n | 38.3.1 Transmitter optical specifications <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1556<\/td>\n | 38.3.2 Receive optical specifications 38.3.3 Worst-case 1000BASE-SX link power budget and penalties (informative) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1557<\/td>\n | 38.4 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 1000BASE-LX 38.4.1 Transmitter optical specifications <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1558<\/td>\n | 38.4.2 Receive optical specifications <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1559<\/td>\n | 38.4.3 Worst-case 1000BASE-LX link power budget and penalties (informative) 38.5 Jitter specifications for 1000BASE-SX and 1000BASE-LX <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1560<\/td>\n | 38.6 Optical measurement requirements 38.6.1 Center wavelength and spectral width measurements 38.6.2 Optical power measurements 38.6.3 Extinction ratio measurements 38.6.4 Relative Intensity Noise (RIN) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1561<\/td>\n | 38.6.5 Transmitter optical waveform (transmit eye) 38.6.6 Transmit rise\/fall characteristics <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1562<\/td>\n | 38.6.7 Receive sensitivity measurements 38.6.8 Total jitter measurements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1563<\/td>\n | 38.6.9 Deterministic jitter measurement (informative) 38.6.10 Coupled Power Ratio (CPR) measurements 38.6.11 Conformance test signal at TP3 for receiver testing <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1565<\/td>\n | 38.6.12 Measurement of the receiver 3 dB electrical upper cutoff frequency <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1566<\/td>\n | 38.7 Environmental specifications 38.7.1 General safety 38.7.2 Laser safety 38.7.3 Installation 38.8 Environment 38.8.1 Electromagnetic emission <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1567<\/td>\n | 38.8.2 Temperature, humidity, and handling 38.9 PMD labeling requirements 38.10 Fiber optic cabling model 38.11 Characteristics of the fiber optic cabling <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1568<\/td>\n | 38.11.1 Optical fiber and cable 38.11.2 Optical fiber connection <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1569<\/td>\n | 38.11.2.1 Connection insertion loss 38.11.2.2 Connection return loss 38.11.3 Medium Dependent Interface (MDI) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1570<\/td>\n | 38.11.4 Single-mode fiber offset-launch mode-conditioning patch cord for MMF operation of 1000BASE-LX <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1572<\/td>\n | 38.12 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 38, Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and baseband medium, type 1000BASE-LX (Long Wavelength Laser) and 1000BASE-SX (Short Wavelength Laser) 38.12.1 Introduction 38.12.2 Identification 38.12.2.1 Implementation identification 38.12.2.2 Protocol summary <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1573<\/td>\n | 38.12.3 Major capabilities\/options <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1574<\/td>\n | 38.12.4 PICS proforma tables for Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and baseband medium, type 1000BASE-LX (Long Wavelength Laser) and 1000BASE-SX (Short Wavelength Laser) 38.12.4.1 PMD functional specifications 38.12.4.2 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 1000BASE-SX <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1575<\/td>\n | 38.12.4.3 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 1000BASE-LX 38.12.4.4 Jitter specifications 38.12.4.5 Optical measurement requirements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1578<\/td>\n | 38.12.4.6 Characteristics of the fiber optic cabling <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1579<\/td>\n | 39. Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and baseband medium, type 1000BASE-CX (short-haul copper) 39.1 Overview 39.2 Functional specifications 39.2.1 PMD transmit function 39.2.2 PMD receive function 39.2.3 PMD signal detect function <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1580<\/td>\n | 39.3 PMD to MDI electrical specifications <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1581<\/td>\n | 39.3.1 Transmitter electrical specifications <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1583<\/td>\n | 39.3.2 Receiver electrical specifications <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1584<\/td>\n | 39.3.3 Jitter specifications for 1000BASE-CX <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1585<\/td>\n | 39.4 Jumper cable assembly characteristics 39.4.1 Compensation networks 39.4.2 Shielding <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1586<\/td>\n | 39.5 MDI specification 39.5.1 MDI connectors 39.5.1.1 Style-1 connector specification <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1587<\/td>\n | 39.5.1.2 Style-2 connector specification <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1588<\/td>\n | 39.5.1.3 Style-2 connector example drawing (informative) 39.5.2 Crossover function <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1589<\/td>\n | 39.6 Electrical measurement requirements 39.6.1 Transmit rise\/fall time 39.6.2 Transmit skew measurement 39.6.3 Transmit eye (normalized and absolute) 39.6.4 Through_connection impedance 39.6.5 Jumper cable intra-pair differential skew <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1590<\/td>\n | 39.6.6 Receiver link signal 39.6.7 Near-End Cross Talk (NEXT) 39.6.8 Differential time-domain reflectometry (TDR) measurement procedure 39.6.8.1 Driving waveform <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1591<\/td>\n | 39.6.8.2 Calibration of the test setup 39.7 Environmental specifications <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1592<\/td>\n | 39.8 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 39, Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and baseband medium, type 1000BASE-CX 39.8.1 Introduction 39.8.2 Identification 39.8.2.1 Implementation identification 39.8.2.2 Protocol summary <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1593<\/td>\n | 39.8.3 Major capabilities\/options 39.8.4 PICS proforma tables for Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and baseband medium, type 1000BASE-CX (short-haul copper) 39.8.4.1 PMD functional specifications <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1594<\/td>\n | 39.8.4.2 PMD to MDI electrical specifications <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1595<\/td>\n | 39.8.4.3 Jumper cable assembly characteristics <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1596<\/td>\n | 39.8.4.4 Other requirements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1597<\/td>\n | 40. Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS), Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer and baseband medium, type 1000BASE-T 40.1 Overview 40.1.1 Objectives 40.1.2 Relationship of 1000BASE-T to other standards <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1598<\/td>\n | 40.1.3 Operation of 1000BASE-T <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1601<\/td>\n | 40.1.3.1 Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS) 40.1.3.2 Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1602<\/td>\n | 40.1.4 Signaling <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1603<\/td>\n | 40.1.5 Inter-sublayer interfaces 40.1.6 Conventions in this clause 40.2 1000BASE-T Service Primitives and Interfaces 40.2.1 Technology-Dependent Interface 40.2.1.1 PMA_LINK.request 40.2.1.1.1 Semantics of the primitive <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1604<\/td>\n | 40.2.1.1.2 When generated 40.2.1.1.3 Effect of receipt 40.2.1.2 PMA_LINK.indication 40.2.1.2.1 Semantics of the primitive 40.2.1.2.2 When generated 40.2.1.2.3 Effect of receipt 40.2.2 PMA Service Interface <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1606<\/td>\n | 40.2.3 PMA_TXMODE.indication 40.2.3.1 Semantics of the primitive <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1607<\/td>\n | 40.2.3.2 When generated 40.2.3.3 Effect of receipt 40.2.4 PMA_CONFIG.indication 40.2.4.1 Semantics of the primitive 40.2.4.2 When generated 40.2.4.3 Effect of receipt 40.2.5 PMA_UNITDATA.request 40.2.5.1 Semantics of the primitive <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1608<\/td>\n | 40.2.5.2 When generated 40.2.5.3 Effect of receipt 40.2.6 PMA_UNITDATA.indication 40.2.6.1 Semantics of the primitive 40.2.6.2 When generated 40.2.6.3 Effect of receipt <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1609<\/td>\n | 40.2.7 PMA_SCRSTATUS.request 40.2.7.1 Semantics of the primitive 40.2.7.2 When generated 40.2.7.3 Effect of receipt 40.2.8 PMA_RXSTATUS.indication 40.2.8.1 Semantics of the primitive 40.2.8.2 When generated 40.2.8.3 Effect of receipt <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1610<\/td>\n | 40.2.9 PMA_REMRXSTATUS.request 40.2.9.1 Semantics of the primitive 40.2.9.2 When generated 40.2.9.3 Effect of receipt 40.2.10 PMA_RESET.indication 40.2.10.1 When generated 40.2.10.2 Effect of receipt 40.2.11 PMA_LPIMODE.indication 40.2.11.1 Semantics of the primitive <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1611<\/td>\n | 40.2.11.2 When generated 40.2.11.3 Effect of receipt 40.2.12 PMA_LPIREQ.request 40.2.12.1 Semantics of the primitive 40.2.12.2 When generated 40.2.12.3 Effect of receipt 40.2.13 PMA_REMLPIREQ.request 40.2.13.1 Semantics of the primitive <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1612<\/td>\n | 40.2.13.2 When generated 40.2.13.3 Effect of receipt 40.2.14 PMA_UPDATE.indication 40.2.14.1 Semantics of the primitive 40.2.14.2 When generated 40.2.14.3 Effect of receipt 40.2.15 PMA_REMUPDATE.request 40.2.15.1 Semantics of the primitive <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1613<\/td>\n | 40.2.15.2 When generated 40.2.15.3 Effect of receipt 40.3 Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1614<\/td>\n | 40.3.1 PCS functions 40.3.1.1 PCS Reset function <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1615<\/td>\n | 40.3.1.2 PCS Data Transmission Enable 40.3.1.3 PCS Transmit function <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1616<\/td>\n | 40.3.1.3.1 Side-stream scrambler polynomials <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1617<\/td>\n | 40.3.1.3.2 Generation of bits Sxn[3:0], Syn[3:0], and Sgn[3:0] <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1618<\/td>\n | 40.3.1.3.3 Generation of bits Scn[7:0] <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1619<\/td>\n | 40.3.1.3.4 Generation of bits Sdn[8:0] <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1620<\/td>\n | 40.3.1.3.5 Generation of quinary symbols TAn, TBn, TCn, TDn <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1627<\/td>\n | 40.3.1.3.6 Generation of An, Bn, Cn, Dn <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1628<\/td>\n | 40.3.1.4 PCS Receive function 40.3.1.4.1 Decoding of code-groups <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1629<\/td>\n | 40.3.1.4.2 Receiver descrambler polynomials 40.3.1.5 PCS Carrier Sense function 40.3.1.6 PCS Local LPI Request function <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1630<\/td>\n | 40.3.2 Stream structure 40.3.3 State variables 40.3.3.1 Variables <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1633<\/td>\n | 40.3.3.2 Functions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1634<\/td>\n | 40.3.3.3 Timer 40.3.3.4 Messages <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1635<\/td>\n | 40.3.4 State diagrams <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1640<\/td>\n | 40.3.4.1 Supplement to state diagram <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1641<\/td>\n | 40.4 Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer 40.4.1 PMA functional specifications <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1642<\/td>\n | 40.4.2 PMA functions 40.4.2.1 PMA Reset function 40.4.2.2 PMA Transmit function 40.4.2.3 PMA Receive function <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1643<\/td>\n | 40.4.2.4 PHY Control function <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1644<\/td>\n | 40.4.2.5 Link Monitor function <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1645<\/td>\n | 40.4.2.6 Clock Recovery function 40.4.3 MDI 40.4.3.1 MDI signals transmitted by the PHY 40.4.3.2 Signals received at the MDI 40.4.4 Automatic MDI\/MDI-X Configuration 40.4.4.1 Description of Automatic MDI\/MDI-X state diagram <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1646<\/td>\n | 40.4.4.2 Pseudo-random sequence generator 40.4.5 State variables 40.4.5.1 State diagram variables <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1649<\/td>\n | 40.4.5.2 Timers <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1651<\/td>\n | 40.4.6 State Diagrams 40.4.6.1 PHY Control state diagram <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1653<\/td>\n | 40.4.6.2 Link Monitor state diagram <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1654<\/td>\n | 40.4.6.2.1 Auto Crossover state diagram 40.5 Management interface 40.5.1 Support for Auto-Negotiation <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1655<\/td>\n | 40.5.1.1 1000BASE-T use of registers during Auto-Negotiation <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1657<\/td>\n | 40.5.1.2 1000BASE-T Auto-Negotiation page use 40.5.1.3 Sending Next Pages <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1659<\/td>\n | 40.5.2 MASTER-SLAVE configuration resolution <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1661<\/td>\n | 40.6 PMA electrical specifications 40.6.1 PMA-to-MDI interface tests 40.6.1.1 Isolation requirement 40.6.1.1.1 Test channel <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1662<\/td>\n | 40.6.1.1.2 Test modes <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1666<\/td>\n | 40.6.1.1.3 Test Fixtures <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1669<\/td>\n | 40.6.1.2 Transmitter electrical specifications 40.6.1.2.1 Peak differential output voltage and level accuracy 40.6.1.2.2 Maximum output droop 40.6.1.2.3 Differential output templates <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1677<\/td>\n | 40.6.1.2.4 Transmitter distortion <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1679<\/td>\n | 40.6.1.2.5 Transmitter timing jitter <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1680<\/td>\n | 40.6.1.2.6 Transmit clock frequency 40.6.1.2.7 Transmitter operation following a transition from the QUIET to the WAKE state 40.6.1.3 Receiver electrical specifications 40.6.1.3.1 Receiver differential input signals 40.6.1.3.2 Receiver frequency tolerance <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1681<\/td>\n | 40.6.1.3.3 Common-mode noise rejection 40.6.1.3.4 Alien Crosstalk noise rejection <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1682<\/td>\n | 40.6.1.3.5 Signal_detect 40.7 Link segment characteristics 40.7.1 Cabling system characteristics <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1683<\/td>\n | 40.7.2 Link transmission parameters 40.7.2.1 Insertion loss 40.7.2.2 Differential characteristic impedance 40.7.2.3 Return loss 40.7.3 Coupling parameters <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1684<\/td>\n | 40.7.3.1 Near-End Crosstalk (NEXT) 40.7.3.1.1 Differential Near-End Crosstalk 40.7.3.2 Far-End Crosstalk (FEXT) 40.7.3.2.1 Equal Level Far-End Crosstalk (ELFEXT) loss 40.7.3.2.2 Multiple Disturber Equal Level Far-End Crosstalk (MDELFEXT) loss <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1685<\/td>\n | 40.7.3.2.3 Multiple-Disturber Power Sum Equal Level Far-End Crosstalk (PSELFEXT) loss 40.7.4 Delay 40.7.4.1 Maximum link delay 40.7.4.2 Link delay skew 40.7.5 Noise environment <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1686<\/td>\n | 40.7.6 External coupled noise 40.8 MDI specification 40.8.1 MDI connectors <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1687<\/td>\n | 40.8.2 Crossover function <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1688<\/td>\n | 40.8.3 MDI electrical specifications 40.8.3.1 MDI return loss 40.8.3.2 MDI impedance balance <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1689<\/td>\n | 40.8.3.3 MDI common-mode output voltage 40.8.3.4 MDI fault tolerance <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1690<\/td>\n | 40.9 Environmental specifications 40.9.1 General safety 40.9.2 Network safety 40.9.2.1 Installation <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1691<\/td>\n | 40.9.2.2 Installation and maintenance guidelines 40.9.2.3 Telephony voltages 40.9.3 Environment 40.9.3.1 Electromagnetic emission 40.9.3.2 Temperature and humidity 40.10 PHY labeling <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1692<\/td>\n | 40.11 Delay constraints 40.11.1 MDI to GMII delay constraints <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1693<\/td>\n | 40.11.2 DTE delay constraints (half duplex only) 40.11.3 Carrier de-assertion\/assertion constraint (half duplex mode) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1694<\/td>\n | 40.12 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 40\u2014Physical coding sublayer (PCS), physical medium attachment (PMA) sublayer and baseband medium, type 1000BASE-T 40.12.1 Identification 40.12.1.1 Implementation identification 40.12.1.2 Protocol summary 40.12.2 Major capabilities\/options <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1695<\/td>\n | 40.12.3 Clause conventions 40.12.4 Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1698<\/td>\n | 40.12.4.1 PCS receive functions 40.12.4.2 Other PCS functions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1699<\/td>\n | 40.12.5 Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1701<\/td>\n | 40.12.6 Management interface <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1702<\/td>\n | 40.12.6.1 1000BASE-T Specific Auto-Negotiation Requirements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1703<\/td>\n | 40.12.7 PMA Electrical Specifications <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1710<\/td>\n | 40.12.8 Characteristics of the link segment <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1711<\/td>\n | 40.12.9 MDI requirements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1713<\/td>\n | 40.12.10 General safety and environmental requirements 40.12.11 Timing requirements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1715<\/td>\n | 41. Repeater for 1000 Mb\/s baseband networks 41.1 Overview 41.1.1 Scope 41.1.1.1 Repeater set <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1716<\/td>\n | 41.1.1.2 Repeater unit 41.1.2 Application perspective 41.1.2.1 Objectives 41.1.2.2 Compatibility considerations 41.1.2.2.1 Internal segment compatibility 41.1.3 Relationship to PHY 41.2 Repeater functional specifications <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1717<\/td>\n | 41.2.1 Repeater functions 41.2.1.1 Signal restoration functional requirements 41.2.1.1.1 Signal amplification 41.2.1.1.2 Signal wave-shape restoration <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1718<\/td>\n | 41.2.1.1.3 Signal retiming 41.2.1.2 Data-handling functional requirements 41.2.1.2.1 Data frame forwarding 41.2.1.2.2 Received code violations 41.2.1.3 Received event-handling functional requirements 41.2.1.3.1 Received event handling 41.2.1.3.2 Preamble regeneration 41.2.1.3.3 Start-of-packet propagation delay <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1719<\/td>\n | 41.2.1.3.4 Start-of-packet variability 41.2.1.4 Collision-handling functional requirements 41.2.1.4.1 Collision detection 41.2.1.4.2 Jam generation 41.2.1.4.3 Start-of-collision-jam propagation delay 41.2.1.4.4 Cessation-of-collision Jam propagation delay 41.2.1.5 Error-handling functional requirements 41.2.1.5.1 Carrier integrity functional requirements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1720<\/td>\n | 41.2.1.5.2 Speed handling 41.2.1.6 Partition functional requirements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1721<\/td>\n | 41.2.1.7 Receive jabber functional requirements 41.2.2 Detailed repeater functions and state diagrams <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1722<\/td>\n | 41.2.2.1 State diagram variables 41.2.2.1.1 Constants 41.2.2.1.2 Variables <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1723<\/td>\n | 41.2.2.1.3 Functions 41.2.2.1.4 Timers <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1724<\/td>\n | 41.2.2.1.5 Counters 41.2.2.1.6 Port designation <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1725<\/td>\n | 41.2.2.2 State diagrams <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1729<\/td>\n | 41.3 Repeater electrical specifications 41.3.1 Electrical isolation 41.4 Environmental specifications 41.4.1 General safety 41.4.2 Network safety 41.4.2.1 Installation 41.4.2.2 Grounding <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1730<\/td>\n | 41.4.2.3 Installation and maintenance guidelines 41.4.3 Electrical isolation 41.4.3.1 Environment A requirements 41.4.3.2 Environment B requirements 41.4.4 Reliability <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1731<\/td>\n | 41.4.5 Environment 41.4.5.1 Electromagnetic emission 41.4.5.2 Temperature and humidity 41.5 Repeater labeling 41.6 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 41, Repeater for 1000 Mb\/s baseband networks 41.6.1 Introduction <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1732<\/td>\n | 41.6.2 Identification 41.6.2.1 Implementation identification 41.6.2.2 Protocol summary 41.6.3 Major capabilities\/options <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1733<\/td>\n | 41.6.4 PICS proforma tables for the Repeater for 1000 Mb\/s baseband networks 41.6.4.1 Compatibility considerations 41.6.4.2 Repeater functions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1734<\/td>\n | 41.6.4.3 Signal restoration function 41.6.4.4 Data-Handling function <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1735<\/td>\n | 41.6.4.5 Receive Event-Handling function 41.6.4.6 Collision-Handling function <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1736<\/td>\n | 41.6.4.7 Error-Handling function <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1737<\/td>\n | 41.6.4.8 Partition function 41.6.4.9 Receive Jabber function <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1738<\/td>\n | 41.6.4.10 Repeater state diagrams 41.6.4.11 Repeater electrical <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1739<\/td>\n | 41.6.4.12 Repeater labeling <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1741<\/td>\n | 42. System considerations for multisegment 1000 Mb\/s networks 42.1 Overview <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1742<\/td>\n | 42.1.1 Single collision domain multisegment networks <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1743<\/td>\n | 42.1.2 Repeater usage 42.2 Transmission System Model 1 42.3 Transmission System Model 2 <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1744<\/td>\n | 42.3.1 Round-trip collision delay <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1745<\/td>\n | 42.3.1.1 Worst-case path delay value (PDV) selection 42.3.1.2 Worst-case PDV calculation <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1747<\/td>\n | 42.4 Full duplex 1000 Mb\/s topology limitations <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1749<\/td>\n | 43. Content moved to IEEE Std 802.1AX-2008 <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1751<\/td>\n | Annex 36A (informative) Jitter test patterns 36A.1 High-frequency test pattern 36A.2 Low-frequency test pattern 36A.3 Mixed frequency test pattern 36A.4 Long continuous random test pattern <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1752<\/td>\n | 36A.5 Short continuous random test pattern <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1754<\/td>\n | Annex 36B (informative) 8B\/10B transmission code running disparity calculation examples <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1757<\/td>\n | Annex 38A (informative) Fiber launch conditions 38A.1 Overfilled Launch 38A.2 Radial Overfilled Launch (ROFL) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1759<\/td>\n | Annex 40A (informative) Additional cabling design guidelines 40A.1 Alien crosstalk 40A.1.1 Multipair cabling (i.e., greater than 4-pair) 40A.1.2 Bundled or hybrid cable configurations 40A.2 Cabling configurations <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1761<\/td>\n | Annex 40B (informative) Description of cable clamp <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1763<\/td>\n | 40B.1 Cable clamp validation <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1765<\/td>\n | Annex 40C (informative) Add-on interface for additional Next Pages <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1767<\/td>\n | 40C.1 State variables 40C.2 State diagrams 40C.2.1 Auto-Negotiation Transmit state diagram add-on for 1000BASE-T <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1770<\/td>\n | 40C.2.2 Auto-Negotiation Receive state diagram add-on for 1000BASE-T <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1773<\/td>\n | Annex 43A is no longer in use <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1774<\/td>\n | Annex 43B is no longer in use <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1775<\/td>\n | Annex 43C is no longer in use <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1777<\/td>\n | IEEE Std 802.3\u2122-2012, SECTION FOUR Contents <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1813<\/td>\n | 44. Introduction to 10 Gb\/s baseband network 44.1 Overview 44.1.1 Scope 44.1.2 Objectives 44.1.3 Relationship of 10 Gigabit Ethernet to the ISO OSI reference model <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1814<\/td>\n | 44.1.4 Summary of 10 Gigabit Ethernet sublayers 44.1.4.1 Reconciliation Sublayer (RS) and 10 Gigabit Media Independent Interface (XGMII) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1815<\/td>\n | 44.1.4.2 XGMII Extender Sublayer (XGXS) and 10 Gigabit Attachment Unit Interface (XAUI) 44.1.4.3 Management interface (MDIO\/MDC) 44.1.4.4 Physical Layer signaling systems <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1816<\/td>\n | 44.1.4.5 WAN Interface Sublayer (WIS), type 10GBASE-W 44.1.5 Management 44.2 State diagrams 44.3 Delay constraints <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1818<\/td>\n | 44.4 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1819<\/td>\n | 45. Management Data Input\/Output (MDIO) Interface 45.1 Overview 45.1.1 Summary of major concepts 45.1.2 Application <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1820<\/td>\n | 45.2 MDIO Interface Registers <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1823<\/td>\n | 45.2.1 PMA\/PMD registers <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1827<\/td>\n | 45.2.1.1 PMA\/PMD control 1 register (Register 1.0) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1828<\/td>\n | 45.2.1.1.1 Reset (1.0.15) 45.2.1.1.2 Low power (1.0.11) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1829<\/td>\n | 45.2.1.1.3 Speed selection (1.0.13,1.0.6, 1.0.5:2) 45.2.1.1.4 PMA remote loopback (1.0.1) 45.2.1.1.5 PMA local loopback (1.0.0) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1830<\/td>\n | 45.2.1.2 PMA\/PMD status 1 register (Register 1.1) 45.2.1.2.1 Fault (1.1.7) 45.2.1.2.2 Receive link status (1.1.2) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1831<\/td>\n | 45.2.1.2.3 Low-power ability (1.1.1) 45.2.1.3 PMA\/PMD device identifier (Registers 1.2 and 1.3) 45.2.1.4 PMA\/PMD speed ability (Register 1.4) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1832<\/td>\n | 45.2.1.4.1 100G capable (1.4.9) 45.2.1.4.2 40G capable (1.4.8) 45.2.1.4.3 10\/1G capable (1.4.7) 45.2.1.4.4 10M capable (1.4.6) 45.2.1.4.5 100M capable (1.4.5) 45.2.1.4.6 1000M capable (1.4.4) 45.2.1.4.7 10PASS-TS capable (1.4.2) 45.2.1.4.8 2BASE-TL capable (1.4.1) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1833<\/td>\n | 45.2.1.4.9 10G capable (1.4.0) 45.2.1.5 PMA\/PMD devices in package (Registers 1.5 and 1.6) 45.2.1.6 PMA\/PMD control 2 register (Register 1.7) 45.2.1.6.1 PMA\/PMD type selection (1.7.5:0) 45.2.1.7 PMA\/PMD status 2 register (Register 1.8) 45.2.1.7.1 Device present (1.8.15:14) 45.2.1.7.2 Transmit fault ability (1.8.13) 45.2.1.7.3 Receive fault ability (1.8.12) 45.2.1.7.4 Transmit fault (1.8.11) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1835<\/td>\n | 45.2.1.7.5 Receive fault (1.8.10) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1837<\/td>\n | 45.2.1.7.6 PMA\/PMD extended abilities (1.8.9) 45.2.1.7.7 PMD transmit disable ability (1.8.8) 45.2.1.7.8 10GBASE-SR ability (1.8.7) 45.2.1.7.9 10GBASE-LR ability (1.8.6) 45.2.1.7.10 10GBASE-ER ability (1.8.5) 45.2.1.7.11 10GBASE-LX4 ability (1.8.4) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1838<\/td>\n | 45.2.1.7.12 10GBASE-SW ability (1.8.3) 45.2.1.7.13 10GBASE-LW ability (1.8.2) 45.2.1.7.14 10GBASE-EW ability (1.8.1) 45.2.1.7.15 PMA local loopback ability (1.8.0) 45.2.1.8 PMD transmit disable register (Register 1.9) 45.2.1.8.1 PMD transmit disable 9 (1.9.10) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1839<\/td>\n | 45.2.1.8.2 PMD transmit disable 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 (1.9.5, 1.9.6, 1.9.7, 1.9.8, 1.9.9) 45.2.1.8.3 PMD transmit disable 3 (1.9.4) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1840<\/td>\n | 45.2.1.8.4 PMD transmit disable 2 (1.9.3) 45.2.1.8.5 PMD transmit disable 1 (1.9.2) 45.2.1.8.6 PMD transmit disable 0 (1.9.1) 45.2.1.8.7 Global PMD transmit disable (1.9.0) 45.2.1.9 PMD receive signal detect register (Register 1.10) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1841<\/td>\n | 45.2.1.9.1 PMD receive signal detect 9 (1.10.10) 45.2.1.9.2 PMD receive signal detect 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 (1.10.5, 1.10.6, 1.10.7, 1.10.8, 1.10.9) 45.2.1.9.3 PMD receive signal detect 3 (1.10.4) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1842<\/td>\n | 45.2.1.9.4 PMD receive signal detect 2 (1.10.3) 45.2.1.9.5 PMD receive signal detect 1 (1.10.2) 45.2.1.9.6 PMD receive signal detect 0 (1.10.1) 45.2.1.9.7 Global PMD receive signal detect (1.10.0) 45.2.1.10 PMA\/PMD extended ability register (Register 1.11) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1843<\/td>\n | 45.2.1.10.1 P2MP ability (1.11.9) 45.2.1.10.2 10BASE-T ability (1.11.8) 45.2.1.10.3 100BASE-TX ability (1.11.7) 45.2.1.10.4 1000BASE-KX ability (1.11.6) 45.2.1.10.5 1000BASE-T ability (1.11.5) 45.2.1.10.6 10GBASE-KR ability (1.11.4) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1844<\/td>\n | 45.2.1.10.7 10GBASE-KX4 ability (1.11.3) 45.2.1.10.8 10GBASE-T ability (1.11.2) 45.2.1.10.9 10GBASE-LRM ability (1.11.1) 45.2.1.10.10 10GBASE-CX4 ability (1.11.0) 45.2.1.11 10G-EPON PMA\/PMD ability register (Register 1.12) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1845<\/td>\n | 45.2.1.11.1 10\/1GBASE-PRX-D1 ability (1.12.10) 45.2.1.11.2 10\/1GBASE-PRX-D2 ability (1.12.9) 45.2.1.11.3 10\/1GBASE-PRX-D3 ability (1.12.8) 45.2.1.11.4 10GBASE-PR-D1 ability (1.12.7) 45.2.1.11.5 10GBASE-PR-D2 ability (1.12.6) 45.2.1.11.6 10GBASE-PR-D3 ability (1.12.5) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1846<\/td>\n | 45.2.1.11.7 10\/1GBASE-PRX-U1 ability (1.12.4) 45.2.1.11.8 10\/1GBASE-PRX-U2 ability (1.12.3) 45.2.1.11.9 10\/1GBASE-PRX-U3 ability (1.12.2) 45.2.1.11.10 10GBASE-PR-U1 ability (1.12.1) 45.2.1.11.11 10GBASE-PR-U3 ability (1.12.0) 45.2.1.12 40G\/100G PMA\/PMD extended ability register (Register 1.13) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1847<\/td>\n | 45.2.1.12.1 PMA remote loopback ability (1.13.15) 45.2.1.12.2 100GBASE-ER4 ability (1.13.11) 45.2.1.12.3 100GBASE-LR4 ability (1.13.10) 45.2.1.12.4 100GBASE-SR10 ability (1.13.9) 45.2.1.12.5 100GBASE-CR10 ability (1.13.8) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1848<\/td>\n | 45.2.1.12.6 40GBASE-FR ability (1.13.4) 45.2.1.12.7 40GBASE-LR4 ability (1.13.3) 45.2.1.12.8 40GBASE-SR4 ability (1.13.2) 45.2.1.12.9 40GBASE-CR4 ability (1.13.1) 45.2.1.12.10 40GBASE-KR4 ability (1.13.0) 45.2.1.13 PMA\/PMD package identifier (Registers 1.14 and 1.15) 45.2.1.14 10P\/2B PMA\/PMD control register (Register 1.30) 45.2.1.14.1 PMA\/PMD link control (1.30.15) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1849<\/td>\n | 45.2.1.14.2 STFU (1.30.14) 45.2.1.14.3 Silence time (1.30.13:8) 45.2.1.14.4 Port subtype select (1.30.7) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1850<\/td>\n | 45.2.1.14.5 Handshake cleardown (1.30.6) 45.2.1.14.6 Ignore incoming handshake (1.30.5) 45.2.1.14.7 PMA\/PMD type selection (1.30.4:0) 45.2.1.15 10P\/2B PMA\/PMD status register (Register 1.31) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1851<\/td>\n | 45.2.1.15.1 Data rate (1.31.15:5) 45.2.1.15.2 CO supported (1.31.4) 45.2.1.15.3 CPE supported (1.31.3) 45.2.1.15.4 PMA\/PMD link status (1.31.2:0) 45.2.1.16 Link partner PMA\/PMD control register (Register 1.32) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1853<\/td>\n | 45.2.1.16.1 Get link partner parameters (1.32.15) 45.2.1.16.2 Send link partner parameters (1.32.13) 45.2.1.17 Link partner PMA\/PMD status register (Register 1.33) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1854<\/td>\n | 45.2.1.17.1 Get link partner result (1.33.14) 45.2.1.17.2 Send link partner result (1.33.12) 45.2.1.18 10P\/2B PMA\/PMD link loss register (Register 1.36) 45.2.1.19 10P\/2B RX SNR margin register (Register 1.37) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1855<\/td>\n | 45.2.1.20 10P\/2B link partner RX SNR margin register (Register 1.38) 45.2.1.21 10P\/2B line attenuation register (Register 1.39) 45.2.1.22 10P\/2B link partner line attenuation register (Register 1.40) 45.2.1.23 10P\/2B line quality thresholds register (Register 1.41) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1856<\/td>\n | 45.2.1.23.1 Loop attenuation threshold (1.41.15:8) 45.2.1.23.2 SNR margin threshold (1.41.7:4) 45.2.1.24 2B link partner line quality thresholds register (Register 1.42) 45.2.1.25 10P FEC correctable errors counter (Register 1.43) 45.2.1.26 10P FEC uncorrectable errors counter (Register 1.44) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1857<\/td>\n | 45.2.1.27 10P link partner FEC correctable errors register (Register 1.45) 45.2.1.28 10P link partner FEC uncorrectable errors register (Register 1.46) 45.2.1.29 10P electrical length register (Register 1.47) 45.2.1.29.1 Electrical length (1.47.15:0) 45.2.1.30 10P link partner electrical length register (Register 1.48) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1858<\/td>\n | 45.2.1.31 10P PMA\/PMD general configuration register (Register 1.49) 45.2.1.31.1 TX window length (1.49.7:0) 45.2.1.32 10P PSD configuration register (Register 1.50) 45.2.1.32.1 PBO disable (1.50.8) 45.2.1.33 10P downstream data rate configuration (Registers 1.51, 1.52) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1859<\/td>\n | 45.2.1.34 10P downstream Reed-Solomon configuration (Register 1.53) 45.2.1.34.1 RS codeword length (1.53.0) 45.2.1.35 10P upstream data rate configuration (Registers 1.54, 1.55) 45.2.1.36 10P upstream 10P upstream Reed-Solomon configuration register (Register 1.56) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1860<\/td>\n | 45.2.1.36.1 RS codeword length (1.56.0) 45.2.1.37 10P tone group registers (Registers 1.57, 1.58) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1861<\/td>\n | 45.2.1.38 10P tone control parameters (Registers 1.59, 1.60, 1.61, 1.62, 1.63) 45.2.1.38.1 Tone active (1.59.15) 45.2.1.38.2 Tone direction (1.59.14) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1862<\/td>\n | 45.2.1.38.3 Max SNR margin (1.59.13:5) 45.2.1.38.4 Target SNR margin (1.60.8:0) 45.2.1.38.5 Minimum SNR margin (1.61.8:0) 45.2.1.38.6 PSD level (1.62.8:0) 45.2.1.38.7 USPBO reference (1.63.8:0) 45.2.1.39 10P tone control action register (Register 1.64) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1863<\/td>\n | 45.2.1.39.1 Refresh tone status (1.64.5) 45.2.1.39.2 Change tone activity (1.64.4) 45.2.1.39.3 Change tone direction (1.64.3) 45.2.1.39.4 Change SNR margin (1.64.2) 45.2.1.39.5 Change PSD level (1.64.1) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1864<\/td>\n | 45.2.1.39.6 Change USPBO reference PSD (1.64.0) 45.2.1.40 10P tone status registers (Registers 1.65, 1.66, 1.67) 45.2.1.40.1 Refresh status (1.65.15) 45.2.1.40.2 Active (1.65.14) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1865<\/td>\n | 45.2.1.40.3 Direction (1.65.13) 45.2.1.40.4 RX PSD (1.65.7:0) 45.2.1.40.5 TX PSD (1.66.15:8) 45.2.1.40.6 Bit load (1.66.7:3) 45.2.1.40.7 SNR margin (1.67.9:0) 45.2.1.41 10P outgoing indicator bits status register (Register 1.68) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1866<\/td>\n | 45.2.1.41.1 LoM (1.68.8) 45.2.1.41.2 lpr (1.68.7) 45.2.1.41.3 po (1.68.6) 45.2.1.41.4 Rdi (1.68.5) 45.2.1.41.5 los (1.68.4) 45.2.1.41.6 fec-s (1.68.1) 45.2.1.41.7 be-s (1.68.0) 45.2.1.42 10P incoming indicator bits status register (Register 1.69) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1867<\/td>\n | 45.2.1.42.1 LoM (1.69.8) 45.2.1.42.2 Flpr (1.69.7) 45.2.1.42.3 Fpo (1.69.6) 45.2.1.42.4 Rdi (1.69.5) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1868<\/td>\n | 45.2.1.42.5 Flos (1.69.4) 45.2.1.42.6 Ffec-s (1.69.1) 45.2.1.42.7 Febe-s (1.69.0) 45.2.1.43 10P cyclic extension configuration register (Register 1.70) 45.2.1.44 10P attainable downstream data rate register (Register 1.71) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1869<\/td>\n | 45.2.1.45 2B general parameter register (Register 1.80) 45.2.1.45.1 PMMS target margin (1.80.14:10) 45.2.1.45.2 Line probing control (1.80.9) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1870<\/td>\n | 45.2.1.45.3 Noise environment (1.80.8) 45.2.1.45.4 Region (1.80.1:0) 45.2.1.46 2B PMD parameters registers (Registers 1.81 through 1.88) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1872<\/td>\n | 45.2.1.46.1 Minimum data rate (1.81, 1.83, 1.85, 1.87. Bits 14:8) 45.2.1.46.2 Max data rate (1.81, 1.83, 1.85, 1.87. Bits 6:0) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1873<\/td>\n | 45.2.1.46.3 Data rate step (1.82, 1.84, 1.86, 1.88. Bits 13:7) 45.2.1.46.4 Power (1.82, 1.84, 1.86, 1.88. Bits 6:2) 45.2.1.46.5 Constellation (1.82, 1.84, 1.86, 1.88. Bits 1:0) 45.2.1.47 2B code violation errors counter (Register 1.89) 45.2.1.48 2B link partner code violations register (Register 1.90) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1874<\/td>\n | 45.2.1.49 2B errored seconds counter (Register 1.91) 45.2.1.50 2B link partner errored seconds register (Register 1.92) 45.2.1.51 2B severely errored seconds counter (Register 1.93) 45.2.1.52 2B link partner severely errored seconds register (Register 1.94) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1875<\/td>\n | 45.2.1.53 2B LOSW counter (Register 1.95) 45.2.1.54 2B link partner LOSW register (Register 1.96) 45.2.1.55 2B unavailable seconds counter (Register 1.97) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1876<\/td>\n | 45.2.1.56 2B link partner unavailable seconds register (Register 1.98) 45.2.1.57 2B state defects register (Register 1.99) 45.2.1.57.1 Segment defect (1.99.15) 45.2.1.57.2 SNR margin defect (1.99.14) 45.2.1.57.3 Loop attenuation defect (1.99.13) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1877<\/td>\n | 45.2.1.57.4 Loss of sync word (1.99.12) 45.2.1.58 2B link partner state defects register (Register 1.100) 45.2.1.59 2B negotiated constellation register (Register 1.101) 45.2.1.59.1 Negotiated constellation (1.101.1:0) 45.2.1.60 2B extended PMD parameters registers (Registers 1.102 through 1.109) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1879<\/td>\n | 45.2.1.60.1 Minimum data rate (1.102, 1.104, 1.106, 1.108. Bits 14:8) 45.2.1.60.2 Max data rate (1.102, 1.104, 1.106, 1.108. Bits 6:0) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1880<\/td>\n | 45.2.1.60.3 Data rate step (1.103, 1.105, 1.107, 1.109. Bits 13:7) 45.2.1.60.4 Power (1.103, 1.105, 1.107, 1.109. Bits 6:2) 45.2.1.60.5 Constellation (1.103, 1.105, 1.107, 1.109. Bits 1:0) 45.2.1.61 10GBASE-T status (Register 1.129) 45.2.1.61.1 LP information valid (1.129.0) 45.2.1.62 10GBASE-T pair swap and polarity register (Register 1.130) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1881<\/td>\n | 45.2.1.62.1 Pair D polarity (1.130.11) 45.2.1.62.2 Pair C polarity (1.130.10) 45.2.1.62.3 Pair B polarity (1.130.9) 45.2.1.62.4 Pair A polarity (1.130.8) 45.2.1.62.5 MDI\/MDI-X connection (1.130.1:0) 45.2.1.63 10GBASE-T TX power backoff and PHY short reach setting (Register 1.131) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1882<\/td>\n | 45.2.1.63.1 10GBASE-T TX power backoff settings (1.131.15:10) 45.2.1.63.2 PHY short reach mode (1.131.0) 45.2.1.64 10GBASE-T test mode register (Register 1.132) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1883<\/td>\n | 45.2.1.64.1 Test mode control (1.132.15:13) 45.2.1.64.2 Transmitter test frequencies (1.132.12:10) 45.2.1.65 SNR operating margin channel A register (Register 1.133) 45.2.1.66 SNR operating margin channel B register (Register 1.134) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1884<\/td>\n | 45.2.1.67 SNR operating margin channel C register (Register 1.135) 45.2.1.68 SNR operating margin channel D register (Register 1.136) 45.2.1.69 Minimum margin channel A register (Register 1.137) 45.2.1.70 Minimum margin channel B register (Register 1.138) 45.2.1.71 Minimum margin channel C register (Register 1.139) 45.2.1.72 Minimum margin channel D register (Register 1.140) 45.2.1.73 RX signal power channel A register (Register 1.141) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1885<\/td>\n | 45.2.1.74 RX signal power channel B register (Register 1.142) 45.2.1.75 RX signal power channel C register (Register 1.143) 45.2.1.76 RX signal power channel D register (Register 1.144) 45.2.1.77 10GBASE-T skew delay register (Registers 1.145 and 1.146) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1886<\/td>\n | 45.2.1.78 10GBASE-T fast retrain status and control register (Register 1.147) 45.2.1.78.1 LP fast retrain count (1.147.15:11) 45.2.1.78.2 LD fast retrain count (1.147.10:6) 45.2.1.78.3 Fast retrain ability (1.147.4) 45.2.1.78.4 Fast retrain negotiated (1.147.3) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1887<\/td>\n | 45.2.1.78.5 Fast retrain signal type (1.147.2:1) 45.2.1.78.6 Fast retrain enable (1.147.0) 45.2.1.79 BASE-R PMD control register (Register 1.150) 45.2.1.79.1 Restart training (1.150.0) 45.2.1.79.2 Training enable (1.150.1) 45.2.1.80 BASE-R PMD status register (Register 1.151) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1888<\/td>\n | 45.2.1.80.1 Receiver status 0 (1.151.0) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1889<\/td>\n | 45.2.1.80.2 Frame lock 0 (1.151.1) 45.2.1.80.3 Start-up protocol status 0 (1.151.2) 45.2.1.80.4 Training failure 0 (1.151.3) 45.2.1.80.5 Receiver status 1, 2, 3 (1.151.4, 1.151.8, 1.151.12) 45.2.1.80.6 Frame lock 1, 2, 3 (1.151.5, 1.151.9, 1.151.13) 45.2.1.80.7 Start-up protocol status 1, 2, 3 (1.151.6, 1.151.10, 1.151.14) 45.2.1.80.8 Training failure 1, 2, 3 (1.151.7, 1.151.11, 1.151.15) 45.2.1.81 BASE-R LP coefficient update, lane 0 register (Register 1.152) 45.2.1.81.1 Preset (1.152.13) 45.2.1.81.2 Initialize (1.152.12) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1890<\/td>\n | 45.2.1.81.3 Coefficient (k) update (1.152.5:0) 45.2.1.82 BASE-R LP status report, lane 0 register (Register 1.153) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1891<\/td>\n | 45.2.1.82.1 Receiver ready (1.153.15) 45.2.1.82.2 Coefficient (k) status (1.153.5:0) 45.2.1.83 BASE-R LD coefficient update, lane 0 register (Register 1.154) 45.2.1.83.1 Preset (1.154.13) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1892<\/td>\n | 45.2.1.83.2 Initialize (1.154.12) 45.2.1.83.3 Coefficient (k) update(1.154.5:0) 45.2.1.84 BASE-R LD status report, lane 0 register (Register 1.155) 45.2.1.84.1 Receiver ready (1.155.15) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1893<\/td>\n | 45.2.1.84.2 Coefficient (k) status (1.155.5:0) 45.2.1.85 BASE-R PMD status 2 register (Register 1.156) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1894<\/td>\n | 45.2.1.85.1 Receiver status 4, 5, 6, 7 (1.156.0, 1.156.4, 1.156.8, 1.156.12) 45.2.1.85.2 Frame lock 4, 5, 6, 7 (1.156.1, 1.156.5, 1.156.9, 1.156.13) 45.2.1.85.3 Start-up protocol status 4, 5, 6, 7 (1.156.2, 1.156.6, 1.156.10, 1.156.14) 45.2.1.85.4 Training failure 4, 5, 6, 7 (1.156.3, 1.156.7, 1.156.11, 1.156.15) 45.2.1.86 BASE-R PMD status 3 register (Register 1.157) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1895<\/td>\n | 45.2.1.86.1 Receiver status 8, 9 (1.157.0, 1.157.4) 45.2.1.86.2 Frame lock 8, 9 (1.157.1, 1.157.5) 45.2.1.86.3 Start-up protocol status 8, 9 (1.157.2, 1.157.6) 45.2.1.86.4 Training failure 8, 9 (1.157.3, 1.157.7) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1896<\/td>\n | 45.2.1.87 1000BASE-KX control register (Register 1.160) 45.2.1.87.1 PMD transmit disable (1.160.0) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1897<\/td>\n | 45.2.1.88 1000BASE-KX status register (Register 1.161) 45.2.1.88.1 PMD transmit fault ability (1.161.13) 45.2.1.88.2 PMD receive fault ability (1.161.12) 45.2.1.88.3 PMD transmit fault (1.161.11) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1898<\/td>\n | 45.2.1.88.4 PMD receive fault (1.161.10) 45.2.1.88.5 PMD transmit disable ability (1.161.8) 45.2.1.88.6 1000BASE-KX signal detect (1.161.0) 45.2.1.89 BASE-R FEC ability register (Register 1.170) 45.2.1.89.1 BASE-R FEC ability (1.170.0) 45.2.1.89.2 BASE-R FEC error indication ability (1.170.1) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1899<\/td>\n | 45.2.1.90 BASE-R FEC control register (Register 1.171) 45.2.1.90.1 FEC enable (1.171.0) 45.2.1.90.2 FEC enable error indication (1.171.1) 45.2.1.91 10GBASE-R FEC corrected blocks counter (Register 1.172, 1.173) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1900<\/td>\n | 45.2.1.92 10GBASE-R FEC uncorrected blocks counter (Register 1.174, 1.175) 45.2.1.93 BASE-R FEC corrected blocks counter, lanes 0 through 19 45.2.1.94 BASE-R FEC uncorrected blocks counter, lanes 0 through 19 <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1901<\/td>\n | 45.2.1.95 BASE-R LP coefficient update register, lanes 1 through 9 45.2.1.96 BASE-R LP status report register, lanes 1 through 9 45.2.1.97 BASE-R LD coefficient update register, lanes 1 through 9 45.2.1.98 BASE-R LD status report register, lanes 1 through 9 45.2.1.99 Test-pattern ability (Register 1.1500) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1902<\/td>\n | 45.2.1.100 PRBS pattern testing control (Register 1.1501) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1903<\/td>\n | 45.2.1.101 Square wave testing control (Register 1.1510) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1904<\/td>\n | 45.2.1.102 PRBS Tx pattern testing error counter (Register 1.1600, 1.1601, 1.1602, 1.1603, 1.1604, 1.1605, 1.1606, 1.1607, 1.1608, 1.1609) 45.2.1.103 PRBS Rx pattern testing error counter (Register 1.1700, 1.1701, 1.1702, 1.1703, 1.1704, 1.1705, 1.1706, 1.1707, 1.1708, 1.1709) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1905<\/td>\n | 45.2.1.104 TimeSync PMA\/PMD capability (Register 1.1800) 45.2.1.105 TimeSync PMA\/PMD transmit path data delay (Registers 1.1801, 1.1802, 1.1803, 1.1804) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1906<\/td>\n | 45.2.1.106 TimeSync PMA\/PMD receive path data delay (Registers 1.1805, 1.1806, 1.1807, 1.1808) 45.2.2 WIS registers <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1907<\/td>\n | 45.2.2.1 WIS control 1 register (Register 2.0) 45.2.2.1.1 Reset (2.0.15) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1908<\/td>\n | 45.2.2.1.2 Loopback (2.0.14) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1909<\/td>\n | 45.2.2.1.3 Low power (2.0.11) 45.2.2.1.4 Speed selection (2.0.13, 2.0.6, and 2.0.5:2) 45.2.2.2 WIS status 1 register (Register 2.1) 45.2.2.2.1 Fault (2.1.7) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1910<\/td>\n | 45.2.2.2.2 Link status (2.1.2) 45.2.2.2.3 Low-power ability (2.1.1) 45.2.2.3 WIS device identifier (Registers 2.2 and 2.3) 45.2.2.4 WIS speed ability (Register 2.4) 45.2.2.4.1 10G capable (2.4.0) 45.2.2.5 WIS devices in package (Registers 2.5 and 2.6) 45.2.2.6 10G WIS control 2 register (Register 2.7) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1911<\/td>\n | 45.2.2.6.1 PRBS31 receive test-pattern enable (2.7.5) 45.2.2.6.2 PRBS31 transmit test-pattern enable (2.7.4) 45.2.2.6.3 Test-pattern selection (2.7.3) 45.2.2.6.4 Receive test-pattern enable (2.7.2) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1912<\/td>\n | 45.2.2.6.5 Transmit test-pattern enable (2.7.1) 45.2.2.6.6 PCS type selection (2.7.0) 45.2.2.7 10G WIS status 2 register (Register 2.8) 45.2.2.7.1 Device present (2.8.15:14) 45.2.2.7.2 PRBS31 pattern testing ability (2.8.1) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1913<\/td>\n | 45.2.2.7.3 10GBASE-R ability (2.8.0) 45.2.2.8 10G WIS test-pattern error counter register (Register 2.9) 45.2.2.9 WIS package identifier (Registers 2.14 and 2.15) 45.2.2.10 10G WIS status 3 register (Register 2.33) 45.2.2.10.1 SEF (2.33.11) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1914<\/td>\n | 45.2.2.10.2 Far end PLM-P\/LCD-P (2.33.10) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1915<\/td>\n | 45.2.2.10.3 Far end AIS-P\/LOP-P (2.33.9) 45.2.2.10.4 LOF (2.33.7) 45.2.2.10.5 LOS (2.33.6) 45.2.2.10.6 RDI-L (2.33.5) 45.2.2.10.7 AIS-L (2.33.4) 45.2.2.10.8 LCD-P (2.33.3) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1916<\/td>\n | 45.2.2.10.9 PLM-P (2.33.2) 45.2.2.10.10 AIS-P (2.33.1) 45.2.2.10.11 LOP-P (2.33.0) 45.2.2.11 10G WIS far end path block error count (Register 2.37) 45.2.2.12 10G WIS J1 transmit (Registers 2.39 through 2.46) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1917<\/td>\n | 45.2.2.13 10G WIS J1 receive (Registers 2.47 through 2.54) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1918<\/td>\n | 45.2.2.14 10G WIS far end line BIP errors (Registers 2.55 and 2.56) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1919<\/td>\n | 45.2.2.15 10G WIS line BIP errors (Registers 2.57 and 2.58) 45.2.2.16 10G WIS path block error count (Register 2.59) 45.2.2.16.1 Path block error count (2.59.15:0) 45.2.2.17 10G WIS section BIP error count (Register 2.60) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1920<\/td>\n | 45.2.2.17.1 Section BIP error count (2.60.15:0) 45.2.2.18 10G WIS J0 transmit (Registers 2.64 through 2.71) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1921<\/td>\n | 45.2.2.19 10G WIS J0 receive (Registers 2.72 through 2.79) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1922<\/td>\n | 45.2.2.20 TimeSync WIS capability (Register 2.1800) 45.2.2.21 TimeSync WIS transmit path data delay (Registers 2.1801, 2.1802, 2.1803, 2.1804) 45.2.2.22 TimeSync WIS receive path data delay (Registers 2.1805, 2.1806, 2.1807, 2.1808) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1924<\/td>\n | 45.2.3 PCS registers <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1925<\/td>\n | 45.2.3.1 PCS control 1 register (Register 3.0) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1926<\/td>\n | 45.2.3.1.1 Reset (3.0.15) 45.2.3.1.2 Loopback (3.0.14) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1927<\/td>\n | 45.2.3.1.3 Low power (3.0.11) 45.2.3.1.4 Clock stop enable (3.0.10) 45.2.3.1.5 Speed selection (3.0.13, 3.0.6, 3.0.5:2) 45.2.3.2 PCS status 1 register (Register 3.1) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1928<\/td>\n | 45.2.3.2.1 Transmit LPI received (3.1.11) 45.2.3.2.2 Receive LPI received (3.1.10) 45.2.3.2.3 Transmit LPI indication (3.1.9) 45.2.3.2.4 Receive LPI indication (3.1.8) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1929<\/td>\n | 45.2.3.2.5 Fault (3.1.7) 45.2.3.2.6 Clock stop capable (3.1.6) 45.2.3.2.7 PCS receive link status (3.1.2) 45.2.3.2.8 Low-power ability (3.1.1) 45.2.3.3 PCS device identifier (Registers 3.2 and 3.3) 45.2.3.4 PCS speed ability (Register 3.4) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1930<\/td>\n | 45.2.3.4.1 10G capable (3.4.0) 45.2.3.4.2 10PASS-TS\/2BASE-TL capable 45.2.3.4.3 40G capable (3.4.2) 45.2.3.4.4 100G capable (3.4.3) 45.2.3.5 PCS devices in package (Registers 3.5 and 3.6) 45.2.3.6 PCS control 2 register (Register 3.7) 45.2.3.6.1 PCS type selection (3.7.2:0) 45.2.3.7 PCS status 2 register (Register 3.8) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1932<\/td>\n | 45.2.3.7.1 Device present (3.8.15:14) 45.2.3.7.2 Transmit fault (3.8.11) 45.2.3.7.3 Receive fault (3.8.10) 45.2.3.7.4 100GBASE-R capable (3.8.5) 45.2.3.7.5 40GBASE-R capable (3.8.4) 45.2.3.7.6 10GBASE-T capable (3.8.3) 45.2.3.7.7 10GBASE-W capable (3.8.2) 45.2.3.7.8 10GBASE-X capable (3.8.1) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1933<\/td>\n | 45.2.3.7.9 10GBASE-R capable (3.8.0) 45.2.3.8 PCS package identifier (Registers 3.14 and 3.15) 45.2.3.9 EEE capability (Register 3.20) 45.2.3.9.1 10GBASE-KR EEE supported (3.20.6) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1934<\/td>\n | 45.2.3.9.2 10GBASE-KX4 EEE supported (3.20.5) 45.2.3.9.3 1000BASE-KX EEE supported (3.20.4) 45.2.3.9.4 10GBASE-T EEE supported (3.20.3) 45.2.3.9.5 1000BASE-T EEE supported (3.20.2) 45.2.3.9.6 100BASE-TX EEE supported (3.20.1) 45.2.3.10 EEE wake error counter (Register 3.22) 45.2.3.11 10GBASE-X PCS status register (Register 3.24) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1935<\/td>\n | 45.2.3.11.1 10GBASE-X receive lane alignment status (3.24.12) 45.2.3.11.2 Pattern testing ability (3.24.11) 45.2.3.11.3 Lane 3 sync (3.24.3) 45.2.3.11.4 Lane 2 sync (3.24.2) 45.2.3.11.5 Lane 1 sync (3.24.1) 45.2.3.11.6 Lane 0 sync (3.24.0) 45.2.3.12 10GBASE-X PCS test control register (Register 3.25) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1936<\/td>\n | 45.2.3.12.1 Transmit test-pattern enable (3.25.2) 45.2.3.12.2 Test pattern select (3.25.1:0) 45.2.3.13 BASE-R and 10GBASE-T PCS status 1 register (Register 3.32) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1937<\/td>\n | 45.2.3.13.1 BASE-R and 10GBASE-T receive link status (3.32.12) 45.2.3.13.2 PRBS9 pattern testing ability (3.32.3) 45.2.3.13.3 PRBS31 pattern testing ability (3.32.2) 45.2.3.13.4 BASE-R and 10GBASE-T PCS high BER (3.32.1) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1938<\/td>\n | 45.2.3.13.5 BASE-R and 10GBASE-T PCS block lock (3.32.0) 45.2.3.14 BASE-R and 10GBASE-T PCS status 2 register (Register 3.33) 45.2.3.14.1 Latched block lock (3.33.15) 45.2.3.14.2 Latched high BER (3.33.14) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1939<\/td>\n | 45.2.3.14.3 BER(3.33.13:8) 45.2.3.14.4 Errored blocks (3.33.7:0) 45.2.3.15 10GBASE-R PCS test pattern seed A (Registers 3.34 through 3.37) 45.2.3.16 10GBASE-R PCS test pattern seed B (Registers 3.38 through 3.41) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1940<\/td>\n | 45.2.3.17 BASE-R PCS test-pattern control register (Register 3.42) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1941<\/td>\n | 45.2.3.17.1 Scrambled idle test-pattern enable (3.42.7) 45.2.3.17.2 10GBASE-R PRBS9 transmit test-pattern enable (3.42.6) 45.2.3.17.3 10GBASE-R PRBS31 receive test-pattern enable (3.42.5) 45.2.3.17.4 10GBASE-R PRBS31 transmit test-pattern enable (3.42.4) 45.2.3.17.5 Transmit test-pattern enable (3.42.3) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1942<\/td>\n | 45.2.3.17.6 Receive test-pattern enable (3.42.2) 45.2.3.17.7 Test-pattern select (3.42.1) 45.2.3.17.8 Data pattern select (3.42.0) 45.2.3.18 BASE-R PCS test-pattern error counter register (Register 3.43) 45.2.3.19 BER high order counter (Register 3.44) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1943<\/td>\n | 45.2.3.20 Errored blocks high order counter (Register 3.45) 45.2.3.21 Multi-lane BASE-R PCS alignment status 1 register (Register 3.50) 45.2.3.21.1 Multi-lane BASE-R PCS alignment status (3.50.12) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1944<\/td>\n | 45.2.3.21.2 Block 7 lock (3.50.7) 45.2.3.21.3 Block 6 lock (3.50.6) 45.2.3.21.4 Block 5 lock (3.50.5) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1945<\/td>\n | 45.2.3.21.5 Block 4 lock (3.50.4) 45.2.3.21.6 Block 3 lock (3.50.3) 45.2.3.21.7 Block 2 lock (3.50.2) 45.2.3.21.8 Block 1 lock (3.50.1) 45.2.3.21.9 Block 0 lock (3.50.0) 45.2.3.22 Multi-lane BASE-R PCS alignment status 2 register (Register 3.51) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1946<\/td>\n | 45.2.3.22.1 Block 19 lock (3.51.11) 45.2.3.22.2 Block 18 lock (3.51.10) 45.2.3.22.3 Block 17 lock (3.51.9) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1947<\/td>\n | 45.2.3.22.4 Block 16 lock (3.51.8) 45.2.3.22.5 Block 15 lock (3.51.7) 45.2.3.22.6 Block 14 lock (3.51.6) 45.2.3.22.7 Block 13 lock (3.51.5) 45.2.3.22.8 Block 12 lock (3.51.4) 45.2.3.22.9 Block 11 lock (3.51.3) 45.2.3.22.10 Block 10 lock (3.51.2) 45.2.3.22.11 Block 9 lock (3.51.1) 45.2.3.22.12 Block 8 lock (3.51.0) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1948<\/td>\n | 45.2.3.23 Multi-lane BASE-R PCS alignment status 3 register (Register 3.52) 45.2.3.23.1 Lane 7 aligned (3.52.7) 45.2.3.23.2 Lane 6 aligned (3.52.6) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1949<\/td>\n | 45.2.3.23.3 Lane 5 aligned (3.52.5) 45.2.3.23.4 Lane 4 aligned (3.52.4) 45.2.3.23.5 Lane 3 aligned (3.52.3) 45.2.3.23.6 Lane 2 aligned (3.52.2) 45.2.3.23.7 Lane 1 aligned (3.52.1) 45.2.3.23.8 Lane 0 aligned (3.52.0) 45.2.3.24 Multi-lane BASE-R PCS alignment status 4 register (Register 3.53) 45.2.3.24.1 Lane 19 aligned (3.53.11) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1950<\/td>\n | 45.2.3.24.2 Lane 18 aligned (3.53.10) 45.2.3.24.3 Lane 17 aligned (3.53.9) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1951<\/td>\n | 45.2.3.24.4 Lane 16 aligned (3.53.8) 45.2.3.24.5 Lane 15 aligned (3.53.7) 45.2.3.24.6 Lane 14 aligned (3.53.6) 45.2.3.24.7 Lane 13 aligned (3.53.5) 45.2.3.24.8 Lane 12 aligned (3.53.4) 45.2.3.24.9 Lane 11 aligned (3.53.3) 45.2.3.24.10 Lane 10 aligned (3.53.2) 45.2.3.24.11 Lane 9 aligned (3.53.1) 45.2.3.24.12 Lane 8 aligned (3.53.0) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1952<\/td>\n | 45.2.3.25 10P\/2B capability register (3.60) 45.2.3.25.1 PAF available (3.60.12) 45.2.3.25.2 Remote PAF supported (3.60.11) 45.2.3.26 10P\/2B PCS control register (Register 3.61) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1953<\/td>\n | 45.2.3.26.1 MII receive during transmit (3.61.15) 45.2.3.26.2 TX_EN and CRS infer a collision (3.61.14) 45.2.3.26.3 PAF enable (3.61.0) 45.2.3.27 10P\/2B PME available (Registers 3.62 and 3.63) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1954<\/td>\n | 45.2.3.28 10P\/2B PME aggregate registers (Registers 3.64 and 3.65) 45.2.3.29 10P\/2B PAF RX error register (Register 3.66) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1955<\/td>\n | 45.2.3.30 10P\/2B PAF small fragments register (Register 3.67) 45.2.3.31 10P\/2B PAF large fragments register (Register 3.68) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1956<\/td>\n | 45.2.3.32 10P\/2B PAF overflow register (Register 3.69) 45.2.3.33 10P\/2B PAF bad fragments register (Register 3.70) 45.2.3.34 10P\/2B PAF lost fragments register (Register 3.71) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1957<\/td>\n | 45.2.3.35 10P\/2B PAF lost starts of fragments register (Register 3.72) 45.2.3.36 10P\/2B PAF lost ends of fragments register (Register 3.73) 45.2.3.37 10GBASE-PR and 10\/1GBASE-PRX FEC ability register (Register 3.74) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1958<\/td>\n | 45.2.3.38 10GBASE-PR and 10\/1GBASE-PRX FEC control register (Register 3.75) 45.2.3.38.1 FEC enable error indication (3.75.1) 45.2.3.38.2 10 Gb\/s FEC Enable (3.75.0) 45.2.3.39 10\/1GBASE-PRX and 10GBASE-PR corrected FEC codewords counter (Register 3.76, 3.77) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1959<\/td>\n | 45.2.3.40 10\/1GBASE-PRX and 10GBASE-PR uncorrected FEC codewords counter (Register 3.78, 3.79) 45.2.3.41 10GBASE-PR and 10\/1GBASE-PRX BER monitor timer control register (Register 3.80) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1960<\/td>\n | 45.2.3.42 10GBASE-PR and 10\/1GBASE-PRX BER monitor status (Register 3.81) 45.2.3.42.1 10GBASE-PR and 10\/1GBASE-PRX PCS high BER (3.81.0) 45.2.3.42.2 10GBASE-PR and 10\/1GBASE-PRX PCS latched high BER (3.81.1) 45.2.3.43 10GBASE-PR and 10\/1GBASE-PRX BER monitor threshold control (Register 3.82) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1961<\/td>\n | 45.2.3.44 BIP error counter lane 0 (Register 3.200) 45.2.3.45 BIP error counter, lanes 1 through 19 (Registers 3.201 through 3.219) 45.2.3.46 Lane 0 mapping register (Register 3.400) 45.2.3.47 Lanes 1 through 19 mapping registers (Registers 3.401 through 3.419) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1962<\/td>\n | 45.2.3.48 TimeSync PCS capability (Register 3.1800) 45.2.3.49 TimeSync PCS transmit path data delay (Registers 3.1801, 3.1802, 3.1803, 3.1804) 45.2.3.50 TimeSync PCS receive path data delay (Registers 3.1805, 3.1806, 3.1807, 3.1808) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1963<\/td>\n | 45.2.4 PHY XS registers <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1964<\/td>\n | 45.2.4.1 PHY XS control 1 register (Register 4.0) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1965<\/td>\n | 45.2.4.1.1 Reset (4.0.15) 45.2.4.1.2 Loopback (4.0.14) 45.2.4.1.3 Low power (4.0.11) 45.2.4.1.4 Clock stop enable (4.0.10) 45.2.4.1.5 XAUI stop enable (4.0.9) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1966<\/td>\n | 45.2.4.1.6 Speed selection (4.0.13, 4.0.6, 4.0.5:2) 45.2.4.2 PHY XS status 1 register (Register 4.1) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1967<\/td>\n | 45.2.4.2.1 Transmit LPI received (4.1.11) 45.2.4.2.2 Receive LPI received (4.1.10) 45.2.4.2.3 Transmit LPI indication (4.1.9) 45.2.4.2.4 Receive LPI indication (4.1.8) 45.2.4.2.5 Fault (4.1.7) 45.2.4.2.6 Clock stop capable (4.1.6) 45.2.4.2.7 PHY XS transmit link status (4.1.2) 45.2.4.2.8 Low-power ability (4.1.1) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1968<\/td>\n | 45.2.4.3 PHY XS device identifier (Registers 4.2 and 4.3) 45.2.4.4 PHY XS speed ability (Register 4.4) 45.2.4.4.1 10G capable (4.4.0) 45.2.4.5 PHY XS devices in package (Registers 4.5 and 4.6) 45.2.4.6 PHY XS status 2 register (Register 4.8) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1969<\/td>\n | 45.2.4.6.1 Device present (4.8.15:14) 45.2.4.6.2 Transmit fault (4.8.11) 45.2.4.6.3 Receive fault (4.8.10) 45.2.4.7 PHY XS package identifier (Registers 4.14 and 4.15) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1970<\/td>\n | 45.2.4.8 EEE capability (Register 4.20) 45.2.4.8.1 PHY XS EEE supported (4.20.4) 45.2.4.8.2 XAUI stop capable (4.20.0) 45.2.4.9 EEE wake error counter (Register 4.22) 45.2.4.10 10G PHY XGXS lane status register (Register 4.24) 45.2.4.10.1 PHY XGXS transmit lane alignment status (4.24.12) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1971<\/td>\n | 45.2.4.10.2 Pattern testing ability (4.24.11) 45.2.4.10.3 PHY XS loopback ability (4.24.10) 45.2.4.10.4 Lane 3 sync (4.24.3) 45.2.4.10.5 Lane 2 sync (4.24.2) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1972<\/td>\n | 45.2.4.10.6 Lane 1 sync (4.24.1) 45.2.4.10.7 Lane 0 sync (4.24.0) 45.2.4.11 10G PHY XGXS test control register (Register 4.25) 45.2.4.11.1 10G PHY XGXS test-pattern enable (4.25.2) 45.2.4.11.2 10G PHY XGXS test-pattern select (4.25.1:0) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1973<\/td>\n | 45.2.4.12 TimeSync PHY XS capability (Register 4.1800) 45.2.4.13 TimeSync PHY XS transmit path data delay (Registers 4.1801, 4.1802, 4.1803, 4.1804) 45.2.4.14 TimeSync PHY XS receive path data delay (Registers 4.1805, 4.1806, 4.1807, 4.1808) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1974<\/td>\n | 45.2.5 DTE XS registers <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1975<\/td>\n | 45.2.5.1 DTE XS control 1 register (Register 5.0) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1976<\/td>\n | 45.2.5.1.1 Reset (5.0.15) 45.2.5.1.2 Loopback (5.0.14) 45.2.5.1.3 Low power (5.0.11) 45.2.5.1.4 Clock stop enable (5.0.10) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1977<\/td>\n | 45.2.5.1.5 XAUI stop enable (5.0.9) 45.2.5.1.6 Speed selection (5.0.13, 5.0.6, 5.0.5:2) 45.2.5.2 DTE XS status 1 register (Register 5.1) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1978<\/td>\n | 45.2.5.2.1 Transmit LPI received (5.1.11) 45.2.5.2.2 Receive LPI received (5.1.10) 45.2.5.2.3 Transmit LPI indication (5.1.9) 45.2.5.2.4 Receive LPI indication (5.1.8) 45.2.5.2.5 Fault (5.1.7) 45.2.5.2.6 Clock stop capable (5.1.6) 45.2.5.2.7 DTE XS receive link status (5.1.2) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1979<\/td>\n | 45.2.5.2.8 Low-power ability (5.1.1) 45.2.5.3 DTE XS device identifier (Registers 5.2 and 5.3) 45.2.5.4 DTE XS speed ability (Register 5.4) 45.2.5.4.1 10G capable (5.4.0) 45.2.5.5 DTE XS devices in package (Registers 5.5 and 5.6) 45.2.5.6 DTE XS status 2 register (Register 5.8) 45.2.5.6.1 Device present (5.8.15:14) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1980<\/td>\n | 45.2.5.6.2 Transmit fault (5.8.11) 45.2.5.6.3 Receive fault (5.8.10) 45.2.5.7 DTE XS package identifier (Registers 5.14 and 5.15) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1981<\/td>\n | 45.2.5.8 EEE capability (Register 5.20) 45.2.5.8.1 PHY XS EEE supported (5.20.4) 45.2.5.8.2 XAUI stop capable (5.20.0) 45.2.5.9 EEE wake error counter (Register 5.22) 45.2.5.10 10G DTE XGXS lane status register (Register 5.24) 45.2.5.10.1 DTE XGXS receive lane alignment status (5.24.12) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1982<\/td>\n | 45.2.5.10.2 Pattern testing ability (5.24.11) 45.2.5.10.3 Lane 3 sync (5.24.3) 45.2.5.10.4 Lane 2 sync (5.24.2) 45.2.5.10.5 Lane 1 sync (5.24.1) 45.2.5.10.6 Lane 0 sync (5.24.0) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1983<\/td>\n | 45.2.5.11 10G DTE XGXS test control register (Register 5.25) 45.2.5.11.1 10G DTE XGXS test-pattern enable (5.25.2) 45.2.5.11.2 10G DTE XGXS test-pattern select (5.25.1:0) 45.2.5.12 TimeSync DTE XS capability (Register 5.1800) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1984<\/td>\n | 45.2.5.13 TimeSync DTE XS transmit path data delay (Registers 5.1801, 5.1802, 5.1803, 5.1804) 45.2.5.14 TimeSync DTE XS receive path data delay (Registers 5.1805, 5.1806, 5.1807, 5.1808) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1985<\/td>\n | 45.2.6 TC registers <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1986<\/td>\n | 45.2.6.1 TC control register (Register 6.0) 45.2.6.1.1 Reset (6.0.15) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1987<\/td>\n | 45.2.6.1.2 Speed selection (6.0.13, 6.0.6, 6.0.5:2) 45.2.6.2 TC device identifier (Registers 6.2 and 6.3) 45.2.6.3 TC speed ability (Register 6.4) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1988<\/td>\n | 45.2.6.3.1 10PASS-TS\/2BASE-TL capable (6.4.1) 45.2.6.4 TC devices in package registers (Registers 6.5, 6.6) 45.2.6.5 TC package identifier registers (Registers 6.14, 6.15) 45.2.6.6 10P\/2B aggregation discovery control register (Register 6.16) 45.2.6.6.1 Discovery operation (6.16.1:0) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1989<\/td>\n | 45.2.6.7 10P\/2B aggregation and discovery status register (Register 6.17) 45.2.6.7.1 Link partner aggregate operation result (6.17.1) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1990<\/td>\n | 45.2.6.7.2 Discovery operation result (6.17.0) 45.2.6.8 10P\/2B aggregation discovery code (Registers 6.18, 6.19, 6.20) 45.2.6.9 10P\/2B link partner PME aggregate control register (Register 6.21) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1991<\/td>\n | 45.2.6.9.1 Link partner aggregate operation (6.21.1:0) 45.2.6.10 10P\/2B link partner PME aggregate data (Registers 6.22, 6.23) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1992<\/td>\n | 45.2.6.11 10P\/2B TC CRC error register (Register 6.24) 45.2.6.12 10P\/2B TPS-TC coding violations counter (Registers 6.25, 6.26) 45.2.6.13 10P\/2B TC indications register (Register 6.27) 45.2.6.13.1 Local TC synchronized (6.27.8) 45.2.6.13.2 Remote TC synchronized (6.27.0) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1993<\/td>\n | 45.2.6.14 TimeSync TC capability (Register 6.1800) 45.2.6.15 TimeSync TC transmit path data delay (Registers 6.1801, 6.1802, 6.1803, 6.1804) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1994<\/td>\n | 45.2.6.16 TimeSync TC receive path data delay (Registers 6.1805, 6.1806, 6.1807, 6.1808) 45.2.7 Auto-Negotiation registers <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1995<\/td>\n | 45.2.7.1 AN control register (Register 7.0) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1996<\/td>\n | 45.2.7.1.1 AN reset (7.0.15) 45.2.7.1.2 Extended Next Page control (7.0.13) 45.2.7.1.3 Auto-Negotiation enable (7.0.12) 45.2.7.1.4 Restart Auto-Negotiation (7.0.9) 45.2.7.2 AN status (Register 7.1) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1997<\/td>\n | 45.2.7.2.1 Parallel detection fault (7.1.9) 45.2.7.2.2 Extended Next Page status (7.1.7) 45.2.7.2.3 Page received (7.1.6) 45.2.7.2.4 Auto-Negotiation complete (7.1.5) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1998<\/td>\n | 45.2.7.2.5 Remote fault (7.1.4) 45.2.7.2.6 Auto-Negotiation ability (7.1.3) 45.2.7.2.7 Link status (7.1.2) 45.2.7.2.8 Link partner Auto-Negotiation ability (7.1.0) 45.2.7.3 Auto-Negotiation device identifier (Registers 7.2 and 7.3) 45.2.7.4 AN devices in package (Registers 7.5 and 7.6) 45.2.7.5 AN package identifier (Registers 7.14 and 7.15) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1999<\/td>\n | 45.2.7.6 AN advertisement register (7.16, 7.17, and 7.18) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2000<\/td>\n | 45.2.7.7 AN LP Base Page ability register (7.19, 7.20, and 7.21) 45.2.7.8 AN XNP transmit register (7.22, 7.23, and 7.24) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2001<\/td>\n | 45.2.7.9 AN LP XNP ability register (7.25, 7.26, and 7.27) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2002<\/td>\n | 45.2.7.10 10GBASE-T AN control register (Register 7.32) 45.2.7.10.1 MASTER-SLAVE manual config enable (7.32.15) 45.2.7.10.2 MASTER-SLAVE config value (7.32.14) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2003<\/td>\n | 45.2.7.10.3 Port type (7.32.13) 45.2.7.10.4 10GBASE-T capability (7.32.12) 45.2.7.10.5 LD PMA training reset request (7.32.2) 45.2.7.10.6 Fast retrain ability 45.2.7.10.7 LD loop timing ability (7.32.0) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2004<\/td>\n | 45.2.7.11 10GBASE-T AN status register (Register 7.33) 45.2.7.11.1 MASTER-SLAVE configuration fault (7.33.15) 45.2.7.11.2 MASTER-SLAVE configuration resolution (7.33.14) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2005<\/td>\n | 45.2.7.11.3 Local receiver status (7.33.13) 45.2.7.11.4 Remote receiver status (7.33.12) 45.2.7.11.5 Link partner 10GBASE-T capability (7.33.11) 45.2.7.11.6 Link partner loop timing ability (7.33.10) 45.2.7.11.7 Link partner PMA training reset request (7.33.9) 45.2.7.11.8 Fast retrain ability (7.33.1) 45.2.7.12 Backplane Ethernet, BASE-R copper status (Register 7.48) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2006<\/td>\n | 45.2.7.12.1 BASE-R FEC negotiated (7.48.4) 45.2.7.12.2 Negotiated Port Type (7.48.1, 7.48.2, 7.48.3, 7.48.5, 7.48.6, 7.48.8) 45.2.7.12.3 Backplane Ethernet, BASE-R copper AN ability (7.48.0) 45.2.7.13 EEE advertisement (Register 7.60) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2007<\/td>\n | 45.2.7.13.1 10GBASE-KR EEE supported (7.60.6) 45.2.7.13.2 10GBASE-KX4 EEE supported (7.60.5) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2008<\/td>\n | 45.2.7.13.3 1000BASE-KX EEE supported (7.60.4) 45.2.7.13.4 10GBASE-T EEE supported (7.60.3) 45.2.7.13.5 1000BASE-T EEE supported (7.60.2) 45.2.7.13.6 100BASE-TX EEE supported (7.60.1) 45.2.7.14 EEE link partner ability (Register 7.61) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2009<\/td>\n | 45.2.8 Clause 22 extension registers 45.2.8.1 Clause 22 extension devices in package registers (Registers 29.5, 29.6) 45.2.8.2 FEC capability register (Register 29.7) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2010<\/td>\n | 45.2.8.2.1 FEC capable (29.7.0) 45.2.8.3 FEC control register (Register 29.8) 45.2.8.3.1 FEC enable (29.8.0) 45.2.8.4 FEC buffer head coding violation counter (Register 29.9) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2011<\/td>\n | 45.2.8.5 FEC corrected blocks counter (Register 29.10) 45.2.8.6 FEC uncorrected blocks counter (Register 29.11) 45.2.9 Vendor specific MMD 1 registers <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2012<\/td>\n | 45.2.9.1 Vendor specific MMD 1 device identifier (Registers 30.2 and 30.3) 45.2.9.2 Vendor specific MMD 1 status register (Register 30.8) 45.2.9.2.1 Device present (30.8.15:14) 45.2.9.3 Vendor specific MMD 1 package identifier (Registers 30.14 and 30.15) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2013<\/td>\n | 45.2.10 Vendor specific MMD 2 registers 45.2.10.1 Vendor specific MMD 2 device identifier (Registers 31.2 and 31.3) 45.2.10.2 Vendor specific MMD 2 status register (Register 31.8) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2014<\/td>\n | 45.2.10.2.1 Device present (31.8.15:14) 45.2.10.3 Vendor specific MMD 2 package identifier (Registers 31.14 and 31.15) 45.3 Management frame structure <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2015<\/td>\n | 45.3.1 IDLE (idle condition) 45.3.2 PRE (preamble) 45.3.3 ST (start of frame) 45.3.4 OP (operation code) 45.3.5 PRTAD (port address) 45.3.6 DEVAD (device address) 45.3.7 TA (turnaround) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2016<\/td>\n | 45.3.8 ADDRESS \/ DATA 45.4 Electrical interface 45.4.1 Electrical specification 45.4.2 Timing specification <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2018<\/td>\n | 45.5 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 45, MDIO interface 45.5.1 Introduction 45.5.2 Identification 45.5.2.1 Implementation identification 45.5.2.2 Protocol summary <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2019<\/td>\n | 45.5.2.3 Major capabilities\/options 45.5.3 PICS proforma tables for the Management Data Input Output (MDIO) interface 45.5.3.1 MDIO signal functional specifications 45.5.3.2 PMA\/PMD MMD options <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2022<\/td>\n | 45.5.3.3 PMA\/PMD management functions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2029<\/td>\n | 45.5.3.4 WIS options 45.5.3.5 WIS management functions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2033<\/td>\n | 45.5.3.6 PCS options <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2034<\/td>\n | 45.5.3.7 PCS management functions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2040<\/td>\n | 45.5.3.8 Auto-Negotiation options 45.5.3.9 Auto-Negotiation management functions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2044<\/td>\n | 45.5.3.10 PHY XS options 45.5.3.11 PHY XS management functions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2046<\/td>\n | 45.5.3.12 DTE XS options 45.5.3.13 DTE XS management functions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2048<\/td>\n | 45.5.3.14 Vendor specific MMD 1 management functions 45.5.3.15 Vendor specific MMD 2 management functions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2049<\/td>\n | 45.5.3.16 Management frame structure <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2050<\/td>\n | 45.5.3.17 TC management functions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2052<\/td>\n | 45.5.3.18 Clause 22 extension options 45.5.3.19 Clause 22 extension management functions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2053<\/td>\n | 45.5.3.20 Signal timing characteristics 45.5.3.21 Electrical characteristics <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2055<\/td>\n | 46. Reconciliation Sublayer (RS) and 10 Gigabit Media Independent Interface (XGMII) 46.1 Overview <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2056<\/td>\n | 46.1.1 Summary of major concepts 46.1.2 Application 46.1.3 Rate of operation <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2057<\/td>\n | 46.1.4 Delay constraints 46.1.5 Allocation of functions 46.1.6 XGMII structure <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2058<\/td>\n | 46.1.7 Mapping of XGMII signals to PLS service primitives 46.1.7.1 Mapping of PLS_DATA.request 46.1.7.1.1 Function 46.1.7.1.2 Semantics of the service primitive <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2059<\/td>\n | 46.1.7.1.3 When generated 46.1.7.1.4 Effect of receipt 46.1.7.2 Mapping of PLS_DATA.indication 46.1.7.2.1 Function 46.1.7.2.2 Semantics of the service primitive 46.1.7.2.3 When generated 46.1.7.2.4 Effect of receipt <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2060<\/td>\n | 46.1.7.3 Mapping of PLS_CARRIER.indication 46.1.7.4 Mapping of PLS_SIGNAL.indication 46.1.7.5 Mapping of PLS_DATA_VALID.indication 46.1.7.5.1 Function 46.1.7.5.2 Semantics of the service primitive 46.1.7.5.3 When generated 46.1.7.5.4 Effect of receipt 46.2 XGMII data stream <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2061<\/td>\n | 46.2.1 Inter-frame 46.2.2 Preamble and start of frame delimiter <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2062<\/td>\n | 46.2.3 Data 46.2.4 End of frame delimiter 46.2.5 Definition of Start of Packet and End of Packet Delimiters 46.3 XGMII functional specifications <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2063<\/td>\n | 46.3.1 Transmit 46.3.1.1 TX_CLK (10 Gb\/s transmit clock) 46.3.1.2 TXC (transmit control) 46.3.1.3 TXD (transmit data) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2065<\/td>\n | 46.3.1.4 Start control character alignment <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2066<\/td>\n | 46.3.1.5 Transmit direction LPI transition <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2067<\/td>\n | 46.3.2 Receive 46.3.2.1 RX_CLK (receive clock) 46.3.2.2 RXC (receive control) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2069<\/td>\n | 46.3.2.3 RXD (receive data) 46.3.2.4 Receive direction LPI transition <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2070<\/td>\n | 46.3.3 Error and fault handling 46.3.3.1 Response to error indications by the XGMII 46.3.3.2 Conditions for generation of transmit Error control characters 46.3.3.3 Response to received invalid frame sequences <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2071<\/td>\n | 46.3.4 Link fault signaling <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2072<\/td>\n | 46.3.4.1 Conventions 46.3.4.2 Variables and counters 46.3.4.3 State Diagram <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2073<\/td>\n | 46.4 LPI Assertion and Detection <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2074<\/td>\n | 46.4.1 LPI messages 46.4.2 Transmit LPI state diagram <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2075<\/td>\n | 46.4.2.1 Variables and counters 46.4.2.2 State diagram 46.4.3 Considerations for transmit system behavior 46.4.3.1 Considerations for receive system behavior <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2076<\/td>\n | 46.5 XGMII electrical characteristics <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2079<\/td>\n | 46.6 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 46, Reconciliation Sublayer (RS) and 10 Gigabit Media Independent Interface (XGMII) 46.6.1 Introduction 46.6.2 Identification 46.6.2.1 Implementation identification 46.6.2.2 Protocol summary <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2080<\/td>\n | 46.6.2.3 Major capabilities\/options 46.6.3 PICS proforma Tables for Reconciliation Sublayer and 10 Gigabit Media Independent Interface 46.6.3.1 General 46.6.3.2 Mapping of PLS service primitives <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2081<\/td>\n | 46.6.3.3 Data stream structure <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2082<\/td>\n | 46.6.3.4 LPI functions 46.6.3.5 Link Interruption 46.6.3.6 XGMII signal functional specifications <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2083<\/td>\n | 46.6.3.7 Link fault signaling state diagram <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2084<\/td>\n | 46.6.3.8 Electrical characteristics <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2085<\/td>\n | 47. XGMII Extender Sublayer (XGXS) and 10 Gigabit Attachment Unit Interface (XAUI) 47.1 Overview <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2086<\/td>\n | 47.1.1 Summary of major concepts 47.1.2 Application 47.1.3 Rate of operation <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2087<\/td>\n | 47.1.4 Allocation of functions 47.1.5 Global signal detect function 47.1.6 Global transmit disable function 47.2 Functional specifications 47.2.1 PCS and PMA functionality <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2088<\/td>\n | 47.2.2 Delay constraints 47.3 XAUI Electrical characteristics 47.3.1 Signal levels 47.3.2 Signal paths <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2089<\/td>\n | 47.3.3 Driver characteristics 47.3.3.1 Load 47.3.3.2 Amplitude and swing <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2090<\/td>\n | 47.3.3.3 Transition time 47.3.3.4 Output impedance 47.3.3.5 Driver template and jitter <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2091<\/td>\n | 47.3.4 Receiver characteristics 47.3.4.1 Bit error ratio 47.3.4.2 Reference input signals <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2092<\/td>\n | 47.3.4.3 Input signal amplitude 47.3.4.4 AC coupling 47.3.4.5 Input impedance 47.3.4.6 Jitter tolerance <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2093<\/td>\n | 47.3.4.7 EEE receiver timing 47.3.5 Interconnect characteristics 47.3.5.1 Characteristic impedance 47.3.5.2 Connector impedance <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2094<\/td>\n | 47.4 Electrical measurement requirements 47.4.1 Compliance interconnect definition <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2095<\/td>\n | 47.4.2 Eye template measurements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2096<\/td>\n | 47.4.3 Jitter test requirements 47.4.3.1 Transmit jitter 47.4.3.2 Jitter tolerance 47.5 Environmental specifications <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2097<\/td>\n | 47.6 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 47, XGMII Extender (XGMII) and 10 Gigabit Attachment Unit Interface (XAUI) 47.6.1 Introduction 47.6.2 Identification 47.6.2.1 Implementation identification 47.6.2.2 Protocol summary <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2098<\/td>\n | 47.6.3 Major capabilities\/options 47.6.4 PICS Proforma tables for XGXS and XAUI 47.6.4.1 Compatibility considerations 47.6.4.2 XGXS and XAUI functions 47.6.4.3 Electrical characteristics <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2099<\/td>\n | 47.6.4.4 LPI functions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2101<\/td>\n | 48. Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS) and Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer, type 10GBASE-X 48.1 Overview 48.1.1 Objectives <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2102<\/td>\n | 48.1.2 Relationship of 10GBASE-X to other standards 48.1.3 Summary of 10GBASE-X sublayers 48.1.3.1 Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2103<\/td>\n | 48.1.3.2 Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer 48.1.3.3 Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer 48.1.4 Rate of operation 48.1.5 Allocation of functions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2104<\/td>\n | 48.1.6 Inter-sublayer interfaces 48.1.7 Functional block diagram <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2105<\/td>\n | 48.1.8 Special symbols 48.2 Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS) 48.2.1 PCS service interface (XGMII) 48.2.2 Functions within the PCS <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2106<\/td>\n | 48.2.3 Use of code-groups <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2108<\/td>\n | 48.2.4 Ordered_sets and special code-groups 48.2.4.1 Data (\/D\/) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2110<\/td>\n | 48.2.4.2 Idle (||I||) and Low Power Idle (||LPIDLE||) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2111<\/td>\n | 48.2.4.2.1 Sync ||K|| <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2112<\/td>\n | 48.2.4.2.2 Align ||A|| 48.2.4.2.3 Skip ||R|| <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2113<\/td>\n | 48.2.4.3 Encapsulation 48.2.4.3.1 Start ||S|| 48.2.4.3.2 Terminate ||T|| 48.2.4.4 Error \/E\/ 48.2.4.5 Link status <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2114<\/td>\n | 48.2.4.5.1 Sequence ||Q|| 48.2.5 Management function requirements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2115<\/td>\n | 48.2.6 Detailed functions and state diagrams 48.2.6.1 State variables 48.2.6.1.1 Notation conventions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2116<\/td>\n | 48.2.6.1.2 Constants <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2117<\/td>\n | 48.2.6.1.3 Variables <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2120<\/td>\n | 48.2.6.1.4 Functions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2121<\/td>\n | 48.2.6.1.5 Counters 48.2.6.1.6 Timers <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2122<\/td>\n | 48.2.6.1.7 Messages <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2123<\/td>\n | 48.2.6.2 State diagrams 48.2.6.2.1 Transmit 48.2.6.2.2 Synchronization <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2125<\/td>\n | 48.2.6.2.3 Deskew 48.2.6.2.4 Receive 48.2.6.2.5 LPI state diagrams <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2131<\/td>\n | 48.2.6.2.6 LPI status and management <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2132<\/td>\n | 48.2.6.3 Initialization process 48.2.6.4 Link status reporting 48.2.6.4.1 Link status detection 48.2.6.4.2 Link status signaling 48.2.6.4.3 Link status messages 48.2.7 Auto-Negotiation for Backplane Ethernet 48.3 Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2133<\/td>\n | 48.3.1 Functions within the PMA 48.3.1.1 PMA transmit process 48.3.1.2 PMA receive process <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2134<\/td>\n | 48.3.2 Service interface 48.3.2.1 PMA_UNITDATA.request 48.3.2.1.1 Semantics of the service primitive 48.3.2.1.2 When generated 48.3.2.1.3 Effect of receipt 48.3.2.2 PMA_UNITDATA.indication 48.3.2.2.1 Semantics of the service primitive 48.3.2.2.2 When generated 48.3.2.2.3 Effect of receipt <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2135<\/td>\n | 48.3.3 Loopback mode 48.3.3.1 Receiver considerations 48.3.3.2 Transmitter considerations 48.3.4 Test functions 48.4 Compatibility considerations 48.5 Delay constraints <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2136<\/td>\n | 48.6 Environmental specifications <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2137<\/td>\n | 48.7 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS) and Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer, type 10GBASE-X 48.7.1 Introduction 48.7.2 Identification 48.7.2.1 Implementation identification 48.7.2.2 Protocol summary <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2138<\/td>\n | 48.7.3 Major capabilities\/options 48.7.4 PICS proforma tables for the PCS and PMA sublayer, type 10GBASE-X 48.7.4.1 Compatibility considerations 48.7.4.2 PCS functions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2140<\/td>\n | 48.7.4.3 PMA Functions 48.7.4.4 Interface functions 48.7.4.5 LPI functions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2141<\/td>\n | 49. Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS) for 64B\/66B, type 10GBASE-R 49.1 Overview 49.1.1 Scope 49.1.2 Objectives 49.1.3 Relationship of 10GBASE-R to other standards <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2142<\/td>\n | 49.1.4 Summary of 10GBASE-R and 10GBASE-W sublayers 49.1.4.1 Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2143<\/td>\n | 49.1.4.2 WAN Interface Sublayer (WIS) 49.1.4.3 Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer 49.1.4.4 Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer 49.1.4.5 Bit ordering across 10GBASE-R and 10GBASE-W sublayers. <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2144<\/td>\n | 49.1.5 Inter-sublayer interfaces <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2145<\/td>\n | 49.1.6 Functional block diagram <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2146<\/td>\n | 49.2 Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS) 49.2.1 PCS service interface (XGMII) 49.2.2 Functions within the PCS <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2147<\/td>\n | 49.2.3 Use of blocks 49.2.4 64B\/66B transmission code 49.2.4.1 Notation conventions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2148<\/td>\n | 49.2.4.2 Transmission order 49.2.4.3 Block structure <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2150<\/td>\n | 49.2.4.4 Control codes 49.2.4.5 Ordered sets <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2151<\/td>\n | 49.2.4.6 Valid and invalid blocks 49.2.4.7 Idle (\/I\/) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2152<\/td>\n | 49.2.4.8 Start (\/S\/) 49.2.4.9 Terminate (\/T\/) 49.2.4.10 ordered_set (\/O\/) 49.2.4.11 Error (\/E\/) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2153<\/td>\n | 49.2.5 Transmit process 49.2.6 Scrambler <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2154<\/td>\n | 49.2.7 Gearbox 49.2.8 Test-pattern generators <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2155<\/td>\n | 49.2.9 Block synchronization 49.2.10 Descrambler 49.2.11 Receive process <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2156<\/td>\n | 49.2.12 Test-pattern checker <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2157<\/td>\n | 49.2.13 Detailed functions and state diagrams 49.2.13.1 State diagram conventions 49.2.13.2 State variables 49.2.13.2.1 Constants 49.2.13.2.2 Variables <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2159<\/td>\n | 49.2.13.2.3 Functions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2160<\/td>\n | 49.2.13.2.4 Counters <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2161<\/td>\n | 49.2.13.2.5 Timers <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2162<\/td>\n | 49.2.13.3 State diagrams 49.2.13.3.1 LPI state diagrams <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2165<\/td>\n | 49.2.14 PCS Management 49.2.14.1 Status <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2166<\/td>\n | 49.2.14.2 Counters 49.2.14.3 Test mode control 49.2.14.4 Loopback 49.2.15 Delay constraints <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2167<\/td>\n | 49.2.16 Auto-Negotiation for Backplane Ethernet <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2171<\/td>\n | 49.3 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 49, Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS) type 10GBASE-R 49.3.1 Introduction 49.3.2 Identification 49.3.2.1 Implementation identification 49.3.2.2 Protocol summary <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2172<\/td>\n | 49.3.3 Major capabilities\/options 49.3.4 PICS Proforma Tables for PCS, type 10GBASE-R 49.3.4.1 Coding rules <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2173<\/td>\n | 49.3.4.2 Scrambler and Descrambler 49.3.5 Test-pattern modes <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2174<\/td>\n | 49.3.5.1 Bit order 49.3.6 Management 49.3.6.1 State diagrams <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2175<\/td>\n | 49.3.6.2 WIS 49.3.6.3 Loopback 49.3.6.4 Delay Constraints 49.3.6.5 Auto-Negotiation for Backplane Ethernet functions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2176<\/td>\n | 49.3.6.6 LPI functions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2177<\/td>\n | 50. WAN Interface Sublayer (WIS), type 10GBASE-W 50.1 Overview 50.1.1 Scope <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2178<\/td>\n | 50.1.2 Objectives <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2179<\/td>\n | 50.1.3 Relationship to other sublayers 50.1.4 Summary of functions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2180<\/td>\n | 50.1.5 Sublayer interfaces 50.1.6 Functional block diagram 50.1.7 Notational conventions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2181<\/td>\n | 50.2 WIS Service Interface 50.2.1 WIS_UNITDATA.request 50.2.1.1 Semantics of the service primitive 50.2.1.2 When generated <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2182<\/td>\n | 50.2.1.3 Effect of receipt 50.2.2 WIS_UNITDATA.indication 50.2.2.1 Semantics of the service primitive 50.2.2.2 When generated 50.2.2.3 Effect of receipt 50.2.3 WIS_SIGNAL.request 50.2.3.1 Semantics of the service primitive <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2183<\/td>\n | 50.2.3.2 When generated 50.2.3.3 Effect of receipt 50.2.4 WIS_SIGNAL.indication 50.2.4.1 Semantics of the service primitive 50.2.4.2 When generated 50.2.4.3 Effect of receipt 50.3 Functions within the WIS <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2185<\/td>\n | 50.3.1 Payload mapping and data-unit delineation <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2186<\/td>\n | 50.3.1.1 Transmit payload mapping <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2187<\/td>\n | 50.3.1.2 Receive payload mapping 50.3.2 WIS frame generation <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2188<\/td>\n | 50.3.2.1 Transmit Path Overhead insertion <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2189<\/td>\n | 50.3.2.2 Transmit Line Overhead insertion <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2190<\/td>\n | 50.3.2.3 Transmit Section Overhead insertion <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2191<\/td>\n | 50.3.2.4 Receive Path, Line, and Section Overhead extraction <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2192<\/td>\n | 50.3.2.5 Fault processing <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2193<\/td>\n | 50.3.3 Scrambling <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2194<\/td>\n | 50.3.3.1 Scrambler polynomial 50.3.3.2 Scrambler bit ordering 50.3.4 Octet and frame delineation 50.3.5 Error propagation <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2195<\/td>\n | 50.3.5.1 Propagated errors 50.3.5.2 Error propagation timing 50.3.5.3 Loss of Code-group Delineation 50.3.6 Mapping between WIS and PMA <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2196<\/td>\n | 50.3.7 WIS data delay constraints <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2197<\/td>\n | 50.3.8 WIS test-pattern generator and checker 50.3.8.1 Square wave test pattern 50.3.8.2 PRBS31 test pattern <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2198<\/td>\n | 50.3.8.3 Mixed-frequency test pattern <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2199<\/td>\n | 50.3.8.3.1 Test Signal Structure (TSS) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2200<\/td>\n | 50.3.8.3.2 Continuous Identical Digits 50.3.9 Loopback 50.3.10 Link status 50.3.11 Management interface <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2201<\/td>\n | 50.3.11.1 Management registers 50.3.11.2 WIS managed object class 50.3.11.3 Management support objects <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2202<\/td>\n | 50.4 Synchronization state diagram 50.4.1 State diagram variables 50.4.1.1 Constants <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2203<\/td>\n | 50.4.1.2 Variables 50.4.1.3 Functions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2204<\/td>\n | 50.4.1.4 Counters 50.4.2 State diagram <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2206<\/td>\n | 50.4.3 Parameter values 50.5 Environmental specifications <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2208<\/td>\n | 50.6 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 50, WAN Interface Sublayer (WIS), type 10GBASE-W 50.6.1 Introduction 50.6.2 Identification 50.6.2.1 Implementation identification 50.6.2.2 Protocol summary <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2209<\/td>\n | 50.6.3 Major capabilities\/options 50.6.4 PICS proforma tables for the WAN Interface Sublayer (WIS), type 10GBASE-W 50.6.4.1 Compatibility considerations 50.6.4.2 WIS transmit functions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2210<\/td>\n | 50.6.4.3 WIS receive functions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2211<\/td>\n | 50.6.4.4 State diagrams <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2212<\/td>\n | 50.6.4.5 Error notification 50.6.4.6 Management registers and functions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2213<\/td>\n | 50.6.4.7 WIS test-pattern generator and checker <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2215<\/td>\n | 51. Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer, type Serial 51.1 Overview 51.1.1 Scope 51.1.2 Summary of functions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2216<\/td>\n | 51.2 PMA Service Interface 51.2.1 PMA_UNITDATA.request 51.2.1.1 Semantics of the service primitive 51.2.1.2 When generated <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2217<\/td>\n | 51.2.1.3 Effect of receipt 51.2.2 PMA_UNITDATA.indication 51.2.2.1 Semantics of the service primitive 51.2.2.2 When generated 51.2.2.3 Effect of receipt 51.2.3 PMA_SIGNAL.indication 51.2.3.1 Semantics of the service primitive 51.2.3.2 When generated 51.2.3.3 Effect of receipt <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2218<\/td>\n | 51.2.4 PMA_RXMODE.request 51.2.4.1 Semantics of the service primitive 51.2.4.2 When generated 51.2.4.3 Effect of receipt 51.2.5 PMA_TXMODE.request 51.2.5.1 Semantics of the service primitive 51.2.5.2 When generated 51.2.5.3 Effect of receipt 51.2.6 PMA_ENERGY.indication 51.2.6.1 Semantics of the service primitive <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2219<\/td>\n | 51.2.6.2 When generated 51.2.6.3 Effect of receipt 51.3 Functions within the PMA 51.3.1 PMA transmit function 51.3.2 PMA receive function 51.3.3 Delay Constraints <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2220<\/td>\n | 51.4 Sixteen-Bit Interface (XSBI) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2221<\/td>\n | 51.4.1 Required signals <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2223<\/td>\n | 51.4.2 Optional Signals <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2224<\/td>\n | 51.5 General electrical characteristics of the XSBI 51.5.1 DC characteristics 51.5.2 Valid signal levels <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2225<\/td>\n | 51.5.3 Rise and fall time definition 51.5.4 Output load 51.6 XSBI transmit interface electrical characteristics 51.6.1 XSBI transmit interface timing <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2226<\/td>\n | 51.6.1.1 PMA client output timing <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2227<\/td>\n | 51.6.1.2 PMA input timing 51.6.2 XSBI PMA_TX_CLK and PMA_TXCLK_SRC Specification <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2228<\/td>\n | 51.7 XSBI receive interface electrical characteristics 51.7.1 XSBI receive interface timing <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2229<\/td>\n | 51.7.1.1 PMA output timing <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2230<\/td>\n | 51.7.1.2 PMA client input timing 51.7.2 XSBI PMA_RX_CLK specification 51.8 PMA loopback mode (optional) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2231<\/td>\n | 51.9 Environmental specifications <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2232<\/td>\n | 51.10 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 51, Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer, type Serial 51.10.1 Introduction 51.10.2 Identification 51.10.2.1 Implementation identification 51.10.2.2 Protocol summary <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2233<\/td>\n | 51.10.3 Major capabilities\/options 51.10.4 PICS proforma tables for the PMA Interface Sublayer, type Serial 51.10.4.1 Compatibility considerations 51.10.4.2 PMA transmit functions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2234<\/td>\n | 51.10.4.3 PMA receive functions 51.10.4.4 PMA delay constraints <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2235<\/td>\n | 52. Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and baseband medium, type 10GBASE-S (short wavelength serial), 10GBASE-L (long wavelength serial), and 10GBASE-E (extra long wavelength serial) 52.1 Overview <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2236<\/td>\n | 52.1.1 Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer service interface 52.1.1.1 PMD_UNITDATA.request <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2237<\/td>\n | 52.1.1.1.1 Semantics of the service primitive 52.1.1.1.2 When generated 52.1.1.1.3 Effect of receipt 52.1.1.2 PMD_UNITDATA.indication 52.1.1.2.1 Semantics of the service primitive 52.1.1.2.2 When generated 52.1.1.2.3 Effect of receipt 52.1.1.3 PMD_SIGNAL.indication 52.1.1.3.1 Semantics of the service primitive <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2238<\/td>\n | 52.1.1.3.2 When generated 52.1.1.3.3 Effect of receipt 52.2 Delay constraints 52.3 PMD MDIO function mapping <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2239<\/td>\n | 52.4 PMD functional specifications 52.4.1 PMD block diagram 52.4.2 PMD Transmit function 52.4.3 PMD Receive function 52.4.4 PMD Signal Detect function <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2240<\/td>\n | 52.4.5 PMD_reset function 52.4.6 PMD_fault function 52.4.7 PMD_global_transmit_disable function <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2241<\/td>\n | 52.4.8 PMD_transmit_fault function 52.4.9 PMD_receive_fault function 52.5 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 10GBASE-S <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2242<\/td>\n | 52.5.1 10GBASE-S transmitter optical specifications <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2244<\/td>\n | 52.5.2 10GBASE-S receive optical specifications 52.5.3 10GBASE-S link power budgets (informative) 52.6 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 10GBASE-L <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2245<\/td>\n | 52.6.1 10GBASE-L transmitter optical specifications <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2247<\/td>\n | 52.6.2 10GBASE-L receive optical specifications 52.6.3 10GBASE-L link power budgets (informative) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2248<\/td>\n | 52.7 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 10GBASE-E <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2249<\/td>\n | 52.7.1 10GBASE-E transmitter optical specifications <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2250<\/td>\n | 52.7.2 10GBASE-E receive optical specifications 52.7.3 10GBASE-E link power budgets (informative) 52.8 Jitter specifications for 10GBASE-R and 10GBASE-W <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2251<\/td>\n | 52.8.1 Sinusoidal jitter for receiver conformance test <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2252<\/td>\n | 52.9 Optical measurement requirements 52.9.1 Test patterns 52.9.1.1 Test-pattern definition <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2254<\/td>\n | 52.9.1.2 Square wave pattern definition 52.9.2 Center wavelength and spectral width measurements 52.9.3 Average optical power measurements 52.9.4 Extinction ratio measurements 52.9.5 Optical modulation amplitude (OMA) test procedure <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2255<\/td>\n | 52.9.6 Relative intensity noise optical modulation amplitude (RINxOMA) measuring procedure 52.9.6.1 General test description 52.9.6.2 Component descriptions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2256<\/td>\n | 52.9.6.3 Test Procedure <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2257<\/td>\n | 52.9.7 Transmitter optical waveform <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2258<\/td>\n | 52.9.8 Receiver sensitivity measurements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2259<\/td>\n | 52.9.9 Stressed receiver conformance test 52.9.9.1 Stressed receiver conformance test block diagram <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2261<\/td>\n | 52.9.9.2 Parameter definitions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2262<\/td>\n | 52.9.9.3 Stressed receiver conformance test signal characteristics and calibration <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2263<\/td>\n | 52.9.9.4 Stressed receiver conformance test procedure <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2264<\/td>\n | 52.9.10 Transmitter and dispersion penalty measurement 52.9.10.1 Reference transmitter requirements 52.9.10.2 Channel requirements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2265<\/td>\n | 52.9.10.3 Reference receiver requirements 52.9.10.4 Test procedure <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2266<\/td>\n | 52.9.11 Measurement of the receiver 3 dB electrical upper cutoff frequency <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2267<\/td>\n | 52.10 Environmental specifications 52.10.1 General safety 52.10.2 Laser safety 52.10.3 Installation 52.11 Environment 52.11.1 Electromagnetic emission <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2268<\/td>\n | 52.11.2 Temperature, humidity, and handling 52.12 PMD labeling requirements 52.13 Fiber optic cabling model <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2269<\/td>\n | 52.14 Characteristics of the fiber optic cabling (channel) 52.14.1 Optical fiber and cable 52.14.2 Optical fiber connection 52.14.2.1 Connection insertion loss <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2270<\/td>\n | 52.14.2.2 Maximum discrete reflectance 52.14.3 10GBASE-E attenuator management <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2271<\/td>\n | 52.14.4 Medium Dependent Interface (MDI) requirements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2272<\/td>\n | 52.15 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 52, Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and baseband medium, type 10GBASE-S (short wavelength serial), 10GBASE-L (long wavelength serial), and 10GBASE-E (extra long w… 52.15.1 Introduction 52.15.2 Identification 52.15.2.1 Implementation identification 52.15.2.2 Protocol summary <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2273<\/td>\n | 52.15.2.3 Major capabilities\/options <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2274<\/td>\n | 52.15.3 PICS proforma tables for Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and baseband medium, types 10GBASE-R and 10GBASE-W 52.15.3.1 PMD functional specifications 52.15.3.2 Management functions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2275<\/td>\n | 52.15.3.3 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 10GBASE-SR 52.15.3.4 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 10GBASE-SW 52.15.3.5 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 10GBASE-LR <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2276<\/td>\n | 52.15.3.6 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 10GBASE-LW 52.15.3.7 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 10GBASE-ER 52.15.3.8 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 10GBASE-EW <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2277<\/td>\n | 52.15.3.9 Optical measurement requirements 52.15.3.10 Characteristics of the fiber optic cabling and MDI <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2278<\/td>\n | 52.15.3.11 Environmental specifications 52.15.3.12 Environment <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2279<\/td>\n | 53. Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and baseband medium, type 10GBASE-LX4 53.1 Overview 53.1.1 Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) service interface 53.1.2 PMD_UNITDATA.request <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2280<\/td>\n | 53.1.2.1 Semantics of the service primitive 53.1.2.2 When generated 53.1.2.3 Effect of Receipt 53.1.3 PMD_UNITDATA.indication 53.1.3.1 Semantics of the service primitive <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2281<\/td>\n | 53.1.3.2 When generated 53.1.3.3 Effect of receipt 53.1.4 PMD_SIGNAL.indication 53.1.4.1 Semantics of the service primitive 53.1.4.2 When generated 53.1.4.3 Effect of receipt 53.2 Delay constraints 53.3 PMD MDIO function mapping <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2282<\/td>\n | 53.4 PMD functional specifications 53.4.1 PMD block diagram <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2283<\/td>\n | 53.4.2 PMD transmit function <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2284<\/td>\n | 53.4.3 PMD receive function 53.4.4 Global PMD signal detect function 53.4.5 PMD lane by lane signal detect function <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2285<\/td>\n | 53.4.6 PMD reset function 53.4.7 Global PMD transmit disable function 53.4.8 PMD lane by lane transmit disable function 53.4.9 PMD fault function 53.4.10 PMD transmit fault function (optional) 53.4.11 PMD receive fault function (optional) 53.5 Wavelength-division multiplexed-lane assignments 53.6 Operating ranges for 10GBASE-LX4 PMD <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2287<\/td>\n | 53.7 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 10GBASE-LX4 53.7.1 Transmitter optical specifications <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2288<\/td>\n | 53.7.2 Receive optical specifications 53.7.3 Worst case 10GBASE-LX4 link power budget and penalties (informative) 53.8 Jitter specifications for each lane of the 10GBASE-LX4 PMD 53.8.1 Transmit jitter specification <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2290<\/td>\n | 53.8.1.1 Channel requirements for transmit jitter testing 53.8.1.2 Test pattern requirements for transmit jitter testing 53.8.2 Receive jitter tolerance specification 53.8.2.1 Input jitter for receiver jitter test <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2291<\/td>\n | 53.8.2.2 Added sinusoidal jitter for receiver jitter test <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2292<\/td>\n | 53.9 Optical measurement requirements 53.9.1 Wavelength range measurements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2293<\/td>\n | 53.9.2 Optical power measurements 53.9.3 Source spectral window measurements 53.9.4 Extinction ratio measurements 53.9.5 Optical Modulation Amplitude (OMA) measurements 53.9.6 Relative Intensity Noise [RIN12(OMA)] 53.9.7 Transmitter optical waveform (transmit eye) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2295<\/td>\n | 53.9.8 Transmit rise\/fall characteristics 53.9.9 Receive sensitivity measurements 53.9.10 Transmitter jitter conformance (per lane) 53.9.10.1 Block diagram and general description of test set up <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2296<\/td>\n | 53.9.10.2 Channel requirements for transmit jitter testing <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2297<\/td>\n | 53.9.10.3 Transmit jitter test procedure 53.9.11 Receive sensitivity measurements 53.9.12 Stressed receiver conformance test 53.9.12.1 Block diagram of stressed receiver tolerance test set up <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2298<\/td>\n | 53.9.12.2 Stressed receiver conformance test procedure 53.9.12.3 Characterization of receiver input signal <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2299<\/td>\n | 53.9.12.4 Jitter tolerance test procedure 53.9.13 Measurement of the receiver 3 dB electrical upper cutoff frequency <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2300<\/td>\n | 53.9.14 Conformance test signal at TP3 for receiver testing <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2302<\/td>\n | 53.9.15 Receiver test suite for WDM conformance testing <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2304<\/td>\n | 53.10 Environmental specifications 53.10.1 General safety 53.10.2 Laser safety <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2305<\/td>\n | 53.10.3 Installation 53.11 Environment 53.11.1 Electromagnetic emission 53.11.2 Temperature, humidity, and handling 53.12 PMD labeling requirements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2306<\/td>\n | 53.13 Fiber optic cabling model 53.14 Characteristics of the fiber optic cabling (channel) 53.14.1 Optical fiber and cable <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2307<\/td>\n | 53.14.2 Optical fiber connection 53.14.2.1 Connection insertion loss <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2308<\/td>\n | 53.14.2.2 Connection return loss 53.14.3 Medium Dependent Interface (MDI) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2309<\/td>\n | 53.15 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 53, Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and baseband medium, type 10GBASE-LX4 53.15.1 Introduction 53.15.2 Identification 53.15.2.1 Implementation identification 53.15.2.2 Protocol summary <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2310<\/td>\n | 53.15.3 Major capabilities\/options <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2311<\/td>\n | 53.15.4 PICS proforma tables for 10GBASE-LX4 and baseband medium 53.15.4.1 PMD Functional specifications <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2312<\/td>\n | 53.15.4.2 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 10GBASE-LX4 53.15.4.3 Management functions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2313<\/td>\n | 53.15.4.4 Jitter specifications <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2314<\/td>\n | 53.15.4.5 Optical measurement requirements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2317<\/td>\n | 53.15.4.6 Characteristics of the fiber optic cabling <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2319<\/td>\n | 54. Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and baseband medium, type 10GBASE-CX4 54.1 Overview <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2320<\/td>\n | 54.2 Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) service interface 54.3 Delay constraints 54.4 PMD MDIO function mapping 54.5 PMD functional specifications 54.5.1 Link block diagram <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2321<\/td>\n | 54.5.2 PMD Transmit function 54.5.3 PMD Receive function 54.5.4 Global PMD signal detect function <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2322<\/td>\n | 54.5.5 PMD lane-by-lane signal detect function 54.5.6 Global PMD transmit disable function 54.5.7 PMD lane-by-lane transmit disable function <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2323<\/td>\n | 54.5.8 Loopback mode 54.5.9 PMD fault function 54.5.10 PMD transmit fault function 54.5.11 PMD receive fault function 54.6 MDI Electrical specifications for 10GBASE-CX4 54.6.1 Signal levels 54.6.2 Signal paths <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2324<\/td>\n | 54.6.3 Transmitter characteristics <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2325<\/td>\n | 54.6.3.1 Test fixtures 54.6.3.2 Test-fixture impedance 54.6.3.3 Signaling speed range <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2326<\/td>\n | 54.6.3.4 Output amplitude <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2327<\/td>\n | 54.6.3.5 Output return loss <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2328<\/td>\n | 54.6.3.6 Differential output template <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2329<\/td>\n | 54.6.3.7 Transition time 54.6.3.8 Transmit jitter 54.6.3.9 Transmit jitter test requirements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2330<\/td>\n | 54.6.4 Receiver characteristics 54.6.4.1 Bit error ratio 54.6.4.2 Signaling speed range 54.6.4.3 AC-coupling 54.6.4.4 Input signal amplitude <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2331<\/td>\n | 54.6.4.5 Input return loss 54.7 Cable assembly characteristics <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2332<\/td>\n | 54.7.1 Characteristic impedance and reference impedance 54.7.2 Cable assembly insertion loss <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2333<\/td>\n | 54.7.3 Cable assembly return loss 54.7.4 Near-End Crosstalk (NEXT) 54.7.4.1 Differential Near-End Crosstalk <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2334<\/td>\n | 54.7.4.2 Multiple Disturber Near-End Crosstalk (MDNEXT) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2335<\/td>\n | 54.7.5 Far-End Crosstalk (FEXT) 54.7.5.1 Equal Level Far-End Crosstalk (ELFEXT) loss 54.7.5.2 Multiple Disturber Equal Level Far-End Crosstalk (MDELFEXT) loss <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2336<\/td>\n | 54.7.6 Shielding 54.7.7 Crossover function <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2337<\/td>\n | 54.8 MDI specification 54.8.1 MDI connectors 54.8.2 Connector pin assignments <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2338<\/td>\n | 54.9 Environmental specifications <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2339<\/td>\n | 54.10 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 54, Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and baseband medium, type 10GBASE-CX4 54.10.1 Introduction 54.10.2 Identification 54.10.2.1 Implementation identification 54.10.2.2 Protocol summary <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2340<\/td>\n | 54.10.3 PICS proforma tables for 10GBASE-CX4 and baseband medium 54.10.4 Major capabilities\/options <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2341<\/td>\n | 54.10.4.1 PMD Functional specifications <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2342<\/td>\n | 54.10.4.2 Management functions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2343<\/td>\n | 54.10.4.3 Transmitter specifications <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2344<\/td>\n | 54.10.4.4 Receiver specifications 54.10.4.5 Cable assembly specifications <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2345<\/td>\n | 54.10.4.6 MDI connector specifications <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2347<\/td>\n | 55. Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS), Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer and baseband medium, type 10GBASE-T 55.1 Overview 55.1.1 Objectives <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2348<\/td>\n | 55.1.2 Relationship of 10GBASE-T to other standards 55.1.3 Operation of 10GBASE-T <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2352<\/td>\n | 55.1.3.1 Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS) 55.1.3.2 Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2353<\/td>\n | 55.1.3.3 EEE capability <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2354<\/td>\n | 55.1.4 Signaling 55.1.5 Interfaces <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2355<\/td>\n | 55.1.6 Conventions in this clause 55.2 10GBASE-T service primitives and interfaces 55.2.1 Technology Dependent Interface 55.2.1.1 PMA_LINK.request 55.2.1.1.1 Semantics of the primitive <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2356<\/td>\n | 55.2.1.1.2 When generated 55.2.1.1.3 Effect of receipt 55.2.1.2 PMA_LINK.indication 55.2.1.2.1 Semantics of the primitive 55.2.1.2.2 When generated 55.2.1.2.3 Effect of receipt 55.2.2 PMA service interface <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2358<\/td>\n | 55.2.2.1 PMA_TXMODE.indication 55.2.2.1.1 Semantics of the primitive <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2359<\/td>\n | 55.2.2.1.2 When generated 55.2.2.1.3 Effect of receipt 55.2.2.2 PMA_CONFIG.indication 55.2.2.2.1 Semantics of the primitive 55.2.2.2.2 When generated 55.2.2.2.3 Effect of receipt 55.2.2.3 PMA_UNITDATA.request <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2360<\/td>\n | 55.2.2.3.1 Semantics of the primitive 55.2.2.3.2 When generated 55.2.2.3.3 Effect of receipt 55.2.2.4 PMA_UNITDATA.indication 55.2.2.4.1 Semantics of the primitive <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2361<\/td>\n | 55.2.2.4.2 When generated 55.2.2.4.3 Effect of receipt 55.2.2.5 PMA_SCRSTATUS.request 55.2.2.5.1 Semantics of the primitive 55.2.2.5.2 When generated 55.2.2.5.3 Effect of receipt 55.2.2.6 PMA_PCSSTATUS.request 55.2.2.6.1 Semantics of the primitive 55.2.2.6.2 When generated <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2362<\/td>\n | 55.2.2.6.3 Effect of receipt 55.2.2.7 PMA_RXSTATUS.indication 55.2.2.7.1 Semantics of the primitive 55.2.2.7.2 When generated 55.2.2.7.3 Effect of receipt 55.2.2.8 PMA_REMRXSTATUS.request 55.2.2.8.1 Semantics of the primitive 55.2.2.8.2 When generated <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2363<\/td>\n | 55.2.2.8.3 Effect of receipt 55.2.2.9 PMA_ALERTDETECT.indication 55.2.2.9.1 Semantics of the primitive 55.2.2.9.2 When generated 55.2.2.9.3 Effect of receipt 55.2.2.10 PCS_RX_LPI_STATUS.request 55.2.2.10.1 Semantics of the primitive 55.2.2.10.2 When generated 55.2.2.10.3 Effect of receipt <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2364<\/td>\n | 55.2.2.11 PMA_PCSDATAMODE.indication 55.2.2.11.1 Semantics of the primitive 55.2.2.11.2 When generated 55.2.2.11.3 Effect of receipt 55.2.2.12 PMA_FR_ACTIVE.indication 55.2.2.12.1 Semantics of the primitive 55.2.2.12.2 When generated 55.2.2.12.3 Effect of receipt 55.3 Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS) 55.3.1 PCS service interface (XGMII) 55.3.2 PCS functions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2365<\/td>\n | 55.3.2.1 PCS Reset function <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2366<\/td>\n | 55.3.2.2 PCS Transmit function <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2367<\/td>\n | 55.3.2.2.1 Use of blocks 55.3.2.2.2 65B-LDPC transmission code 55.3.2.2.3 Notation conventions 55.3.2.2.4 Transmission order 55.3.2.2.5 Block structure <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2371<\/td>\n | 55.3.2.2.6 Control codes 55.3.2.2.7 Ordered sets <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2372<\/td>\n | 55.3.2.2.8 Valid and invalid blocks 55.3.2.2.9 Idle (\/I\/) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2373<\/td>\n | 55.3.2.2.10 LPI (\/LI\/) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2374<\/td>\n | 55.3.2.2.11 Start (\/S\/) 55.3.2.2.12 Terminate (\/T\/) 55.3.2.2.13 ordered_set (\/O\/) 55.3.2.2.14 Error (\/E\/) 55.3.2.2.15 Transmit process <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2375<\/td>\n | 55.3.2.2.16 PCS scrambler. <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2376<\/td>\n | 55.3.2.2.17 CRC8 55.3.2.2.18 LDPC encoder 55.3.2.2.19 DSQ128 bit mapping <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2377<\/td>\n | 55.3.2.2.20 DSQ128 to 4D-PAM16 <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2378<\/td>\n | 55.3.2.2.21 65B-LDPC framer 55.3.2.2.22 EEE capability <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2379<\/td>\n | 55.3.2.3 PCS Receive function <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2380<\/td>\n | 55.3.2.3.1 Frame and block synchronization 55.3.2.3.2 PCS descrambler 55.3.2.3.3 CRC8 receive function 55.3.3 Test-pattern generators <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2381<\/td>\n | 55.3.4 PMA training side-stream scrambler polynomials <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2382<\/td>\n | 55.3.4.1 Generation of bits San, Sbn, Scn, Sdn 55.3.4.2 Generation of 4D symbols TAn, TBn, TCn, TDn <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2383<\/td>\n | 55.3.4.3 PMA training mode descrambler polynomials 55.3.5 LPI signaling <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2384<\/td>\n | 55.3.5.1 LPI Synchronization <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2385<\/td>\n | 55.3.5.2 Quiet period signaling 55.3.5.3 Refresh period signaling <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2386<\/td>\n | 55.3.6 Detailed functions and state diagrams 55.3.6.1 State diagram conventions 55.3.6.2 State diagram parameters 55.3.6.2.1 Constants 55.3.6.2.2 Variables <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2389<\/td>\n | 55.3.6.2.3 Timers 55.3.6.2.4 Functions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2391<\/td>\n | 55.3.6.2.5 Counters 55.3.6.3 Messages 55.3.6.4 State diagrams <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2392<\/td>\n | 55.3.7 PCS management 55.3.7.1 Status 55.3.7.2 Counters <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2399<\/td>\n | 55.3.7.3 Loopback 55.4 Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer 55.4.1 PMA functional specifications <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2400<\/td>\n | 55.4.2 PMA functions 55.4.2.1 PMA Reset function 55.4.2.2 PMA Transmit function <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2401<\/td>\n | 55.4.2.2.1 Alert signal <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2402<\/td>\n | 55.4.2.2.2 Link failure signal 55.4.2.3 PMA transmit disable function 55.4.2.3.1 Global PMA transmit disable function 55.4.2.3.2 PMA pair by pair transmit disable function 55.4.2.3.3 PMA MDIO function mapping <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2403<\/td>\n | 55.4.2.4 PMA Receive function <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2404<\/td>\n | 55.4.2.5 PHY Control function <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2405<\/td>\n | 55.4.2.5.1 Infofield notation 55.4.2.5.2 Start of Frame Delimiter 55.4.2.5.3 Current transmitter settings <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2406<\/td>\n | 55.4.2.5.4 Next transmitter settings 55.4.2.5.5 Requested transmitter settings 55.4.2.5.6 Message Field <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2407<\/td>\n | 55.4.2.5.7 SNR_margin <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2408<\/td>\n | 55.4.2.5.8 Transition counter 55.4.2.5.9 Coefficient exchange handshake 55.4.2.5.10 Reserved Fields 55.4.2.5.11 Vendor-specific field 55.4.2.5.12 Coefficient Field 55.4.2.5.13 CRC16 <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2409<\/td>\n | 55.4.2.5.14 Startup sequence <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2412<\/td>\n | 55.4.2.5.15 Fast retrain function 55.4.2.6 Link Monitor function <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2413<\/td>\n | 55.4.2.7 Refresh Monitor function 55.4.2.8 Clock Recovery function 55.4.3 MDI 55.4.3.1 MDI signals transmitted by the PHY <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2414<\/td>\n | 55.4.3.2 Signals received at the MDI 55.4.4 Automatic MDI\/MDI-X configuration <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2415<\/td>\n | 55.4.5 State variables 55.4.5.1 State diagram variables <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2418<\/td>\n | 55.4.5.2 Timers <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2419<\/td>\n | 55.4.5.3 Functions 55.4.5.4 Counters <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2420<\/td>\n | 55.4.6 State diagrams 55.4.6.1 PHY Control state diagram <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2421<\/td>\n | 55.4.6.2 Transition counter state diagrams <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2423<\/td>\n | 55.4.6.3 Link Monitor state diagram <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2424<\/td>\n | 55.4.6.4 EEE Refresh monitor state diagram <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2425<\/td>\n | 55.4.6.5 Fast retrain state diagram 55.5 PMA electrical specifications 55.5.1 Isolation requirement <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2426<\/td>\n | 55.5.2 Test modes <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2428<\/td>\n | 55.5.2.1 Test fixtures <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2429<\/td>\n | 55.5.3 Transmitter electrical specifications 55.5.3.1 Maximum output droop 55.5.3.2 Transmitter linearity. <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2430<\/td>\n | 55.5.3.3 Transmitter timing jitter 55.5.3.4 Transmitter power spectral density (PSD) and power level <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2431<\/td>\n | 55.5.3.5 Transmit clock frequency 55.5.4 Receiver electrical specifications 55.5.4.1 Receiver differential input signals <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2432<\/td>\n | 55.5.4.2 Receiver frequency tolerance 55.5.4.3 Common-mode noise rejection 55.5.4.4 Alien crosstalk noise rejection <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2433<\/td>\n | 55.5.4.5 Short reach mode link test 55.5.4.5.1 Short reach test channels 55.6 Management interfaces 55.6.1 Support for Auto-Negotiation <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2434<\/td>\n | 55.6.1.1 10GBASE-T use of registers during Auto-Negotiation 55.6.1.2 10GBASE-T Auto-Negotiation page use <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2436<\/td>\n | 55.6.1.3 Sending Next Pages 55.6.2 MASTER-SLAVE configuration resolution <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2438<\/td>\n | 55.7 Link segment characteristics <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2439<\/td>\n | 55.7.1 Cabling system characteristics 55.7.2 Link segment transmission parameters 55.7.2.1 Insertion loss <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2440<\/td>\n | 55.7.2.2 Differential characteristic impedance 55.7.2.3 Return loss 55.7.2.4 Coupling parameters between duplex channels comprising one link segment 55.7.2.4.1 Differential near-end crosstalk <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2441<\/td>\n | 55.7.2.4.2 Multiple disturber near-end crosstalk (MDNEXT) loss 55.7.2.4.3 Multiple disturber power sum near-end crosstalk (PSNEXT) loss <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2442<\/td>\n | 55.7.2.4.4 Equal level far-end crosstalk (ELFEXT) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2443<\/td>\n | 55.7.2.4.5 Multiple disturber equal level far-end crosstalk (MDELFEXT) 55.7.2.4.6 Multiple disturber power sum equal level far-end crosstalk (PS ELFEXT) 55.7.2.5 Maximum link delay 55.7.2.6 Link delay skew 55.7.3 Coupling parameters between link segments <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2444<\/td>\n | 55.7.3.1 Multiple disturber alien near-end crosstalk (MDANEXT) loss 55.7.3.1.1 Multiple disturber power sum alien near-end crosstalk (PSANEXT) loss <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2445<\/td>\n | 55.7.3.1.2 PSANEXT loss to insertion loss ratio requirements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2447<\/td>\n | 55.7.3.2 Multiple disturber alien far-end crosstalk (MDAFEXT) loss 55.7.3.2.1 Multiple disturber power sum alien equal level far-end crosstalk (PSAELFEXT) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2448<\/td>\n | 55.7.3.2.2 PSAELFEXT to insertion loss ratio requirements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2450<\/td>\n | 55.7.3.3 Alien crosstalk margin computation <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2454<\/td>\n | 55.7.4 Noise environment <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2455<\/td>\n | 55.8 MDI specification 55.8.1 MDI connectors 55.8.2 MDI electrical specifications <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2456<\/td>\n | 55.8.2.1 MDI return loss 55.8.2.2 MDI impedance balance <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2457<\/td>\n | 55.8.2.3 MDI fault tolerance <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2458<\/td>\n | 55.9 Environmental specifications 55.9.1 General safety 55.9.2 Network safety 55.9.3 Installation and maintenance guidelines <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2459<\/td>\n | 55.9.4 Telephone voltages 55.9.5 Electromagnetic compatibility 55.9.6 Temperature and humidity 55.10 PHY labeling 55.11 Delay constraints <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2461<\/td>\n | 55.12 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 55\u2014Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS), Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer and baseband medium, type 10GBASE-T 55.12.1 Identification 55.12.1.1 Implementation identification 55.12.1.2 Protocol summary <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2462<\/td>\n | 55.12.2 Major capabilities\/options <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2463<\/td>\n | 55.12.3 Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2465<\/td>\n | 55.12.3.1 PCS Receive functions 55.12.3.2 Other PCS functions 55.12.4 Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2467<\/td>\n | 55.12.5 Management interface <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2469<\/td>\n | 55.12.6 PMA Electrical Specifications <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2470<\/td>\n | 55.12.7 Characteristics of the link segment <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2471<\/td>\n | 55.12.8 MDI requirements 55.12.9 General safety and environmental requirements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2472<\/td>\n | 55.12.10 Timing requirements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2473<\/td>\n | Annex 44A (informative) Diagram of Data Flow 44A.1 10GBASE-R bit ordering 44A.2 10GBASE-W serial bit ordering 44A.3 10GBASE-LX4 bit ordering <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2479<\/td>\n | 44A.4 Loopback locations <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2481<\/td>\n | Annex 45A (informative) Clause 45 MDIO electrical interface 45A.1 MDIO driver 45A.2 Single Clause 45 electrical interface <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2482<\/td>\n | 45A.3 Clause 45 electrical interface for STA with Clause 22 electrical interface to PHYs 45A.4 Clause 22 electrical interface for STA with Clause 45 electrical interface to MMDs <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2485<\/td>\n | Annex 48A (normative) Jitter test patterns 48A.1 High-frequency test pattern 48A.2 Low-frequency test pattern 48A.3 Mixed-frequency test pattern <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2486<\/td>\n | 48A.4 Continuous random test pattern (CRPAT) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2487<\/td>\n | 48A.5 Continuous jitter test pattern (CJPAT) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2488<\/td>\n | 48A.5.1 Continuous jitter test pattern (CJPAT) 10 bit values <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2493<\/td>\n | Annex 48B (informative) Jitter test methods 48B.1 BER and jitter model 48B.1.1 Description of dual Dirac mathematical model <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2495<\/td>\n | 48B.1.2 Random Jitter 48B.1.3 Addition of Deterministic Jitter 48B.1.4 Effects of jitter high-pass filtering and CJPAT on deterministic jitter <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2496<\/td>\n | 48B.2 Jitter tolerance test methodologies 48B.2.1 Calibration of a signal source using the BERT scan technique <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2497<\/td>\n | 48B.3 Jitter output test methodologies 48B.3.1 Time domain measurement\u2014Scope and BERT scan 48B.3.1.1 Jitter high pass filtering (using Golden PLL) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2498<\/td>\n | 48B.3.1.2 Time domain scope measurement 48B.3.1.3 BERT Scan 48B.3.1.3.1 Approximate curve-fitting for BERT scan <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2499<\/td>\n | 48B.3.2 Time Interval Analysis 48B.3.2.1 TIA with Golden PLL <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2500<\/td>\n | 48B.3.2.1.1 Test method <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2501<\/td>\n | 48B.3.2.2 TIA with pattern trigger <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2502<\/td>\n | 48B.3.2.2.1 Test Method 48B.3.2.3 Approximate curve fitting for TIA bathtub curve <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2503<\/td>\n | Annex 50A (informative) Thresholds for Severely Errored Second calculations 50A.1 Section SES threshold 50A.2 Line SES threshold 50A.3 Path SES threshold <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2504<\/td>\n | 50A.4 Definition of Path Block Error 50A.5 Definition of Far End Path Block Error <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2505<\/td>\n | Annex 55A (normative) LDPC details 55A.1 The generator matrix 55A.2 The sparse parity check matrix H <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2506<\/td>\n | Annex 55B (informative) Additional cabling design guidelines for 10GBASE-T 55B.1 Alien crosstalk considerations <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2507<\/td>\n | 55B.1.1 Alien crosstalk mitigation <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2508<\/td>\n | 55B.1.2 Alien crosstalk mitigation procedure <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2509<\/td>\n | IEEE Std 802.3\u2122-2012, SECTION FIVE Contents <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2543<\/td>\n | 56. Introduction to Ethernet for subscriber access networks 56.1 Overview <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2547<\/td>\n | 56.1.1 Summary of P2P sublayers 56.1.2 Summary of P2MP sublayers 56.1.2.1 Multipoint MAC Control Protocol (MPCP) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2548<\/td>\n | 56.1.2.2 Reconciliation Sublayer (RS) and media independent interfaces 56.1.3 Physical Layer signaling systems <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2552<\/td>\n | 56.1.4 Management 56.1.5 Unidirectional transmission 56.2 State diagrams 56.3 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2555<\/td>\n | 57. Operations, Administration, and Maintenance (OAM) 57.1 Overview 57.1.1 Scope 57.1.2 Summary of objectives and major concepts <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2556<\/td>\n | 57.1.3 Summary of non-objectives 57.1.4 Positioning of OAM within the IEEE 802.3 architecture 57.1.5 Compatibility considerations 57.1.5.1 Application 57.1.5.2 Interoperability between OAM capable DTEs <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2557<\/td>\n | 57.1.5.3 MAC Control PAUSE 57.1.5.4 Interface to MAC Control client 57.1.5.5 Frame loss during OAM remote loopback 57.1.6 State diagram conventions 57.2 Functional specifications 57.2.1 Interlayer service interfaces <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2558<\/td>\n | 57.2.2 Principles of operation 57.2.3 Instances of the MAC data service interface 57.2.4 Responsibilities of OAM client <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2559<\/td>\n | 57.2.5 OAM client interactions 57.2.5.1 OAMPDU.request 57.2.5.1.1 Function 57.2.5.1.2 Semantics of the service primitive 57.2.5.1.3 When generated 57.2.5.1.4 Effect of receipt 57.2.5.2 OAMPDU.indication 57.2.5.2.1 Function <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2560<\/td>\n | 57.2.5.2.2 Semantics of the service primitive 57.2.5.2.3 When generated 57.2.5.2.4 Effect of receipt 57.2.5.3 OAM_CTL.request 57.2.5.3.1 Function 57.2.5.3.2 Semantics of the service primitive <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2561<\/td>\n | 57.2.5.3.3 When generated 57.2.5.3.4 Effect of receipt 57.2.5.4 OAM_CTL.indication 57.2.5.4.1 Function 57.2.5.4.2 Semantics of the service primitive <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2562<\/td>\n | 57.2.5.4.3 When generated 57.2.5.4.4 Effect of receipt 57.2.6 Instances of the OAM internal service interface 57.2.7 Internal block diagram <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2563<\/td>\n | 57.2.8 OAM internal interactions 57.2.8.1 OAMI.request 57.2.8.1.1 Function 57.2.8.1.2 Semantics of the service primitive 57.2.8.1.3 When generated 57.2.8.1.4 Effect of receipt 57.2.8.2 OAMI.indication 57.2.8.2.1 Function <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2564<\/td>\n | 57.2.8.2.2 Semantics of the service primitive 57.2.8.2.3 When generated 57.2.8.2.4 Effect of receipt 57.2.9 Modes <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2565<\/td>\n | 57.2.9.1 Active mode 57.2.9.2 Passive mode 57.2.10 OAM events 57.2.10.1 Critical link events 57.2.10.2 Link events 57.2.10.3 Local event procedure <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2566<\/td>\n | 57.2.10.4 Remote event procedure 57.2.11 OAM remote loopback 57.2.11.1 Initiating OAM remote loopback <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2567<\/td>\n | 57.2.11.2 During OAM remote loopback 57.2.11.3 Exiting OAM remote loopback 57.2.11.4 Loss of OAMPDUs during OAM remote loopback <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2568<\/td>\n | 57.2.11.5 Loss of frames during OAM remote loopback 57.2.11.6 Timing considerations for OAM remote loopback 57.2.12 Unidirectional OAM operation 57.3 Detailed functions and state diagrams <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2569<\/td>\n | 57.3.1 State diagram variables 57.3.1.1 Constants 57.3.1.2 Variables <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2571<\/td>\n | 57.3.1.3 Messages <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2572<\/td>\n | 57.3.1.4 Counters 57.3.1.5 Timers <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2573<\/td>\n | 57.3.2 Control 57.3.2.1 OAM Discovery <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2574<\/td>\n | 57.3.2.1.1 FAULT state 57.3.2.1.2 ACTIVE_SEND_LOCAL state 57.3.2.1.3 PASSIVE_WAIT state 57.3.2.1.4 SEND_LOCAL_REMOTE state 57.3.2.1.5 SEND_LOCAL_REMOTE_OK state 57.3.2.1.6 SEND_ANY state 57.3.2.1.7 Sending Discovery status to peer <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2575<\/td>\n | 57.3.2.2 Transmit 57.3.2.2.1 RESET state 57.3.2.2.2 WAIT_FOR_TX state <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2576<\/td>\n | 57.3.2.2.3 Expiration of pdu_timer 57.3.2.2.4 Valid request to send an OAMPDU 57.3.2.2.5 TX_OAMPDU state 57.3.2.2.6 Transmit rules 57.3.2.3 Receive rules <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2577<\/td>\n | 57.3.3 Multiplexer 57.3.3.1 WAIT_FOR_TX state 57.3.3.1.1 Valid request to send an OAMPDU 57.3.3.1.2 Valid request to forward or loopback frame <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2578<\/td>\n | 57.3.3.2 TX_FRAME state 57.3.4 Parser 57.3.4.1 Reception of OAMPDU <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2579<\/td>\n | 57.3.4.2 Reception of non-OAMPDUs 57.3.4.2.1 Reception of non-OAMPDU in FWD mode 57.3.4.2.2 Reception of non-OAMPDU in LB mode 57.3.4.2.3 Reception of non-OAMPDU in DISCARD mode 57.4 OAMPDUs 57.4.1 Ordering and representation of octets <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2580<\/td>\n | 57.4.2 Structure 57.4.2.1 Flags field <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2581<\/td>\n | 57.4.2.2 Code field 57.4.3 OAMPDU descriptions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2582<\/td>\n | 57.4.3.1 Information OAMPDU 57.4.3.2 Event Notification OAMPDU <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2583<\/td>\n | 57.4.3.3 Variable Request OAMPDU <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2584<\/td>\n | 57.4.3.4 Variable Response OAMPDU 57.4.3.5 Loopback Control OAMPDU <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2585<\/td>\n | 57.4.3.6 Organization Specific OAMPDU 57.5 OAM TLVs 57.5.1 Parsing <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2586<\/td>\n | 57.5.2 Information TLVs 57.5.2.1 Local Information TLV <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2589<\/td>\n | 57.5.2.2 Remote Information TLV 57.5.2.3 Organization Specific Information TLV 57.5.3 Link Event TLVs <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2590<\/td>\n | 57.5.3.1 Errored Symbol Period Event TLV <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2591<\/td>\n | 57.5.3.2 Errored Frame Event TLV 57.5.3.3 Errored Frame Period Event TLV <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2592<\/td>\n | 57.5.3.4 Errored Frame Seconds Summary Event TLV <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2593<\/td>\n | 57.5.3.5 Organization Specific Event TLVs <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2594<\/td>\n | 57.6 Variables 57.6.1 Variable Descriptors 57.6.2 Variable Containers <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2595<\/td>\n | 57.6.2.1 Format of Variable Containers when returning attributes 57.6.2.2 Format of Variable Containers when returning packages and objects <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2596<\/td>\n | 57.6.3 Parsing <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2597<\/td>\n | 57.6.4 Variable Branch\/Leaf examples 57.6.5 Variable Indications <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2598<\/td>\n | 57.7 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 57, Operations, Administration, and Maintenance (OAM) 57.7.1 Introduction 57.7.2 Identification 57.7.2.1 Implementation identification <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2599<\/td>\n | 57.7.2.2 Protocol summary 57.7.2.3 Major capabilities\/options 57.7.3 PICS proforma tables for Operation, Administration, and Maintenance (OAM) 57.7.3.1 Functional specifications 57.7.3.2 Event Notification Generation and Reception <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2602<\/td>\n | 57.7.3.3 OAMPDUs <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2603<\/td>\n | 57.7.3.4 Local Information TLVs 57.7.3.5 Remote Information TLVs <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2604<\/td>\n | 57.7.3.6 Organization Specific Information TLVs 57.7.4 Link Event TLVs <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2605<\/td>\n | 57.7.5 Variables Descriptors and Containers <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2607<\/td>\n | 58. Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and medium, type 100BASE-LX10 (Long Wavelength) and 100BASE-BX10 (BiDirectional Long Wavelength) 58.1 Overview 58.1.1 Goals and objectives <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2608<\/td>\n | 58.1.2 Positioning of this PMD set within the IEEE 802.3 architecture 58.1.3 Terminology and conventions 58.1.4 Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer service interface <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2609<\/td>\n | 58.1.4.1 Delay constraints 58.1.4.2 PMD_UNITDATA.request 58.1.4.3 PMD_UNITDATA.indication 58.1.4.4 PMD_SIGNAL.indication 58.2 PMD functional specifications <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2610<\/td>\n | 58.2.1 PMD block diagram 58.2.2 PMD transmit function 58.2.3 PMD receive function <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2611<\/td>\n | 58.2.4 100BASE-LX10 and 100BASE-BX10 signal detect function 58.3 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 100BASE-LX10 58.3.1 Transmitter optical specifications <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2612<\/td>\n | 58.3.2 Receiver optical specifications <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2613<\/td>\n | 58.4 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 100BASE-BX10 58.4.1 Transmit optical specifications <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2614<\/td>\n | 58.4.2 Receiver optical specifications <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2615<\/td>\n | 58.5 Illustrative 100BASE-LX10 and 100BASE-BX10 channels and penalties (informative) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2616<\/td>\n | 58.6 Jitter at TP1 and TP4 for 100BASE-LX10 and 100BASE-BX10 (informative) 58.7 Optical measurement requirements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2617<\/td>\n | 58.7.1 Test patterns 58.7.1.1 100BASE-X optical frame-based test pattern <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2619<\/td>\n | 58.7.2 Wavelength and spectral width measurements 58.7.3 Optical power measurements 58.7.4 Extinction ratio measurements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2620<\/td>\n | 58.7.5 Optical modulation amplitude (OMA) measurements (informative) 58.7.6 OMA relationship to extinction ratio and power measurements (informative) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2621<\/td>\n | 58.7.7 Relative intensity noise optical modulation amplitude (RINxOMA) measuring procedure 58.7.7.1 General test description 58.7.7.2 Component descriptions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2622<\/td>\n | 58.7.7.3 Test procedure <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2623<\/td>\n | 58.7.8 Transmitter optical waveform (transmit eye) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2624<\/td>\n | 58.7.9 Transmitter and dispersion penalty (TDP) measurement <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2625<\/td>\n | 58.7.9.1 Reference transmitter requirements 58.7.9.2 Channel requirements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2626<\/td>\n | 58.7.9.3 Reference receiver requirements 58.7.9.4 Test procedure <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2627<\/td>\n | 58.7.9.5 Approximate measures of TDP (informative) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2628<\/td>\n | 58.7.10 Receiver sensitivity measurements 58.7.11 Stressed receiver conformance test <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2629<\/td>\n | 58.7.11.1 Stressed receiver conformance test block diagram <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2630<\/td>\n | 58.7.11.2 Stressed receiver conformance test signal characteristics and calibration <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2632<\/td>\n | 58.7.11.3 Stressed receiver conformance test procedure 58.7.11.4 Sinusoidal jitter for receiver conformance test <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2633<\/td>\n | 58.7.12 Jitter measurements (informative) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2635<\/td>\n | 58.8 Environmental, safety, and labeling 58.8.1 General safety 58.8.2 Laser safety 58.8.3 Installation 58.8.4 Environment 58.8.5 PMD labeling requirements 58.9 Characteristics of the fiber optic cabling <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2636<\/td>\n | 58.9.1 Fiber optic cabling model 58.9.2 Optical fiber and cable <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2637<\/td>\n | 58.9.3 Optical fiber connection 58.9.4 Medium Dependent Interface (MDI) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2638<\/td>\n | 58.10 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 58, Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and medium, type 100BASE-LX10 (Long Wavelength) and 100BASE-BX10 (BiDirectional Long Wavelength) 58.10.1 Introduction 58.10.2 Identification 58.10.2.1 Implementation identification 58.10.2.2 Protocol summary <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2639<\/td>\n | 58.10.2.3 Major capabilities\/options 58.10.3 PICS proforma tables for Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and medium, type 100BASE-LX10 and 100BASE-BX10 58.10.3.1 PMD functional specifications <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2640<\/td>\n | 58.10.3.2 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 100BASE-LX10 58.10.3.3 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 100BASE-BX10-D 58.10.3.4 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 100BASE-BX10-U <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2641<\/td>\n | 58.10.3.5 Optical measurement requirements 58.10.3.6 Environmental specifications 58.10.3.7 Characteristics of the fiber optic cabling and MDI <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2643<\/td>\n | 59. Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and medium, type 1000BASE-LX10 (Long Wavelength) and 1000BASE-BX10 (BiDirectional Long Wavelength) 59.1 Overview 59.1.1 Goals and objectives <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2644<\/td>\n | 59.1.2 Positioning of 1000BASE-LX10 and 1000BASE-BX10 PMDs within the IEEE 802.3 architecture 59.1.3 Terminology and conventions 59.1.4 Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer service interface <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2645<\/td>\n | 59.1.5 Delay constraints 59.1.5.1 PMD_UNITDATA.request 59.1.5.2 PMD_UNITDATA.indication 59.1.5.3 PMD_SIGNAL.indication 59.2 PMD functional specifications 59.2.1 PMD block diagram <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2646<\/td>\n | 59.2.2 PMD transmit function 59.2.3 PMD receive function 59.2.4 PMD signal detect function <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2647<\/td>\n | 59.3 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 1000BASE-LX10 59.3.1 Transmitter optical specifications 59.3.2 Receiver optical specifications <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2650<\/td>\n | 59.4 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 1000BASE-BX10-D and 1000BASE-BX10-U 59.4.1 Transmit optical specifications <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2651<\/td>\n | 59.4.2 Receiver optical specifications 59.5 Illustrative 1000BASE-LX10 and 1000BASE-BX10 channels and penalties (informative) 59.6 Jitter specifications <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2653<\/td>\n | 59.7 Optical measurement requirements 59.7.1 Test patterns <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2656<\/td>\n | 59.7.2 Wavelength and spectral width measurements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2657<\/td>\n | 59.7.3 Optical power measurements 59.7.4 Extinction ratio measurements 59.7.5 OMA measurements (informative) 59.7.6 OMA relationship to extinction ratio and power measurements (informative) 59.7.7 Relative intensity noise optical modulation amplitude (RIN12OMA) 59.7.8 Transmitter optical waveform (transmit eye) 59.7.9 Transmit rise\/fall characteristics <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2658<\/td>\n | 59.7.10 Transmitter and dispersion penalty (TDP) 59.7.11 Receive sensitivity measurements 59.7.12 Total jitter measurements (informative) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2659<\/td>\n | 59.7.13 Deterministic or high probability jitter measurement (informative) 59.7.14 Stressed receiver conformance test 59.7.15 Measurement of the receiver 3 dB electrical upper cutoff frequency <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2660<\/td>\n | 59.8 Environmental, safety, and labeling specifications 59.8.1 General safety 59.8.2 Laser safety 59.8.3 Installation 59.8.4 Environment <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2661<\/td>\n | 59.8.5 PMD labeling requirements 59.9 Characteristics of the fiber optic cabling 59.9.1 Fiber optic cabling model 59.9.2 Optical fiber and cable <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2663<\/td>\n | 59.9.3 Optical fiber connection 59.9.4 Medium Dependent Interface (MDI) 59.9.5 Single-mode fiber offset-launch mode-conditioning patch cord for MMF operation of 1000BASE-LX10 <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2665<\/td>\n | 59.10 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 59, Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and medium, type 1000BASE-LX10 (Long Wavelength) and 1000BASE-BX10 (BiDirectional Long Wavelength) 59.10.1 Introduction 59.10.2 Identification 59.10.2.1 Implementation identification 59.10.2.2 Protocol summary <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2666<\/td>\n | 59.10.3 Major capabilities\/options 59.10.3.1 PMD functional specifications <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2667<\/td>\n | 59.10.3.2 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 1000BASE-LX10 59.10.3.3 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 1000BASE-BX10-D 59.10.3.4 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 1000BASE-BX10-U <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2668<\/td>\n | 59.10.3.5 Optical Measurement requirements 59.10.3.6 Environmental, safety, and labeling specifications <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2669<\/td>\n | 59.10.3.7 Characteristics of the fiber optic cabling 59.10.3.8 Offset-launch mode-conditioning patch cord <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2671<\/td>\n | 60. Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and medium, type 1000BASE-PX10 and 1000BASE-PX20 (long wavelength passive optical networks) 60.1 Overview <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2672<\/td>\n | 60.1.1 Goals and objectives 60.1.2 Positioning of this PMD set within the IEEE 802.3 architecture 60.1.3 Terminology and conventions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2673<\/td>\n | 60.1.4 Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer service interface 60.1.5 Delay constraints 60.1.5.1 PMD_UNITDATA.request 60.1.5.2 PMD_UNITDATA.indication 60.1.5.3 PMD_SIGNAL.request 60.1.5.4 PMD_SIGNAL.indication <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2674<\/td>\n | 60.2 PMD functional specifications 60.2.1 PMD block diagram <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2675<\/td>\n | 60.2.2 PMD transmit function 60.2.3 PMD receive function 60.2.4 PMD signal detect function 60.2.4.1 ONU PMD signal detect (downstream) 60.2.4.2 OLT PMD signal detect (upstream) 60.2.4.3 1000BASE-PX Signal detect functions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2676<\/td>\n | 60.2.5 PMD transmit enable function for ONU 60.3 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 1000BASE-PX10-D and 1000BASE-PX10-U 60.3.1 Transmitter optical specifications <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2678<\/td>\n | 60.3.2 Receiver optical specifications 60.4 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 1000BASE-PX20-D and 1000BASE-PX20-U <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2679<\/td>\n | 60.4.1 Transmit optical specifications <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2680<\/td>\n | 60.4.2 Receiver optical specifications <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2681<\/td>\n | 60.5 Illustrative 1000BASE-PX10 and 1000BASE-PX20 channels and penalties (informative) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2682<\/td>\n | 60.6 Jitter at TP1-4 for 1000BASE-PX10 and 1000BASE-PX20 (informative) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2684<\/td>\n | 60.7 Optical measurement requirements 60.7.1 Frame-based test patterns 60.7.2 Wavelength and spectral width measurements 60.7.3 Optical power measurements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2685<\/td>\n | 60.7.4 Extinction ratio measurements 60.7.5 OMA measurements (informative) 60.7.6 OMA relationship to extinction ratio and power measurements (informative) 60.7.7 Relative intensity noise optical modulation amplitude (RIN15OMA) 60.7.8 Transmitter optical waveform (transmit eye) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2686<\/td>\n | 60.7.9 Transmitter and dispersion penalty (TDP) 60.7.10 Receive sensitivity measurement 60.7.11 Stressed receive conformance test 60.7.12 Jitter measurements (informative) 60.7.13 Other measurements 60.7.13.1 Laser On\/Off timing measurement 60.7.13.1.1 Definitions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2687<\/td>\n | 60.7.13.1.2 Test specification <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2688<\/td>\n | 60.7.13.2 Receiver settling timing measurement (informative) 60.7.13.2.1 Definitions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2689<\/td>\n | 60.7.13.2.2 Test specification <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2690<\/td>\n | 60.8 Environmental, safety, and labeling 60.8.1 General safety 60.8.2 Laser safety 60.8.3 Installation 60.8.4 Environment 60.8.5 PMD labeling requirements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2691<\/td>\n | 60.9 Characteristics of the fiber optic cabling 60.9.1 Fiber optic cabling model 60.9.2 Optical fiber and cable <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2692<\/td>\n | 60.9.3 Optical fiber connection 60.9.4 Medium Dependent Interface (MDI) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2693<\/td>\n | 60.10 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 60, Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and medium, type 1000BASE-PX10 and 1000BASE-PX20 (long wavelength passive optical networks) 60.10.1 Introduction 60.10.2 Identification 60.10.2.1 Implementation identification 60.10.2.2 Protocol Summary <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2694<\/td>\n | 60.10.3 Major capabilities\/options 60.10.4 PICS proforma tables for Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and medium, type 1000BASE-PX10 and 1000BASE-PX20 (long wavelength passive optical networks) 60.10.4.1 PMD functional specifications <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2695<\/td>\n | 60.10.4.2 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 1000BASE-PX10-D 60.10.4.3 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 1000BASE-PX10-U <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2696<\/td>\n | 60.10.4.4 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 1000BASE-PX20-D <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2697<\/td>\n | 60.10.4.5 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 1000BASE-PX20-U 60.10.4.6 Optical measurement requirements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2698<\/td>\n | 60.10.4.7 Characteristics of the fiber optic cabling and MDI 60.10.4.8 Environmental specifications <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2699<\/td>\n | 61. Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS), Transmission Convergence (TC) sublayer, and common specifications, type 10PASS-TS and type 2BASE-TL 61.1 Overview 61.1.1 Scope <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2700<\/td>\n | 61.1.2 Objectives 61.1.3 Relation of 2BASE-TL and 10PASS-TS to other standards <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2701<\/td>\n | 61.1.4 Summary 61.1.4.1 Summary of Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS) specification <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2702<\/td>\n | 61.1.4.1.1 Implementation of Media Independent Interface 61.1.4.1.2 Summary of MAC-PHY Rate Matching specification 61.1.4.1.3 Summary of PME Aggregation specification <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2703<\/td>\n | 61.1.4.1.4 Overview of management 61.1.4.2 Summary of Transmission Convergence (TC) specification 61.1.4.3 Summary of handshaking and PHY control specification 61.1.5 Application of 2BASE-TL, 10PASS-TS 61.1.5.1 Compatibility considerations 61.1.5.2 Incorporating the 2BASE-TL, 10PASS-TS PHY into a DTE 61.1.5.3 Application and examples of PME Aggregation <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2704<\/td>\n | 61.1.5.3.1 Addressing PCS and PME instances 61.1.5.3.2 Indicating PME aggregation capability <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2706<\/td>\n | 61.1.5.3.3 Setting PME aggregation connection <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2707<\/td>\n | 61.1.5.4 Support for handshaking <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2708<\/td>\n | 61.2 PCS functional specifications 61.2.1 MAC-PHY Rate Matching functional specifications 61.2.1.1 MAC-PHY Rate Matching functions 61.2.1.2 MAC-PHY Rate Matching functional interfaces 61.2.1.2.1 MAC-PHY Rate Matching \u2013 MII signals 61.2.1.2.2 MAC-PHY Rate Matching\u2013Management entity signals 61.2.1.3 MAC-PHY Rate Matching state diagrams 61.2.1.3.1 MAC-PHY Rate Matching state diagram constants 61.2.1.3.2 MAC-PHY Rate Matching state diagram variables <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2709<\/td>\n | 61.2.1.3.3 MAC-PHY Rate Matching state diagram timers 61.2.1.3.4 MAC-PHY Rate Matching state diagram functions 61.2.1.3.5 MAC-PHY Rate Matching state diagrams <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2711<\/td>\n | 61.2.2 PME Aggregation functional specifications <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2712<\/td>\n | 61.2.2.1 PAF Enable and Bypass 61.2.2.2 PME Aggregation functions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2713<\/td>\n | 61.2.2.3 PME Aggregation Transmit function 61.2.2.4 PME Aggregation Receive function 61.2.2.4.1 Expected sequence number 61.2.2.4.2 PME Aggregation Receive function state diagram variables <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2714<\/td>\n | 61.2.2.4.3 PME Aggregation Receive function state diagram 61.2.2.4.4 PME Aggregation Receive function state diagram description <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2715<\/td>\n | 61.2.2.5 PME Aggregation restrictions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2716<\/td>\n | 61.2.2.6 PME Aggregation transmit function restrictions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2717<\/td>\n | 61.2.2.7 Error-detecting rules 61.2.2.7.1 Errors during fragment reception <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2718<\/td>\n | 61.2.2.7.2 Errors in fragment sequencing 61.2.2.7.3 Errors in packet reassembly 61.2.2.8 PME aggregation functional interfaces 61.2.2.8.1 PME aggregation\u2013g-interface signals 61.2.2.8.2 PME aggregation\u2013management entity signals <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2719<\/td>\n | 61.2.2.8.3 PME aggregation register functions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2720<\/td>\n | 61.2.2.8.4 PME aggregation discovery register functions 61.2.3 PCS sublayer: Management entity signals <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2722<\/td>\n | 61.3 TC sublayer functional specifications <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2723<\/td>\n | 61.3.1 The g-interface <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2724<\/td>\n | 61.3.2 The a(b)-interface 61.3.2.1 a(b) data flow: reference G.993.1 section 7.1.1 61.3.2.2 a(b) synchronization flow <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2725<\/td>\n | 61.3.2.3 a(b) OAM flow 61.3.3 TC functions 61.3.3.1 TC encapsulation and coding <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2728<\/td>\n | 61.3.3.2 Sync insertion and transmit control <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2729<\/td>\n | 61.3.3.3 TC-CRC functions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2730<\/td>\n | 61.3.3.4 Bit ordering <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2732<\/td>\n | 61.3.3.5 Sync detection <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2733<\/td>\n | 61.3.3.5.1 State diagram variables 61.3.3.5.2 State diagram 61.3.3.6 Receive control <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2734<\/td>\n | 61.3.3.7 State diagrams for 64\/65-octet encapsulation 61.3.3.7.1 Transmit state diagram <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2737<\/td>\n | 61.3.3.7.2 Receive state diagram <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2740<\/td>\n | 61.3.3.8 TC sublayer management entity signals 61.4 Handshaking and PHY control specification for type 2BASE-TL and 10PASS-TS 61.4.1 Overview 61.4.2 Replacement of 1, \u201cScope\u201d\u009d 61.4.2.1 Scope <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2741<\/td>\n | 61.4.2.2 Purpose 61.4.3 Changes to 6.1, \u201cDescription of signals\u201d\u009d 61.4.4 Changes to 9.4, \u201cStandard information field (S)\u201d\u009d <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2742<\/td>\n | 61.4.5 Changes to 9.5, \u201cNon-standard information field (NS)\u201d\u009d 61.4.6 Applicability of Annex A\u2013B and Appendix I\u2013VI 61.4.7 PME Aggregation \u2013 remote access of PME Aggregation registers 61.4.7.1 Remote_discovery_register <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2744<\/td>\n | 61.4.7.2 PME_Aggregate_register <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2745<\/td>\n | 61.4.7.3 Timing and preferred transactions 61.5 Link segment characteristics <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2746<\/td>\n | 61.6 MDI specification 61.7 System considerations 61.8 Environmental specifications 61.9 PHY labeling <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2747<\/td>\n | 61.10 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 61, Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS), Transmission Convergence (TC) sublayer, and common specifications type 10PASS-TS, 2BASE-TL 61.10.1 Introduction 61.10.2 Identification 61.10.2.1 Implementation identification 61.10.2.2 Protocol summary <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2748<\/td>\n | 61.10.3 Major capabilities\/options 61.10.4 PICS proforma tables for the Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS), Transmission Convergence (TC) sublayer, and common specifications type 10PASS-TS, 2BASE-TL 61.10.4.1 MAC-PHY Rate Matching <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2749<\/td>\n | 61.10.4.2 64\/65-octet Encapsulation <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2750<\/td>\n | 61.10.4.3 PME Aggregation <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2756<\/td>\n | 61.10.4.4 Handshaking <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2757<\/td>\n | 62. Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) and Physical Medium Dependent (PMD), type 10PASS-TS 62.1 Overview 62.1.1 Scope 62.1.2 Objectives 62.1.3 Relation of 10PASS-TS to other standards 62.1.4 Summary of Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) specification 62.1.4.1 a(b)-interface 62.1.4.2 I-interface 62.1.4.2.1 I Data Flow <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2758<\/td>\n | 62.1.4.2.2 I Synchronization Flow 62.2 PMA functional specifications 62.2.1 PMA functional diagram 62.2.2 PMA functional specifications <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2759<\/td>\n | 62.2.3 General exceptions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2760<\/td>\n | 62.2.4 Specific requirements and exceptions 62.2.4.1 Replacement of 9.3.1, \u201cPMS-TC functional diagram\u201d\u009d 62.2.4.2 Changes to 9.3.3, \u201cForward error correction\u201d\u009d 62.2.4.3 Changes to 9.3.5, \u201cFraming\u201d\u009d 62.3 PMD functional specifications 62.3.1 PMD Overview <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2761<\/td>\n | 62.3.2 PMD functional specifications 62.3.3 General exceptions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2762<\/td>\n | 62.3.4 Specific requirements and exceptions 62.3.4.1 Replacement of 8.2.1, \u201cMulti-carrier Modulation\u201d\u009d <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2763<\/td>\n | 62.3.4.2 Changes to 8.2.2, \u201cCyclic extension\u201d\u009d 62.3.4.3 Changes to 8.2.3, \u201cSynchronization\u201d\u009d 62.3.4.4 Replacement of 8.2.4, \u201cPower back-off in the upstream direction\u201d\u009d <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2764<\/td>\n | 62.3.4.5 Changes to 8.2.5, \u201cConstellation encoder\u201d\u009d 62.3.4.6 Changes to 8.2.8, \u201cU-interface characteristics\u201d\u009d <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2765<\/td>\n | 62.3.4.7 Changes to section 10, \u201cOperations and maintenance\u201d\u009d <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2766<\/td>\n | 62.3.4.8 Changes to 11.1, \u201cVDSL Link State and Timing Diagram\u201d\u009d <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2767<\/td>\n | 62.3.4.9 Changes to section 18 (Annex 4), \u201cHandshake procedure for VDSL\u201d\u009d 62.3.4.9.1 Replacement of 18.1, \u201cIntroduction\u201d\u009d 62.3.4.9.2 Replacement of 18.2, \u201cDescription of signals\u201d\u009d 62.3.4.9.3 Replacement of 18.3, \u201cMessage coding format\u201d\u009d 62.3.4.9.4 Replacement of 18.4.1, \u201cHandshake – 10PASS-TS-O\u201d\u009d <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2769<\/td>\n | 62.3.4.9.5 Replacement of 18.4.2, \u201cHandshake – 10PASS-TS-R\u201d\u009d <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2770<\/td>\n | 62.3.5 Transmission medium interface characteristics <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2771<\/td>\n | 62.3.5.1 Transmit signal characteristics 62.3.5.1.1 Wide-band power <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2772<\/td>\n | 62.3.5.1.2 Power spectral density (PSD) 62.3.5.1.3 Egress control 62.3.5.2 Termination impedance 62.3.5.3 Return loss <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2773<\/td>\n | 62.3.5.4 Output signal balance <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2774<\/td>\n | 62.4 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 62, Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) and Physical Medium Dependent (PMD), type 10PASS-TS 62.4.1 Introduction 62.4.2 Identification 62.4.2.1 Implementation identification 62.4.2.2 Protocol summary <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2775<\/td>\n | 62.4.3 Major capabilities\/options 62.4.4 PICS proforma tables for the Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) and Physical Medium Dependent (PMD), type 10PASS-TS 62.4.4.1 MCM-VDSL based PMA <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2776<\/td>\n | 62.4.4.2 MCM-VDSL based PMD <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2779<\/td>\n | 63. Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) and Physical Medium Dependent (PMD), type 2BASE-TL 63.1 2BASE-TL Overview 63.1.1 Scope 63.1.2 Objectives 63.1.3 Relation of 2BASE-TL to other standards 63.1.4 Summary of Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) specification <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2780<\/td>\n | 63.1.4.1 a(b)-interface 63.1.4.2 The I-interface 63.1.4.2.1 The I Data Flow <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2781<\/td>\n | 63.1.4.2.2 I Synchronization Flow 63.1.4.3 Operation Channel (OC) 63.1.5 Summary of Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) specification <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2782<\/td>\n | 63.2 2BASE-TL PMA functional specifications 63.2.1 General exceptions 63.2.2 Specific requirements and exceptions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2783<\/td>\n | 63.2.2.1 Changes to 7.1, \u201cData Mode Operation\u201d\u009d 63.2.2.2 Changes to Section 9, \u201cManagement\u201d\u009d 63.2.2.3 Relation between the 2BASE-TL registers and the SHDSL management functions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2784<\/td>\n | 63.3 2BASE-TL PMD functional specifications 63.3.1 General exceptions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2785<\/td>\n | 63.3.2 Specific requirements and exceptions 63.3.2.1 Replacement of section 5, \u201cTransport Capacity\u201d\u009d <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2786<\/td>\n | 63.3.2.2 Changes to section 6, \u201cPMD Layer Functional Characteristics\u201d\u009d <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2787<\/td>\n | 63.3.2.3 Changes to section 10, \u201cClock Architecture\u201d\u009d 63.3.2.4 Changes to Annex A, \u201cRegional Requirements\u2014Region 1\u201d\u009d 63.3.2.4.1 General Changes 63.3.2.4.2 Additional requirement: wetting current <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2788<\/td>\n | 63.3.2.5 Changes to Annex B, \u201cRegional Requirements\u2014Region 2\u201d\u009d 63.3.2.5.1 General changes 63.3.2.5.2 Additional requirement: wetting current 63.3.2.6 Changes to Annex C, \u201cRegional Requirements \u2013 Region 3\u201d\u009d <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2789<\/td>\n | 63.4 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 63, Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) and Physical Medium Dependent (PMD), type 2BASE-TL 63.4.1 Introduction 63.4.2 Identification 63.4.2.1 Implementation identification 63.4.2.2 Protocol summary <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2790<\/td>\n | 63.4.3 Major capabilities\/options 63.4.4 PICS proforma tables for the Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) and Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayers, type 2BASE-TL 63.4.4.1 SHDSL based PMA <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2791<\/td>\n | 63.4.4.2 SHDSL based PMD <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2793<\/td>\n | 64. Multipoint MAC Control 64.1 Overview <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2794<\/td>\n | 64.1.1 Goals and objectives 64.1.2 Position of Multipoint MAC Control within the IEEE 802.3 hierarchy <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2796<\/td>\n | 64.1.3 Functional block diagram <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2797<\/td>\n | 64.1.4 Service interfaces 64.1.5 State diagram conventions 64.2 Multipoint MAC Control operation <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2798<\/td>\n | 64.2.1 Principles of Multipoint MAC Control <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2799<\/td>\n | 64.2.1.1 Ranging and Timing Process <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2800<\/td>\n | 64.2.2 Multipoint transmission control, Control Parser, and Control Multiplexer <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2803<\/td>\n | 64.2.2.1 Constants 64.2.2.2 Counters <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2804<\/td>\n | 64.2.2.3 Variables <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2805<\/td>\n | 64.2.2.4 Functions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2806<\/td>\n | 64.2.2.5 Timers 64.2.2.6 Messages 64.2.2.7 State Diagrams <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2812<\/td>\n | 64.3 Multipoint Control Protocol (MPCP) 64.3.1 Principles of Multipoint Control Protocol 64.3.2 Compatibility considerations 64.3.2.1 PAUSE operation <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2813<\/td>\n | 64.3.2.2 Optional Shared LAN Emulation 64.3.2.3 Multicast and single copy broadcast support 64.3.2.4 Delay requirements 64.3.3 Discovery Processing <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2817<\/td>\n | 64.3.3.1 Constants 64.3.3.2 Variables <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2818<\/td>\n | 64.3.3.3 Functions 64.3.3.4 Timers 64.3.3.5 Messages <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2821<\/td>\n | 64.3.3.6 State Diagram <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2826<\/td>\n | 64.3.4 Report Processing 64.3.4.1 Constants 64.3.4.2 Variables <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2827<\/td>\n | 64.3.4.3 Functions 64.3.4.4 Timers 64.3.4.5 Messages <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2828<\/td>\n | 64.3.4.6 State Diagram <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2830<\/td>\n | 64.3.5 Gate Processing 64.3.5.1 Constants <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2831<\/td>\n | 64.3.5.2 Variables <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2832<\/td>\n | 64.3.5.3 Functions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2833<\/td>\n | 64.3.5.4 Timers 64.3.5.5 Messages <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2835<\/td>\n | 64.3.5.6 State Diagrams <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2838<\/td>\n | 64.3.6 MPCPDU structure and encoding <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2839<\/td>\n | 64.3.6.1 GATE description <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2841<\/td>\n | 64.3.6.2 REPORT description <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2842<\/td>\n | 64.3.6.3 REGISTER_REQ description <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2844<\/td>\n | 64.3.6.4 REGISTER description <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2845<\/td>\n | 64.3.6.5 REGISTER_ACK description <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2847<\/td>\n | 64.4 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 64, Multipoint MAC Control 64.4.1 Introduction 64.4.2 Identification 64.4.2.1 Implementation identification 64.4.2.2 Protocol summary <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2848<\/td>\n | 64.4.3 Major capabilities\/options 64.4.4 PICS proforma tables for Multipoint MAC Control 64.4.4.1 Compatibility Considerations 64.4.4.2 Multipoint MAC Control <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2849<\/td>\n | 64.4.4.3 State diagrams <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2850<\/td>\n | 64.4.4.4 MPCP <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2851<\/td>\n | 65. Extensions of the Reconciliation Sublayer (RS) and Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS) \/ Physical Media Attachment (PMA) for 1000BASE-X for multipoint links and forward error correction 65.1 Extensions of the Reconciliation Sublayer (RS) for point-to-point emulation 65.1.1 Overview 65.1.2 Principle of operation <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2852<\/td>\n | 65.1.3 Functional specifications 65.1.3.1 Variables 65.1.3.2 Transmit <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2853<\/td>\n | 65.1.3.2.1 SLD 65.1.3.2.2 LLID 65.1.3.2.3 CRC-8 65.1.3.3 Receive function <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2854<\/td>\n | 65.1.3.3.1 SLD 65.1.3.3.2 LLID <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2855<\/td>\n | 65.1.3.3.3 CRC-8 65.2 Extensions of the physical coding sublayer for data detection and forward error correction 65.2.1 Overview <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2856<\/td>\n | 65.2.2 Burst-mode operation 65.2.2.1 Principle of operation <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2858<\/td>\n | 65.2.2.2 Detailed functions and state diagrams 65.2.2.2.1 Variables <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2859<\/td>\n | 65.2.2.2.2 Functions 65.2.2.2.3 Messages 65.2.2.2.4 Counters <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2860<\/td>\n | 65.2.2.3 State Diagrams 65.2.3 Forward error correction <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2861<\/td>\n | 65.2.3.1 FEC code 65.2.3.2 FEC frame format 65.2.3.2.1 Placing parity octets 65.2.3.2.2 Shortened last block 65.2.3.2.3 Special frame markers <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2862<\/td>\n | 65.2.3.3 FEC sublayer operation 65.2.3.3.1 Principles of operation <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2863<\/td>\n | 65.2.3.3.2 Functional block diagram 65.2.3.3.3 Transmission <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2864<\/td>\n | 65.2.3.3.4 Reception <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2865<\/td>\n | 65.2.3.4 Detailed functions and state diagrams 65.2.3.4.1 State variables 65.2.3.4.2 Notation conventions 65.2.3.4.3 Constants <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2866<\/td>\n | 65.2.3.4.4 Variables <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2868<\/td>\n | 65.2.3.4.5 Functions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2869<\/td>\n | 65.2.3.4.6 Counters 65.2.3.4.7 Messages 65.2.3.5 State diagrams 65.2.3.5.1 Transmit state diagram <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2871<\/td>\n | 65.2.3.5.2 Receive synchronization state diagram <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2872<\/td>\n | 65.2.3.5.3 Receive state diagram <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2873<\/td>\n | 65.2.3.6 Error monitoring capability 65.2.3.6.1 buffer_head_coding_violation_counter 65.2.3.6.2 FEC_corrected_blocks_counter 65.2.3.6.3 FEC_uncorrected_Blocks_counter <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2874<\/td>\n | 65.3 Extensions to PMA for 1000BASE-PX 65.3.1 Extensions for 1000BASE-PX-U 65.3.1.1 Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer interfaces 65.3.1.2 Loop-timing specifications for ONUs 65.3.2 Extensions for 1000BASE-PX-D 65.3.2.1 CDR lock timing measurement 65.3.2.1.1 Definitions 65.3.2.1.2 Test specification <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2875<\/td>\n | 65.3.3 Delay variation requirements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2876<\/td>\n | 65.4 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 65, Extensions of the Reconciliation Sublayer (RS) and Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS) \/ Physical Media Attachment (PMA) for 1000BASE-X for multipoint links and forward erro… 65.4.1 Introduction 65.4.2 Identification 65.4.2.1 Implementation identification 65.4.2.2 Protocol summary <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2877<\/td>\n | 65.4.3 Major capabilities\/options 65.4.4 PICS proforma tables for Extensions of Reconciliation Sublayer (RS) and Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS) \/ Physical Media Attachment (PMA) for 1000BASE-X for multipoint links and forward error correction 65.4.4.1 Operating modes of OLT MACs 65.4.4.2 ONU and OLT variables <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2878<\/td>\n | 65.4.4.3 Preamble mapping and replacement 65.4.4.4 Data detection 65.4.4.5 FEC requirements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2879<\/td>\n | 65.4.4.6 FEC State diagrams 65.4.4.7 PMA 65.4.4.8 OLT Receiver 65.4.4.9 Delay variation <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2881<\/td>\n | 66. Extensions of the 10 Gb\/s Reconciliation Sublayer (RS), 100BASE-X PHY, and 1000BASE-X PHY for unidirectional transport 66.1 Modifications to the physical coding sublayer (PCS) and physical medium attachment (PMA) sublayer, type 100BASE-X 66.1.1 Overview 66.1.2 Functional specifications 66.1.2.1 Variables 66.1.2.2 Transmit state diagram <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2882<\/td>\n | 66.1.2.3 Far-end fault generate <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2883<\/td>\n | 66.2 Modifications to the physical coding sublayer (PCS) and physical medium attachment (PMA) sublayer, type 1000BASE-X 66.2.1 Overview 66.2.2 Functional specifications <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2884<\/td>\n | 66.2.2.1 Variables 66.2.2.2 Transmit 66.2.2.3 Transmit state diagram <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2885<\/td>\n | 66.3 Modifications to the reconciliation sublayer (RS) for P2P 10 Gb\/s operation 66.3.1 Overview 66.3.2 Functional specifications 66.3.2.1 Link fault signaling 66.3.2.2 Variables 66.3.2.3 State diagram <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2886<\/td>\n | 66.4 Modifications to the RS for P2MP 10 Gb\/s operation 66.4.1 Overview 66.4.2 Functional specifications 66.4.2.1 Link fault signaling 66.4.2.2 Variables 66.4.2.3 State diagram <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2888<\/td>\n | 66.5 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 66, Extensions of the 10 Gb\/s Reconciliation Sublayer (RS), 100BASE-X PHY, and 1000BASE-X PHY for unidirectional transport 66.5.1 Introduction 66.5.2 Identification 66.5.2.1 Implementation identification 66.5.2.2 Protocol summary <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2889<\/td>\n | 66.5.3 Major capabilities\/options 66.5.4 PICS proforma tables for Extensions of the 10 Gb\/s Reconciliation Sublayer (RS), 100BASE-X PHY, and 1000BASE-X PHY for unidirectional transport 66.5.4.1 Maintaining compatibility with IEEE 802.1 protocols 66.5.4.2 Extensions of the 100BASE-X PHY <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2890<\/td>\n | 66.5.4.3 Extensions of the 1000BASE-X PHY 66.5.4.4 Extensions of the 10 Gb\/s P2P RS <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2891<\/td>\n | 66.5.4.5 Extensions of the 10 Gb\/s P2MP RS <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2893<\/td>\n | 67. System considerations for Ethernet subscriber access networks 67.1 Overview <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2894<\/td>\n | 67.2 Discussion and examples of EFM P2MP topologies 67.2.1 Trade off between link span and split ratio 67.2.2 Single splitter topology 67.2.3 Tree-and-branch topology <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2895<\/td>\n | 67.2.4 Interoperability between certain 1000BASE-PX10 and 1000BASE-PX20 67.3 Hybrid media topologies 67.4 Topology limitations 67.5 Deployment restrictions for subscriber access copper <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2896<\/td>\n | 67.6 Operations, Administration, and Maintenance 67.6.1 Unidirectional links 67.6.2 Active and Passive modes 67.6.3 Link status signaling in P2MP networks <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2897<\/td>\n | 68. Physical medium dependent (PMD) sublayer type 10GBASE-LRM 68.1 Overview 68.1.1 Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer service interface 68.2 Delay constraints 68.3 PMD MDIO function mapping <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2898<\/td>\n | 68.4 PMD functional specifications 68.4.1 PMD block diagram 68.4.2 PMD transmit function 68.4.3 PMD receive function 68.4.4 PMD signal detect function <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2899<\/td>\n | 68.4.5 PMD_reset function 68.4.6 PMD_fault function 68.4.7 PMD_global_transmit_disable function 68.4.8 PMD_transmit_fault function 68.4.9 PMD_receive_fault function <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2900<\/td>\n | 68.5 PMD to MDI optical specifications 68.5.1 Transmitter optical specifications 68.5.2 Characteristics of signal within, and at the receiving end of, a compliant 10GBASE- LRM channel (informative) 68.5.3 Receiver optical specifications 68.5.3.1 Dynamic response 68.6 Definitions of optical parameters and measurement methods <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2901<\/td>\n | 68.6.1 Test patterns and related subclauses for optical parameters 68.6.2 Optical modulation amplitude (OMA) 68.6.3 Extinction ratio measurement 68.6.4 Relationship between OMA, extinction ratio and average power (informative) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2904<\/td>\n | 68.6.5 Transmitter optical waveform\u2014transmitter eye mask 68.6.5.1 Transmitter eye mask acceptable hit count examples (informative) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2905<\/td>\n | 68.6.6 Transmitter waveform and dispersion penalty (TWDP) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2906<\/td>\n | 68.6.6.1 TWDP measurement procedure <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2908<\/td>\n | 68.6.6.2 TWDP signal processing algorithm, <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2910<\/td>\n | 68.6.7 Transmitter signal to noise ratio <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2911<\/td>\n | 68.6.8 Transmitter uncorrelated jitter <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2912<\/td>\n | 68.6.9 Comprehensive stressed receiver sensitivity and overload 68.6.9.1 Comprehensive stressed receiver sensitivity and overload test block diagram <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2913<\/td>\n | 68.6.9.2 Comprehensive stressed receiver test signal characteristics <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2914<\/td>\n | 68.6.9.3 Comprehensive stressed receiver test signal calibration 68.6.9.4 Comprehensive stressed receiver test procedure <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2917<\/td>\n | 68.6.10 Simple stressed receiver sensitivity and overload (informative) 68.6.11 Receiver jitter tolerance <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2918<\/td>\n | 68.7 Safety, installation, environment, and labeling 68.7.1 Safety 68.7.2 Installation 68.7.3 Environment 68.7.4 PMD labeling 68.8 Fiber optic cabling model 68.9 Characteristics of the fiber optic cabling (channel) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2919<\/td>\n | 68.9.1 Optical fiber and cable 68.9.2 Optical fiber connections 68.9.2.1 Connection insertion loss 68.9.2.2 Maximum discrete reflectance <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2920<\/td>\n | 68.9.3 Single-mode fiber offset-launch mode-conditioning patch cord <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2921<\/td>\n | 68.10 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 68, Physical medium dependent (PMD) sublayer type 10GBASE-LRM 68.10.1 Introduction 68.10.2 Identification 68.10.2.1 Implementation identification 68.10.2.2 Protocol summary <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2922<\/td>\n | 68.10.2.3 Major capabilities\/options 68.10.3 PICS proforma tables for physical medium dependent (PMD) sublayer type 10GBASE-LRM 68.10.3.1 PMD functional specifications <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2923<\/td>\n | 68.10.3.2 Management functions 68.10.3.3 PMD to MDI optical specifications <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2924<\/td>\n | 68.10.3.4 Definitions of optical parameters and measurement methods 68.10.3.5 Safety, installation, environment, and labeling <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2925<\/td>\n | 68.10.3.6 Characteristics of the fiber optic cabling (channel) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2927<\/td>\n | 69. Introduction to Ethernet operation over electrical backplanes 69.1 Overview 69.1.1 Scope 69.1.2 Objectives <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2928<\/td>\n | 69.1.3 Relationship of Backplane Ethernet to the ISO OSI reference model <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2929<\/td>\n | 69.2 Summary of Backplane Ethernet Sublayers 69.2.1 Reconciliation sublayer and media independent interfaces 69.2.2 Management interface 69.2.3 Physical Layer signaling systems <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2930<\/td>\n | 69.2.4 Auto-Negotiation 69.2.5 Management 69.2.6 Low-Power Idle 69.3 Delay constraints <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2931<\/td>\n | 69.4 State diagrams <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2932<\/td>\n | 69.5 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2933<\/td>\n | 70. Physical Medium Dependent sublayer and baseband medium, type 1000BASE-KX 70.1 Overview 70.2 Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) service interface <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2934<\/td>\n | 70.2.1 PMD_RXQUIET.request 70.2.1.1 Semantics of the service primitive 70.2.1.2 When generated 70.2.1.3 Effect of receipt 70.2.2 PMD_TXQUIET.request 70.2.2.1 Semantics of the service primitive 70.2.2.2 When generated 70.2.2.3 Effect of receipt 70.3 PCS requirements for Auto-Negotiation (AN) service interface 70.4 Delay constraints <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2935<\/td>\n | 70.5 PMD MDIO function mapping 70.6 PMD functional specifications 70.6.1 Link block diagram <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2936<\/td>\n | 70.6.2 PMD transmit function 70.6.3 PMD receive function 70.6.4 PMD signal detect function <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2937<\/td>\n | 70.6.5 PMD transmit disable function 70.6.6 Loopback mode 70.6.7 PMD fault function 70.6.8 PMD transmit fault function 70.6.9 PMD receive fault function 70.6.10 PMD LPI function <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2938<\/td>\n | 70.7 1000BASE-KX electrical characteristics 70.7.1 Transmitter characteristics <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2939<\/td>\n | 70.7.1.1 Test fixtures 70.7.1.2 Test fixture impedance 70.7.1.3 Signaling speed 70.7.1.4 Differential output eye mask <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2940<\/td>\n | 70.7.1.5 Output amplitude <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2941<\/td>\n | 70.7.1.6 Differential output return loss 70.7.1.7 Transition time <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2942<\/td>\n | 70.7.1.8 Transmit jitter 70.7.1.9 Transmit jitter test requirements 70.7.2 Receiver characteristics 70.7.2.1 Receiver interference tolerance <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2943<\/td>\n | 70.7.2.2 Signaling speed range 70.7.2.3 AC-coupling 70.7.2.4 Input signal amplitude 70.7.2.5 Differential input return loss <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2944<\/td>\n | 70.8 Interconnect characteristics 70.9 Environmental specifications 70.9.1 General safety 70.9.2 Network safety 70.9.3 Installation and maintenance guidelines 70.9.4 Electromagnetic compatibility 70.9.5 Temperature and humidity <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2945<\/td>\n | 70.10 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 70, Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and baseband medium, type 1000BASE-KX 70.10.1 Introduction 70.10.2 Identification 70.10.2.1 Implementation identification 70.10.2.2 Protocol summary <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2946<\/td>\n | 70.10.3 Major capabilities\/options <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2947<\/td>\n | 70.10.4 PICS proforma tables for Clause 70, Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and baseband medium, type 1000BASE-KX. 70.10.4.1 PMD functional specifications <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2948<\/td>\n | 70.10.4.2 Management functions 70.10.4.3 Transmitter electrical characteristics <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2949<\/td>\n | 70.10.4.4 Receiver electrical characteristics 70.10.4.5 Environmental and safety specifications <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2951<\/td>\n | 71. Physical Medium Dependent sublayer and baseband medium, type 10GBASE-KX4 71.1 Overview 71.2 Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) service interface <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2952<\/td>\n | 71.2.1 PMD_RXQUIET.request 71.2.1.1 Semantics of the service primitive 71.2.1.2 When generated 71.2.1.3 Effect of receipt 71.2.2 PMD_TXQUIET.request 71.2.2.1 Semantics of the service primitive 71.2.2.2 When generated 71.2.2.3 Effect of receipt 71.3 PCS requirements for Auto-Negotiation (AN) service interface <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2953<\/td>\n | 71.4 Delay constraints 71.5 PMD MDIO function mapping 71.6 PMD functional specifications 71.6.1 Link block diagram <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2954<\/td>\n | 71.6.2 PMD Transmit function <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2955<\/td>\n | 71.6.3 PMD Receive function 71.6.4 Global PMD signal detect function 71.6.5 PMD lane-by-lane signal detect function 71.6.6 Global PMD transmit disable function 71.6.7 PMD lane-by-lane transmit disable function <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2956<\/td>\n | 71.6.8 Loopback mode 71.6.9 PMD fault function 71.6.10 PMD transmit fault function 71.6.11 PMD receive fault function 71.6.12 PMD LPI function <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2957<\/td>\n | 71.7 Electrical characteristics for 10GBASE-KX4 71.7.1 Transmitter characteristics <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2958<\/td>\n | 71.7.1.1 Test fixtures 71.7.1.2 Test fixture impedance 71.7.1.3 Signaling speed 71.7.1.4 Output amplitude <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2959<\/td>\n | 71.7.1.5 Output return loss <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2960<\/td>\n | 71.7.1.6 Differential output template <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2962<\/td>\n | 71.7.1.7 Transition time 71.7.1.8 Transmit jitter 71.7.1.9 Transmit jitter test requirements 71.7.2 Receiver characteristics <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2963<\/td>\n | 71.7.2.1 Receiver interference tolerance 71.7.2.2 Signaling speed 71.7.2.3 AC-coupling 71.7.2.4 Input signal amplitude <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2964<\/td>\n | 71.7.2.5 Differential input return loss 71.8 Interconnect characteristics 71.9 Environmental specifications 71.9.1 General safety 71.9.2 Network safety 71.9.3 Installation and maintenance guidelines 71.9.4 Electromagnetic compatibility 71.9.5 Temperature and humidity <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2965<\/td>\n | 71.10 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 71, Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and baseband medium, type 10GBASE-KX4 71.10.1 Introduction 71.10.2 Identification 71.10.2.1 Implementation identification 71.10.2.2 Protocol summary <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2966<\/td>\n | 71.10.3 Major capabilities\/options 71.10.4 PICS proforma tables for Clause 71, Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and baseband medium, type 10GBASE-KX4 71.10.4.1 PCS requirements for AN service interface <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2967<\/td>\n | 71.10.4.2 PMD functional specifications <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2969<\/td>\n | 71.10.4.3 Management functions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2970<\/td>\n | 71.10.4.4 Transmitter electrical characteristics <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2971<\/td>\n | 71.10.4.5 Receiver electrical characteristics 71.10.4.6 Environmental and safety specifications <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2973<\/td>\n | 72. Physical Medium Dependent sublayer and baseband medium, type 10GBASE-KR 72.1 Overview 72.2 Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) service interface <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2974<\/td>\n | 72.2.1 PMD_RX_MODE.request 72.2.1.1 Semantics of the service primitive 72.2.1.2 When generated 72.2.1.3 Effect of receipt 72.2.2 PMD_TX_MODE.request 72.2.2.1 Semantics of the service primitive 72.2.2.2 When generated 72.2.2.3 Effect of receipt <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2975<\/td>\n | 72.3 PCS requirements for Auto-Negotiation (AN) service interface 72.4 Delay constraints 72.5 PMD MDIO function mapping 72.6 PMD functional specifications 72.6.1 Link block diagram <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2976<\/td>\n | 72.6.2 PMD transmit function 72.6.3 PMD receive function <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2977<\/td>\n | 72.6.4 PMD signal detect function 72.6.5 PMD transmit disable function 72.6.6 Loopback mode <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2978<\/td>\n | 72.6.7 PMD_fault function 72.6.8 PMD transmit fault function 72.6.9 PMD receive fault function 72.6.10 PMD control function 72.6.10.1 Overview 72.6.10.2 Training frame structure <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2979<\/td>\n | 72.6.10.2.1 Frame marker 72.6.10.2.2 Control channel encoding 72.6.10.2.3 Coefficient update field <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2980<\/td>\n | 72.6.10.2.3.1 Preset 72.6.10.2.3.2 Initialize <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2981<\/td>\n | 72.6.10.2.3.3 Coefficient (k) update <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2982<\/td>\n | 72.6.10.2.4 Status report field 72.6.10.2.4.4 Receiver ready 72.6.10.2.4.5 Coefficient (k) status <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2983<\/td>\n | 72.6.10.2.5 Coefficient update process 72.6.10.2.6 Training pattern 72.6.10.3 State variables 72.6.10.3.1 Variables <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2986<\/td>\n | 72.6.10.3.2 Timers 72.6.10.3.3 Counters 72.6.10.3.4 Functions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2987<\/td>\n | 72.6.10.4 State diagrams 72.6.10.4.1 Frame lock 72.6.10.4.2 Training 72.6.10.4.3 Coefficient update <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2990<\/td>\n | 72.6.11 PMD LPI function <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2991<\/td>\n | 72.7 10GBASE-KR electrical characteristics 72.7.1 Transmitter characteristics 72.7.1.1 Test fixture <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2992<\/td>\n | 72.7.1.2 Test fixture impedance 72.7.1.3 Signaling speed 72.7.1.4 Output amplitude <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2993<\/td>\n | 72.7.1.5 Differential output return loss <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2994<\/td>\n | 72.7.1.6 Common-mode output return loss <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2995<\/td>\n | 72.7.1.7 Transition time 72.7.1.8 Transmit jitter test requirements 72.7.1.9 Transmit jitter <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2996<\/td>\n | 72.7.1.10 Transmitter output waveform <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2997<\/td>\n | 72.7.1.11 Transmitter output waveform requirements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2999<\/td>\n | 72.7.2 Receiver characteristics <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3000<\/td>\n | 72.7.2.1 Receiver interference tolerance 72.7.2.2 Signaling speed range 72.7.2.3 AC-coupling 72.7.2.4 Input signal amplitude <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3001<\/td>\n | 72.7.2.5 Differential input return loss 72.8 Interconnect characteristics 72.9 Environmental specifications 72.9.1 General safety 72.9.2 Network safety 72.9.3 Installation and maintenance guidelines 72.9.4 Electromagnetic compatibility 72.9.5 Temperature and humidity <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3002<\/td>\n | 72.10 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 72, Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and baseband medium, type 10GBASE-KR 72.10.1 Introduction 72.10.2 Identification 72.10.2.1 Implementation identification 72.10.2.2 Protocol summary <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3003<\/td>\n | 72.10.3 Major capabilities\/options 72.10.4 PICS proforma tables for Clause 72, Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and baseband medium, type 10GBASE-KR 72.10.4.1 PCS requirements for AN service interface <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3004<\/td>\n | 72.10.4.2 PMD functional specifications 72.10.4.3 Management functions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3005<\/td>\n | 72.10.4.4 PMD Control functions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3007<\/td>\n | 72.10.4.5 Transmitter electrical characteristics <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3009<\/td>\n | 72.10.4.6 Receiver electrical characteristics 72.10.4.7 Environmental specifications <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3011<\/td>\n | 73. Auto-Negotiation for backplane and copper cable assembly 73.1 Auto-Negotiation introduction <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3012<\/td>\n | 73.2 Relationship to the ISO\/IEC Open Systems Interconnection (OSI) reference model 73.3 Functional specifications <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3013<\/td>\n | 73.4 Transmit function requirements 73.5 DME transmission 73.5.1 DME electrical specifications 73.5.2 DME page encoding <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3014<\/td>\n | 73.5.3 DME page timing <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3015<\/td>\n | 73.5.3.1 Manchester violation delimiter 73.6 Link codeword encoding <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3016<\/td>\n | 73.6.1 Selector Field 73.6.2 Echoed Nonce Field 73.6.3 Transmitted Nonce Field <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3017<\/td>\n | 73.6.4 Technology Ability Field 73.6.5 FEC capability <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3018<\/td>\n | 73.6.6 Pause Ability 73.6.7 Remote Fault 73.6.8 Acknowledge 73.6.9 Next Page <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3019<\/td>\n | 73.6.10 Transmit Switch function 73.7 Receive function requirements 73.7.1 DME page reception 73.7.2 Receive Switch function 73.7.3 Link codeword matching 73.7.4 Arbitration function requirements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3020<\/td>\n | 73.7.4.1 Parallel Detection function 73.7.5 Renegotiation function 73.7.6 Priority Resolution function <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3021<\/td>\n | 73.7.7 Next Page function <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3022<\/td>\n | 73.7.7.1 Next page encodings <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3023<\/td>\n | 73.7.7.1.1 Use of Next Pages 73.8 Management register requirements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3024<\/td>\n | 73.9 Technology-Dependent interface 73.9.1 AN_LINK.indication 73.9.1.1 Semantics of the service primitive <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3025<\/td>\n | 73.9.1.2 When generated 73.9.1.3 Effect of receipt 73.10 State diagrams and variable definitions 73.10.1 State diagram variables <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3032<\/td>\n | 73.10.2 State diagram timers <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3034<\/td>\n | 73.10.3 State diagram counters <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3035<\/td>\n | 73.10.4 .State diagrams <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3038<\/td>\n | 73.11 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 73, Auto-Negotiation for backplane and copper cable assembly 73.11.1 Introduction 73.11.2 Identification 73.11.2.1 Implementation identification 73.11.2.2 Protocol summary <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3039<\/td>\n | 73.11.3 Major capabilities\/options 73.11.4 PICS proforma tables for Auto-Negotiation for backplane and copper cable assembly 73.11.4.1 Functional specifications <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3040<\/td>\n | 73.11.4.2 DME transmission <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3041<\/td>\n | 73.11.4.3 Link codeword encoding <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3042<\/td>\n | 73.11.4.4 Receive function requirements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3043<\/td>\n | 73.11.4.5 Next Page function 73.11.4.6 Management register requirements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3044<\/td>\n | 73.11.4.7 State diagrams and variable definitions 73.11.4.8 Service primitives <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3045<\/td>\n | 73.11.4.9 Auto-Negotiation annexes <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3047<\/td>\n | 74. Forward Error Correction (FEC) sublayer for BASE-R PHYs 74.1 Overview 74.2 Objectives 74.3 Relationship to other sublayers <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3048<\/td>\n | 74.4 Inter-sublayer interfaces <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3049<\/td>\n | 74.4.1 Functional Block Diagram for 10GBASE-R PHYs <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3050<\/td>\n | 74.4.2 Functional block diagram for 40GBASE-R PHYs 74.4.3 Functional block diagram for 100GBASE-R PHYs <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3051<\/td>\n | 74.5 FEC service interface <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3052<\/td>\n | 74.5.1 10GBASE-R service primitives 74.5.1.1 FEC_UNITDATA.request 74.5.1.1.1 Semantics of the service primitive 74.5.1.1.2 When generated 74.5.1.1.3 Effect of receipt 74.5.1.2 FEC_UNITDATA.indication <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3053<\/td>\n | 74.5.1.2.1 Semantics of the service primitive 74.5.1.2.2 When generated 74.5.1.2.3 Effect of receipt 74.5.1.3 FEC_SIGNAL.indication 74.5.1.3.1 Semantics of the service primitive 74.5.1.3.2 When generated 74.5.1.3.3 Effect of receipt 74.5.1.4 FEC_ENERGY.indication (optional) 74.5.1.4.1 Effect of receipt <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3054<\/td>\n | 74.5.1.5 FEC_LPI_ACTIVE.request (optional) 74.5.1.5.1 When generated 74.5.1.5.2 Effect of receipt 74.5.1.6 FEC_RX_MODE.request (optional) 74.5.1.6.1 When generated 74.5.1.6.2 Effect of receipt 74.5.1.7 FEC_TX_MODE.request (optional) 74.5.1.7.1 When generated 74.5.1.7.2 Effect of receipt <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3055<\/td>\n | 74.5.2 40GBASE-R and 100GBASE-R service primitives 74.6 Delay constraints 74.7 FEC principle of operation <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3056<\/td>\n | 74.7.1 FEC code 74.7.2 FEC block format <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3057<\/td>\n | 74.7.3 Composition of the FEC block 74.7.4 Functions within FEC sublayer 74.7.4.1 Reverse gearbox function 74.7.4.1.1 Reverse gearbox function for 10GBASE-R <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3058<\/td>\n | 74.7.4.1.2 Reverse gearbox function for 40GBASE-R and 100GBASE-R 74.7.4.2 FEC Encoder <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3059<\/td>\n | 74.7.4.3 FEC transmission bit ordering 74.7.4.4 FEC (2112,2080) encoder <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3060<\/td>\n | 74.7.4.4.1 PN-2112 pseudo-noise sequence generator <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3061<\/td>\n | 74.7.4.5 FEC decoder <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3062<\/td>\n | 74.7.4.5.1 FEC (2112,2080) decoding <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3063<\/td>\n | 74.7.4.6 FEC receive bit ordering 74.7.4.7 FEC block synchronization <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3064<\/td>\n | 74.7.4.8 FEC rapid block synchronization for EEE (optional) 74.8 FEC MDIO function mapping 74.8.1 FEC capability <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3065<\/td>\n | 74.8.2 FEC Enable 74.8.3 FEC Enable Error Indication 74.8.3.1 FEC Error Indication ability <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3066<\/td>\n | 74.8.4 FEC Error monitoring capability 74.8.4.1 FEC_corrected_blocks_counter 74.8.4.2 FEC_uncorrected_blocks_counter 74.9 BASE-R PHY test-pattern mode 74.10 Detailed functions and state diagrams 74.10.1 State diagram conventions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3067<\/td>\n | 74.10.2 State variables 74.10.2.1 Constants 74.10.2.2 Variables 74.10.2.3 Functions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3068<\/td>\n | 74.10.2.4 Counters 74.10.3 State diagrams <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3070<\/td>\n | 74.11 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 74, Forward Error Correction (FEC) sublayer for BASE-R PHYs 74.11.1 Introduction 74.11.2 Identification 74.11.2.1 Implementation identification 74.11.2.2 Protocol summary <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3071<\/td>\n | 74.11.3 Major capabilities\/options <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3072<\/td>\n | 74.11.4 Management <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3073<\/td>\n | 74.11.5 FEC Requirements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3074<\/td>\n | 74.11.6 FEC Error Monitoring <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3075<\/td>\n | 75. Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and medium for passive optical networks, type 10GBASE\u2013PR and 10\/1GBASE\u2013PRX 75.1 Overview 75.1.1 Terminology and conventions 75.1.2 Goals and objectives 75.1.3 Power budget classes <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3076<\/td>\n | 75.1.4 Power budgets <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3077<\/td>\n | 75.1.5 Positioning of PMD sublayer within the IEEE 802.3 architecture 75.2 PMD types <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3080<\/td>\n | 75.2.1 Mapping of PMDs to power budgets 75.2.1.1 Asymmetric-rate, 10 Gb\/s downstream and 1 Gb\/s upstream power budgets (PRX type) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3081<\/td>\n | 75.2.1.2 Symmetric-rate, 10 Gb\/s power budgets (PR type) 75.3 PMD functional specifications 75.3.1 PMD service interface 75.3.1.1 Delay constraints 75.3.1.2 PMD_UNITDATA.request <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3082<\/td>\n | 75.3.1.3 PMD_UNITDATA.indication 75.3.1.4 PMD_SIGNAL.request 75.3.1.5 PMD_SIGNAL.indication 75.3.2 PMD block diagram <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3083<\/td>\n | 75.3.3 PMD transmit function 75.3.4 PMD receive function <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3084<\/td>\n | 75.3.5 PMD signal detect function 75.3.5.1 ONU PMD signal detect 75.3.5.2 OLT PMD signal detect 75.3.5.3 10GBASE\u2013PR and 10\/1GBASE\u2013PRX Signal detect functions 75.3.6 PMD transmit enable function for ONU <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3085<\/td>\n | 75.4 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 10\/10G\u2013EPON and 10\/1G\u2013EPON OLT PMDs 75.4.1 Transmitter optical specifications <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3086<\/td>\n | 75.4.2 Receiver optical specifications <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3088<\/td>\n | 75.5 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 10\/10G\u2013EPON and 10\/1G\u2013EPON ONU PMDs <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3089<\/td>\n | 75.5.1 Transmitter optical specifications <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3090<\/td>\n | 75.5.2 Receiver optical specifications <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3093<\/td>\n | 75.6 Dual-rate (coexistence) mode <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3094<\/td>\n | 75.6.1 Downstream dual-rate operation 75.6.2 Upstream dual-rate operation 75.7 Definitions of optical parameters and measurement methods 75.7.1 Insertion loss 75.7.2 Allocation for penalties in 10G\u2013EPON PMDs 75.7.3 Test patterns <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3095<\/td>\n | 75.7.4 Wavelength and spectral width measurement 75.7.5 Optical power measurements 75.7.6 Extinction ratio measurements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3096<\/td>\n | 75.7.7 Optical modulation amplitude (OMA) test procedure 75.7.8 Relative intensity noise optical modulation amplitude (RINxOMA) measuring procedure 75.7.9 Transmit optical waveform (transmit eye) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3097<\/td>\n | 75.7.10 Transmitter and dispersion penalty (TDP) 75.7.11 Receive sensitivity 75.7.12 Stressed receiver conformance test <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3098<\/td>\n | 75.7.13 Jitter measurements 75.7.14 Laser on\/off timing measurement 75.7.15 Receiver settling timing measurement 75.7.15.1 Definitions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3099<\/td>\n | 75.7.15.2 Test specification <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3100<\/td>\n | 75.8 Environmental, safety, and labeling 75.8.1 General safety 75.8.2 Laser safety 75.8.3 Installation 75.8.4 Environment 75.8.5 PMD labeling <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3101<\/td>\n | 75.9 Characteristics of the fiber optic cabling 75.9.1 Fiber optic cabling model 75.9.2 Optical fiber and cable <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3102<\/td>\n | 75.9.3 Optical fiber connection 75.9.4 Medium Dependent Interface (MDI) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3103<\/td>\n | 75.10 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 75, Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and medium for passive optical networks, type 10GBASE\u2013PR and 10\/1GBASE\u2013PRX 75.10.1 Introduction 75.10.2 Identification 75.10.2.1 Implementation identification 75.10.2.2 Protocol summary <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3104<\/td>\n | 75.10.3 Major capabilities\/options <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3105<\/td>\n | 75.10.4 PICS proforma tables for Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and medium for passive optical networks, type 10GBASE\u2013PR and 10\/1GBASE\u2013PRX 75.10.4.1 PMD functional specifications 75.10.4.2 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 10GBASE\u2013PR\u2013D1 <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3106<\/td>\n | 75.10.4.3 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 10GBASE\u2013PR\u2013D2 75.10.4.4 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 10GBASE\u2013PR\u2013D3 75.10.4.5 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 10\/1GBASE\u2013PRX\u2013D1 <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3107<\/td>\n | 75.10.4.6 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 10\/1GBASE\u2013PRX\u2013D2 75.10.4.7 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 10\/1GBASE\u2013PRX\u2013D3 75.10.4.8 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 10GBASE\u2013PR\u2013U1 <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3108<\/td>\n | 75.10.4.9 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 10GBASE\u2013PR\u2013U3 75.10.4.10 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 10\/1GBASE\u2013PRX\u2013U1 75.10.4.11 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 10\/1GBASE\u2013PRX\u2013U2 <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3109<\/td>\n | 75.10.4.12 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 10\/1GBASE\u2013PRX\u2013U3 75.10.4.13 Definitions of optical parameters and measurement methods <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3110<\/td>\n | 75.10.4.14 Characteristics of the fiber optic cabling and MDI 75.10.4.15 Environmental specifications <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3111<\/td>\n | 76. Reconciliation Sublayer, Physical Coding Sublayer, and Physical Media Attachment for 10G-EPON 76.1 Overview 76.1.1 Conventions 76.1.2 Delay constraints 76.2 Reconciliation Sublayer (RS) for 10G-EPON 76.2.1 Overview <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3114<\/td>\n | 76.2.2 Dual-speed Media Independent Interface 76.2.2.1 10\/10G-EPON 76.2.2.2 10\/1G-EPON 76.2.2.3 Dual-rate mode <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3115<\/td>\n | 76.2.2.4 Mapping of XGMII and GMII primitives <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3116<\/td>\n | 76.2.3 Summary of major concepts 76.2.3.1 Application 76.2.4 GMII structure 76.2.5 XGMII structure <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3117<\/td>\n | 76.2.6 Mapping of XGMII and GMII signals to PLS service primitives 76.2.6.1 Functional specifications for multiple MACs 76.2.6.1.1 Variables 76.2.6.1.2 RS Transmit function <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3118<\/td>\n | 76.2.6.1.3 RS Receive function 76.2.6.1.3.1 SLD 76.2.6.1.3.2 LLID <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3119<\/td>\n | 76.2.6.1.3.3 CRC-8 76.3 Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS) for 10G-EPON 76.3.1 Overview 76.3.1.1 10\/1GBASE-PRX PCS <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3120<\/td>\n | 76.3.1.2 10GBASE-PR PCS 76.3.2 PCS transmit function <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3121<\/td>\n | 76.3.2.1 Idle control character deletion 76.3.2.1.1 Constants <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3122<\/td>\n | 76.3.2.1.2 Variables <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3123<\/td>\n | 76.3.2.1.3 Functions 76.3.2.1.4 Counters 76.3.2.1.5 State diagrams <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3125<\/td>\n | 76.3.2.2 64B\/66B Encode <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3126<\/td>\n | 76.3.2.3 Scrambler 76.3.2.4 FEC encoding 76.3.2.4.1 FEC Algorithm [RS(255,223)] <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3128<\/td>\n | 76.3.2.4.2 Parity calculation <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3130<\/td>\n | 76.3.2.4.3 FEC Transmission Block Formatting 76.3.2.5 Data Detector 76.3.2.5.1 Burst Mode operation (ONU only) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3132<\/td>\n | 76.3.2.5.2 Constants <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3133<\/td>\n | 76.3.2.5.3 Variables <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3134<\/td>\n | 76.3.2.5.4 Functions 76.3.2.5.5 Messages 76.3.2.5.6 Counters <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3135<\/td>\n | 76.3.2.5.7 State diagrams 76.3.2.6 Gearbox <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3138<\/td>\n | 76.3.3 PCS receive Function 76.3.3.1 OLT synchronizer 76.3.3.1.1 Variables <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3139<\/td>\n | 76.3.3.1.2 Counters 76.3.3.1.3 Functions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3141<\/td>\n | 76.3.3.1.4 State diagram 76.3.3.2 ONU Synchronizer <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3143<\/td>\n | 76.3.3.2.1 Constants 76.3.3.2.2 Variables <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3144<\/td>\n | 76.3.3.2.3 Counters 76.3.3.2.4 Functions 76.3.3.2.5 State diagram 76.3.3.3 FEC decoding process <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3146<\/td>\n | 76.3.3.3.1 Variables 76.3.3.3.2 Counters <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3147<\/td>\n | 76.3.3.3.3 Functions 76.3.3.3.4 State diagrams 76.3.3.4 BER monitor <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3148<\/td>\n | 76.3.3.4.1 Variables <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3149<\/td>\n | 76.3.3.4.2 Timers 76.3.3.4.3 Counters 76.3.3.4.4 State diagrams <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3150<\/td>\n | 76.3.3.5 Descrambler 76.3.3.6 66B\/64B Decode <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3151<\/td>\n | 76.3.3.7 Idle Insertion 76.3.3.7.1 Constants 76.3.3.7.2 Variables <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3152<\/td>\n | 76.3.3.7.3 Functions 76.3.3.7.4 Messages 76.3.3.7.5 State diagrams 76.4 10GBASE-PR and 10\/1GBASE-PRX PMA 76.4.1 Extensions for 10GBASE-PR-U and 10\/1GBASE-PRX-U 76.4.1.1 Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer interfaces <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3154<\/td>\n | 76.4.1.2 Loop-timing specifications for ONUs 76.4.2 Extensions for 10GBASE-PR-D and 10\/1GBASE-PRX-D 76.4.2.1 CDR lock timing measurement for the upstream direction 76.4.2.1.1 Test specification <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3155<\/td>\n | 76.5 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 76, Reconciliation Sublayer, Physical Coding Sublayer, and Physical Media Attachment for 10G-EPON 76.5.1 Introduction 76.5.2 Identification 76.5.2.1 Implementation identification <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3156<\/td>\n | 76.5.2.2 Protocol summary 76.5.3 Major capabilities\/options 76.5.4 PICS proforma tables for Reconciliation Sublayer (RS), Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS), and Physical Media Attachment (PMA) for point-to-multipoint media, types 10GBASE\u2013PR and 10\/1GBASE\u2013PRX 76.5.4.1 Operating modes of OLT MACs <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3157<\/td>\n | 76.5.4.2 ONU and OLT variables 76.5.4.3 Preamble mapping and replacement <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3158<\/td>\n | 76.5.4.4 Coding Rules 76.5.4.5 Data detection 76.5.4.6 Idle control character deletion 76.5.4.7 FEC requirements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3159<\/td>\n | 76.5.4.8 FEC state diagrams 76.5.4.9 PCS Idle Insertion 76.5.4.10 PMA 76.5.4.11 Delay variation <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3161<\/td>\n | 77. Multipoint MAC Control for 10G\u2013EPON 77.1 Overview <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3162<\/td>\n | 77.1.1 Goals and objectives 77.1.2 Position of Multipoint MAC Control within the IEEE 802.3 hierarchy <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3166<\/td>\n | 77.1.3 Functional block diagram <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3167<\/td>\n | 77.1.4 Service interfaces 77.1.5 State diagram conventions 77.2 Multipoint MAC Control operation <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3168<\/td>\n | 77.2.1 Principles of Multipoint MAC Control <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3169<\/td>\n | 77.2.1.1 Ranging and timing process <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3170<\/td>\n | 77.2.2 Multipoint transmission control, Control Parser, and Control Multiplexer <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3172<\/td>\n | 77.2.2.1 Constants <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3173<\/td>\n | 77.2.2.2 Counters 77.2.2.3 Variables <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3176<\/td>\n | 77.2.2.4 Functions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3177<\/td>\n | 77.2.2.5 Timers 77.2.2.6 Messages 77.2.2.7 State diagrams <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3183<\/td>\n | 77.3 Multipoint Control Protocol (MPCP) 77.3.1 Principles of Multipoint Control Protocol 77.3.2 Compatibility considerations 77.3.2.1 PAUSE operation <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3184<\/td>\n | 77.3.2.2 Optional Shared LAN emulation 77.3.2.3 Multicast and single copy broadcast support 77.3.2.4 Delay requirements 77.3.3 Discovery processing <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3188<\/td>\n | 77.3.3.1 Constants 77.3.3.2 Variables <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3190<\/td>\n | 77.3.3.3 Functions 77.3.3.4 Timers 77.3.3.5 Messages <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3193<\/td>\n | 77.3.3.6 State Diagrams <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3198<\/td>\n | 77.3.4 Report Processing 77.3.4.1 Constants 77.3.4.2 Variables <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3199<\/td>\n | 77.3.4.3 Functions 77.3.4.4 Timers 77.3.4.5 Messages <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3200<\/td>\n | 77.3.4.6 State diagrams <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3201<\/td>\n | 77.3.5 Gate Processing <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3202<\/td>\n | 77.3.5.1 Constants <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3203<\/td>\n | 77.3.5.2 Variables <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3205<\/td>\n | 77.3.5.3 Functions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3206<\/td>\n | 77.3.5.4 Timers 77.3.5.5 Messages <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3207<\/td>\n | 77.3.5.6 State diagrams <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3210<\/td>\n | 77.3.6 MPCPDU structure and encoding <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3211<\/td>\n | 77.3.6.1 GATE description <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3213<\/td>\n | 77.3.6.2 REPORT description <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3216<\/td>\n | 77.3.6.3 REGISTER_REQ description <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3217<\/td>\n | 77.3.6.4 REGISTER description <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3219<\/td>\n | 77.3.6.5 REGISTER_ACK description 77.4 Discovery Process in dual-rate systems 77.4.1 OLT speed-specific discovery <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3220<\/td>\n | 77.4.2 ONU speed-specific registration <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3223<\/td>\n | 77.5 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 77, Multipoint MAC Control 77.5.1 Introduction 77.5.2 Identification 77.5.2.1 Implementation identification 77.5.2.2 Protocol summary <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3224<\/td>\n | 77.5.3 Major capabilities\/options 77.5.4 PICS proforma tables for Multipoint MAC Control 77.5.4.1 Compatibility considerations 77.5.4.2 Multipoint MAC Control <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3225<\/td>\n | 77.5.4.3 State diagrams <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3226<\/td>\n | 77.5.4.4 MPCP <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3227<\/td>\n | Annex 57A (normative) Requirements for support of Slow Protocols 57A.1 Introduction and rationale 57A.2 Slow Protocol transmission characteristics 57A.3 Addressing <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3228<\/td>\n | 57A.4 Protocol identification <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3229<\/td>\n | 57A.5 Handling of Slow Protocol frames <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3230<\/td>\n | 57A.6 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Annex 57A, Requirements for support of Slow Protocols 57A.6.1 Introduction 57A.6.2 Identification 57A.6.2.1 Implementation identification 57A.6.2.2 Protocol summary <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3231<\/td>\n | 57A.6.2.3 Transmission characteristics 57A.6.2.4 Frame handling <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3232<\/td>\n | Annex 57B (normative) Organization specific slow protocol (OSSP) 57B.1 Transmission and representation of octets 57B.1.1 OSSPDU frame structure <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3234<\/td>\n | 57B.2 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Annex 57B, Organization specific slow protocol (OSSP) 57B.2.1 Introduction 57B.2.2 Identification 57B.2.2.1 Implementation identification 57B.2.2.2 Protocol summary <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3235<\/td>\n | 57B.2.2.3 OSSPDU structure <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3237<\/td>\n | Annex 58A (informative) Frame-based testing <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3239<\/td>\n | Annex 61A (informative) EFM Copper examples 61A.1 Purpose and scope 61A.2 Aggregation Discovery example <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3243<\/td>\n | 61A.3 Example of 64\/65-octet encapsulation <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3247<\/td>\n | Annex 61B (normative) Handshake codepoints for 2BASE-TL and 10PASS-TS 61B.1 Purpose and scope 61B.2 Level-1 S field codepoints for 2BASE-TL and 10PASS-TS 61B.3 Codepoints for 2BASE-TL 61B.3.1 Level-2 S field codepoints for 2BASE-TL <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3249<\/td>\n | 61B.3.2 Level-3 S field codepoints for 2BASE-TL 61B.3.2.1 Training parameter codepoints <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3259<\/td>\n | 61B.3.2.2 PMMS parameter codepoints <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3266<\/td>\n | 61B.3.2.3 Framing parameter codepoints <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3267<\/td>\n | 61B.4 Codepoints for 10PASS-TS 61B.4.1 Level-2 S field codepoints for 10PASS-TS <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3268<\/td>\n | 61B.4.2 Level-3 S field codepoints for 10PASS-TS 61B.4.2.1 Used bands in upstream codepoints <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3269<\/td>\n | 61B.4.2.2 Used bands in downstream codepoints <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3270<\/td>\n | 61B.4.2.3 IDFT\/DFT size codepoints 61B.4.2.4 Initial length of CE codepoints <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3271<\/td>\n | 61B.4.2.5 MCM RFI band codepoints <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3273<\/td>\n | 61B.5 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Annex 61B, Handshake codepoints for 2BASE-TL and 10PASS-TS 61B.5.1 Introduction 61B.5.2 Identification 61B.5.2.1 Implementation identification 61B.5.2.2 Protocol summary 61B.5.3 Major capabilities\/options <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3274<\/td>\n | 61B.5.4 2BASE-TL handshake coding rules <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3275<\/td>\n | Annex 62A (normative) PMD profiles for 10PASS-TS 62A.1 Introduction and rationale 62A.2 Relationship to other clauses 62A.3 Profile definitions 62A.3.1 Bandplan and PSD mask profiles <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3277<\/td>\n | 62A.3.2 Bandplan definitions 62A.3.3 PSD mask definitions 62A.3.4 UPBO Reference PSD Profiles <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3278<\/td>\n | 62A.3.5 Band Notch Profiles <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3280<\/td>\n | 62A.3.6 Payload rate profiles 62A.3.7 Complete profiles 62A.3.8 Default profile <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3281<\/td>\n | 62A.4 Register settings <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3283<\/td>\n | 62A.5 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Annex 62A, PMD profiles for 10PASS-TS 62A.5.1 Introduction 62A.5.2 Identification 62A.5.2.1 Implementation identification 62A.5.2.2 Protocol summary 62A.5.3 Major capabilities\/options 62A.5.4 PICS proforma tables for PMD profiles for 10PASS-TS <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3287<\/td>\n | Annex 62B (normative) Performance guidelines for 10PASS-TS PMD profiles 62B.1 Introduction and rationale 62B.2 Relationship to other clauses 62B.3 Performance test cases <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3289<\/td>\n | 62B.3.1 Additional tests 62B.4 Deployment guidelines <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3290<\/td>\n | 62B.5 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Annex 62B, Performance guidelines for 10PASS-TS PMD profiles 62B.5.1 Introduction 62B.5.2 Identification 62B.5.2.1 Implementation identification 62B.5.2.2 Protocol summary <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3291<\/td>\n | 62B.5.3 Major capabilities\/options 62B.5.4 PICS proforma tables for Performance guidelines for 10PASS-TS PMD profiles <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3293<\/td>\n | Annex 62C (informative) 10PASS-TS Examples 62C.1 Introduction 62C.2 Bandplan configuration <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3296<\/td>\n | 62C.2.1 Plan A with variable LF region <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3297<\/td>\n | 62C.3 PSD mask configuration 62C.3.1 General procedure 62C.3.2 PSD Masks for Plan A with variable LF region <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3299<\/td>\n | Annex 63A (normative) PMD Profiles for 2BASE-TL 63A.1 Introduction and rationale 63A.2 Relationship to other clauses 63A.3 Profile definitions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3300<\/td>\n | 63A.4 Register settings <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3301<\/td>\n | 63A.5 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma Annex 63A, PMD Profiles for 2BASE-TL 63A.5.1 Introduction 63A.5.2 Identification 63A.5.2.1 Implementation identification 63A.5.2.2 Protocol summary <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3302<\/td>\n | 63A.5.3 Major capabilities\/options 63A.5.4 PICS proforma tables for Performance guidelines for 2BASE-TL PMD profiles <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3303<\/td>\n | Annex 63B (normative) Performance guidelines for 2BASE-TL PMD profiles 63B.1 Introduction and rationale 63B.2 Relationship to other clauses 63B.3 Performance test cases. <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3305<\/td>\n | 63B.4 Deployment Guidelines <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3306<\/td>\n | 63B.5 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Annex 63B, Performance guidelines for 2BASE-TL PMD profiles 63B.5.1 Introduction 63B.5.2 Identification 63B.5.2.1 Implementation identification 63B.5.2.2 Protocol summary <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3307<\/td>\n | 63B.5.3 Major capabilities\/options 63B.5.4 PICS proforma tables for Performance guidelines for 2BASE-TL PMD profiles <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3309<\/td>\n | Annex 67A (informative) Environmental characteristics for Ethernet subscriber access networks 67A.1 Introduction 67A.1.1 Terminal deployment scenarios <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3310<\/td>\n | 67A.2 Temperature <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3312<\/td>\n | 67A.3 Temperature impact on optical components 67A.3.1 Component case temperature recommendations <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3315<\/td>\n | Annex 69A (normative) Interference tolerance testing 69A.1 Introduction 69A.2 Test setup <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3316<\/td>\n | 69A.2.1 Pattern generator 69A.2.2 Test channel <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3317<\/td>\n | 69A.2.3 Interference generator 69A.2.4 Transmitter control 69A.3 Test methodology <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3319<\/td>\n | Annex 69B (informative) Interconnect characteristics 69B.1 Overview 69B.2 Reference model 69B.3 Characteristic impedance <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3320<\/td>\n | 69B.4 Channel parameters 69B.4.1 Overview 69B.4.2 Fitted attenuation <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3321<\/td>\n | 69B.4.3 Insertion loss <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3324<\/td>\n | 69B.4.4 Insertion loss deviation 69B.4.5 Return loss <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3325<\/td>\n | 69B.4.6 Crosstalk 69B.4.6.1 Power sum differential near-end crosstalk (PSNEXT) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3326<\/td>\n | 69B.4.6.2 Power sum differential far-end crosstalk (PSFEXT) 69B.4.6.3 Power sum differential crosstalk 69B.4.6.4 Insertion loss to crosstalk ratio (ICR) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3329<\/td>\n | Annex 73A (normative) Next page message code field definitions 73A.1 Message code 1\u2014Null Message code 73A.2 Message code 5\u2014Organizationally Unique Identifier (OUI) tag code <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3330<\/td>\n | 73A.3 Message code 6\u2014AN device identifier tag code 73A.4 Message code 10\u2014EEE technology message code <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3333<\/td>\n | Annex 74A (informative) FEC block encoding examples 74A.1 Input to the FEC (2112,2080) Encoder 74A.2 Output of the FEC (2112,2080) Encoder <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3334<\/td>\n | 74A.3 Output of the FEC (2112,2080) Encoder after scrambling with PN-2112 sequence <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3335<\/td>\n | 74A.4 Output of the PN-2112 sequence generator 74A.5 Output of the FEC (2112,2080) Encoder to Support Rapid Block during the wake state in EEE (optional) 74A.6 Output of the FEC (2112,2080) Encoder to Support Rapid Block during the refresh state in EEE (optional) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3337<\/td>\n | Annex 75A (informative) Dual-rate receiver implementation 75A.1 Overview <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3341<\/td>\n | Annex 75B (informative) Illustrative channels and penalties for PR10, PR20, PR30, PRX10, PRX20, and PRX30 power budget classes 75B.1 Overview 75B.2 Wavelength allocation 75B.2.1 Downstream wavelength allocation <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3343<\/td>\n | 75B.2.2 Upstream wavelength allocation <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3345<\/td>\n | Annex 75C (informative) Jitter at TP1\u2013TP8 for PR10, PR20, PR30, PRX10, PRX20, PRX30 75C.1 Overview <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3347<\/td>\n | Annex 76A (informative) FEC Encoding example 76A.1 Introduction and rationale 76A.2 64B\/66B block input <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3349<\/td>\n | 76A.3 66 bit block input in binary format 76A.4 RS(255,223) input buffer in Binary Format <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3350<\/td>\n | 76A.5 RS(255,223) input buffer <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3351<\/td>\n | 76A.6 Parity symbol output 76A.7 Parity symbols in binary format <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3352<\/td>\n | 76A.8 64B\/66B Parity Blocks for Transmit 76A.9 Parity 66 bit blocks in binary format <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3353<\/td>\n | IEEE Std 802.3\u2122-2012, SECTION SIX Contents <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3373<\/td>\n | 78. Energy-Efficient Ethernet (EEE) 78.1 Overview 78.1.1 LPI Signaling <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3374<\/td>\n | 78.1.1.1 Interlayer service interfaces 78.1.1.2 Responsibilities of LPI Client 78.1.2 LPI Client service interface 78.1.2.1 LP_IDLE.request 78.1.2.1.1 Function <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3375<\/td>\n | 78.1.2.1.2 Semantics of the service primitive 78.1.2.1.3 When generated 78.1.2.1.4 Effect of receipt 78.1.2.2 LP_IDLE.indication 78.1.2.2.1 Function 78.1.2.2.2 Semantics of the service primitive 78.1.2.2.3 When generated 78.1.2.2.4 Effect of receipt <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3376<\/td>\n | 78.1.3 Reconciliation sublayer operation 78.1.3.1 RS LPI assert function <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3377<\/td>\n | 78.1.3.2 LPI detect function 78.1.3.3 PHY LPI operation 78.1.3.3.1 PHY LPI transmit operation <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3378<\/td>\n | 78.1.3.3.2 PHY LPI receive operation 78.1.4 EEE Supported PHY types 78.2 LPI mode timing parameters description <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3379<\/td>\n | 78.3 Capabilities Negotiation <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3380<\/td>\n | 78.4 Data Link Layer Capabilities <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3381<\/td>\n | 78.4.1 Data Link Layer capabilities timing requirements 78.4.2 Control state diagrams 78.4.2.1 Conventions 78.4.2.2 Constants 78.4.2.3 Variables <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3383<\/td>\n | 78.4.2.4 Functions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3384<\/td>\n | 78.4.2.5 State diagrams <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3386<\/td>\n | 78.4.3 State change procedure across a link <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3387<\/td>\n | 78.4.3.1 Transmitting link partner\u2019s state change procedure across a link 78.4.3.2 Receiving link partner\u2019s state change procedure across a link <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3388<\/td>\n | 78.5 Communication link access latency <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3389<\/td>\n | 78.5.1 10 Gb\/s PHY extension using XGXS 78.6 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for EEE Data Link Layer Capabilities 78.6.1 Introduction <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3390<\/td>\n | 78.6.2 Identification 78.6.2.1 Implementation identification 78.6.2.2 Protocol summary 78.6.3 Major capabilities\/options <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3391<\/td>\n | 78.6.4 DLL requirements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3393<\/td>\n | 79. IEEE 802.3 Organizationally Specific Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP) type, length, and value (TLV) information elements 79.1 Overview 79.1.1 IEEE 802.3 LLDP frame format <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3394<\/td>\n | 79.1.1.1 Destination Address field 79.1.1.2 Source Address field 79.1.1.3 Length\/Type field 79.1.1.4 LLDPDU field 79.1.1.5 Pad field 79.1.1.6 Frame Check Sequence field 79.2 Requirements of the IEEE 802.3 Organizationally Specific TLV set 79.3 IEEE 802.3 Organizationally Specific TLVs <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3395<\/td>\n | 79.3.1 MAC\/PHY Configuration\/Status TLV 79.3.1.1 Auto-negotiation support\/status 79.3.1.2 PMD auto-negotiation advertised capability field 79.3.1.3 Operational MAU type <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3396<\/td>\n | 79.3.1.4 MAC\/PHY Configuration\/Status TLV usage rules 79.3.2 Power Via MDI TLV 79.3.2.1 MDI power support <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3397<\/td>\n | 79.3.2.2 PSE power pair 79.3.2.3 Power class 79.3.2.4 Requested power type\/source\/priority <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3398<\/td>\n | 79.3.2.4.1 Power type 79.3.2.4.2 Power source 79.3.2.4.3 Power priority 79.3.2.5 PD requested power value <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3399<\/td>\n | 79.3.2.6 PSE allocated power value 79.3.2.7 Power Via MDI TLV usage rules 79.3.3 Link Aggregation TLV (deprecated) 79.3.3.1 Aggregation status <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3400<\/td>\n | 79.3.3.2 Aggregated port ID 79.3.3.3 Link Aggregation TLV usage rules 79.3.4 Maximum Frame Size TLV 79.3.4.1 Maximum frame size 79.3.4.2 Maximum Frame Size TLV usage rules <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3401<\/td>\n | 79.3.5 EEE TLV 79.3.5.1 Transmit Tw 79.3.5.2 Receive Tw 79.3.5.3 Fallback Tw <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3402<\/td>\n | 79.3.5.4 Echo Transmit and Receive Tw 79.3.5.5 EEE TLV usage rules 79.4 IEEE 802.3 Organizationally Specific TLV selection management 79.4.1 IEEE 802.3 Organizationally Specific TLV selection variable\/LLDP Configuration managed object class cross reference 79.4.2 IEEE 802.3 Organizationally Specific TLV\/LLDP Local and Remote System group managed object class cross references <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3405<\/td>\n | 79.5 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for IEEE 802.3 Organizationally Specific Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP) type, length, and value (TLV) information elements 79.5.1 Introduction 79.5.2 Identification 79.5.2.1 Implementation identification 79.5.2.2 Protocol summary <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3406<\/td>\n | 79.5.3 Major capabilities\/options 79.5.4 IEEE 802.3 Organizationally Specific TLV 79.5.5 MAC\/PHY Configuration\/Status TLV <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3407<\/td>\n | 79.5.6 EEE TLV <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3408<\/td>\n | 79.5.7 Power Via MDI TLV <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3409<\/td>\n | 79.5.8 Link Aggregation TLV 79.5.9 Maximum Frame Size TLV <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3411<\/td>\n | 80. Introduction to 40 Gb\/s and 100 Gb\/s networks 80.1 Overview 80.1.1 Scope 80.1.2 Objectives 80.1.3 Relationship of 40 Gigabit and 100 Gigabit Ethernet to the ISO OSI reference model <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3413<\/td>\n | 80.1.4 Nomenclature 80.1.5 Physical Layer signaling systems <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3414<\/td>\n | 80.2 Summary of 40 Gigabit and 100 Gigabit Ethernet sublayers 80.2.1 Reconciliation Sublayer (RS) and Media Independent Interface 80.2.2 Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3415<\/td>\n | 80.2.3 Forward Error Correction (FEC) sublayer 80.2.4 Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer 80.2.5 Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer 80.2.6 Auto-Negotiation 80.2.7 Management interface (MDIO\/MDC) 80.2.8 Management <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3416<\/td>\n | 80.3 Service interface specification method and notation 80.3.1 Inter-sublayer service interface 80.3.2 Instances of the Inter-sublayer service interface <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3419<\/td>\n | 80.3.3 Semantics of inter-sublayer service interface primitives 80.3.3.1 IS_UNITDATA_i.request 80.3.3.1.1 Semantics of the service primitive 80.3.3.1.2 When generated 80.3.3.1.3 Effect of receipt 80.3.3.2 IS_UNITDATA_i.indication 80.3.3.2.1 Semantics of the service primitive <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3420<\/td>\n | 80.3.3.2.2 When generated 80.3.3.2.3 Effect of receipt 80.3.3.3 IS_SIGNAL.indication 80.3.3.3.1 Semantics of the service primitive 80.3.3.3.2 When generated 80.3.3.3.3 Effect of receipt 80.4 Delay constraints <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3421<\/td>\n | 80.5 Skew constraints <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3425<\/td>\n | 80.6 State diagrams 80.7 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3427<\/td>\n | 81. Reconciliation Sublayer (RS) and Media Independent Interface for 40 Gb\/s and 100 Gb\/s operation (XLGMII and CGMII) 81.1 Overview <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3428<\/td>\n | 81.1.1 Summary of major concepts 81.1.2 Application 81.1.3 Rate of operation 81.1.4 Delay constraints <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3429<\/td>\n | 81.1.5 Allocation of functions 81.1.6 XLGMII\/CGMII structure <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3430<\/td>\n | 81.1.7 Mapping of XLGMII\/CGMII signals to PLS service primitives 81.1.7.1 Mapping of PLS_DATA.request 81.1.7.1.1 Function 81.1.7.1.2 Semantics of the service primitive 81.1.7.1.3 When generated 81.1.7.1.4 Effect of receipt <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3431<\/td>\n | 81.1.7.2 Mapping of PLS_DATA.indication 81.1.7.2.1 Function 81.1.7.2.2 Semantics of the service primitive 81.1.7.2.3 When generated 81.1.7.2.4 Effect of receipt 81.1.7.3 Mapping of PLS_CARRIER.indication 81.1.7.4 Mapping of PLS_SIGNAL.indication 81.1.7.5 Mapping of PLS_DATA_VALID.indication 81.1.7.5.1 Function 81.1.7.5.2 Semantics of the service primitive <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3432<\/td>\n | 81.1.7.5.3 When generated 81.1.7.5.4 Effect of receipt 81.2 XLGMII\/CGMII data stream <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3433<\/td>\n | 81.2.1 Inter-frame 81.2.2 Preamble and start of frame delimiter <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3434<\/td>\n | 81.2.3 Data 81.2.4 End of frame delimiter 81.2.5 Definition of Start of Packet and End of Packet Delimiters 81.3 XLGMII\/CGMII functional specifications 81.3.1 Transmit 81.3.1.1 TX_CLK <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3435<\/td>\n | 81.3.1.2 TXC (transmit control) 81.3.1.3 TXD (transmit data) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3437<\/td>\n | 81.3.1.4 Start control character alignment <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3438<\/td>\n | 81.3.2 Receive 81.3.2.1 RX_CLK (receive clock) 81.3.2.2 RXC (receive control) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3440<\/td>\n | 81.3.2.3 RXD (receive data) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3441<\/td>\n | 81.3.3 Error and fault handling 81.3.3.1 Response to error indications by the XLGMII\/CGMII <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3442<\/td>\n | 81.3.3.2 Conditions for generation of transmit Error control characters 81.3.3.3 Response to received invalid frame sequences 81.3.4 Link fault signaling <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3443<\/td>\n | 81.3.4.1 Variables and counters 81.3.4.2 State Diagram <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3445<\/td>\n | 81.4 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 81, Reconciliation Sublayer (RS) and Media Independent Interface for 40 Gb\/s and 100 Gb\/s operation 81.4.1 Introduction 81.4.2 Identification 81.4.2.1 Implementation identification 81.4.2.2 Protocol summary <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3446<\/td>\n | 81.4.2.3 Major capabilities\/options 81.4.3 PICS proforma tables for Reconciliation Sublayer and Media Independent Interface for 40 Gb\/s and 100 Gb\/s operation 81.4.3.1 General 81.4.3.2 Mapping of PLS service primitives <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3447<\/td>\n | 81.4.3.3 Data stream structure <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3448<\/td>\n | 81.4.3.4 XLGMII\/CGMII signal functional specifications <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3449<\/td>\n | 81.4.3.5 Link fault signaling state diagram <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3451<\/td>\n | 82. Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS) for 64B\/66B, type 40GBASE-R and 100GBASE-R 82.1 Overview 82.1.1 Scope 82.1.2 Relationship of 40GBASE-R and 100GBASE-R to other standards <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3452<\/td>\n | 82.1.3 Summary of 40GBASE-R and 100GBASE-R sublayers 82.1.3.1 Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3453<\/td>\n | 82.1.4 Inter-sublayer interfaces 82.1.4.1 PCS service interface (XLGMII\/CGMII) 82.1.4.2 Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) or Forward Error Correction (FEC) service interface 82.1.5 Functional block diagram <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3454<\/td>\n | 82.2 Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS) 82.2.1 Functions within the PCS <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3455<\/td>\n | 82.2.2 Use of blocks <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3456<\/td>\n | 82.2.3 64B\/66B transmission code 82.2.3.1 Notation conventions 82.2.3.2 Transmission order <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3459<\/td>\n | 82.2.3.3 Block structure <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3460<\/td>\n | 82.2.3.4 Control codes <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3461<\/td>\n | 82.2.3.5 Valid and invalid blocks 82.2.3.6 Idle (\/I\/) 82.2.3.7 Start (\/S\/) 82.2.3.8 Terminate (\/T\/) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3462<\/td>\n | 82.2.3.9 ordered_set (\/O\/) 82.2.3.10 Error (\/E\/) 82.2.4 Transmit process 82.2.5 Scrambler 82.2.6 Block distribution <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3463<\/td>\n | 82.2.7 Alignment marker insertion <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3465<\/td>\n | 82.2.8 BIP calculations <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3466<\/td>\n | 82.2.9 PMA or FEC Interface <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3467<\/td>\n | 82.2.10 Test-pattern generators 82.2.11 Block synchronization 82.2.12 PCS lane deskew 82.2.13 PCS lane reorder <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3468<\/td>\n | 82.2.14 Alignment marker removal 82.2.15 Descrambler 82.2.16 Receive process 82.2.17 Test-pattern checker <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3469<\/td>\n | 82.2.18 Detailed functions and state diagrams 82.2.18.1 State diagram conventions 82.2.18.2 State variables 82.2.18.2.1 Constants 82.2.18.2.2 Variables <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3471<\/td>\n | 82.2.18.2.3 Functions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3472<\/td>\n | 82.2.18.2.4 Counters <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3473<\/td>\n | 82.2.18.2.5 Timers 82.2.18.3 State diagrams <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3474<\/td>\n | 82.3 PCS Management 82.3.1 PMD MDIO function mapping <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3475<\/td>\n | 82.4 Loopback 82.5 Delay constraints <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3476<\/td>\n | 82.6 Auto-Negotiation <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3482<\/td>\n | 82.7 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 82, Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS) for 64B\/66B, type 40GBASE-R and 100GBASE-R 82.7.1 Introduction 82.7.2 Identification 82.7.2.1 Implementation identification 82.7.2.2 Protocol summary <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3483<\/td>\n | 82.7.3 Major capabilities\/options <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3484<\/td>\n | 82.7.4 PICS Proforma Tables for PCS, type 40GBASE-R and 100GBASE-R 82.7.4.1 Coding rules 82.7.4.2 Scrambler and Descrambler <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3485<\/td>\n | 82.7.4.3 Deskew and Reordering 82.7.4.4 Alignment Markers 82.7.5 Test-pattern modes <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3486<\/td>\n | 82.7.5.1 Bit order 82.7.6 Management <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3487<\/td>\n | 82.7.6.1 State diagrams <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3488<\/td>\n | 82.7.6.2 Loopback 82.7.6.3 Delay constraints 82.7.6.5 Auto-Negotiation for Backplane Ethernet functions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3489<\/td>\n | 83. Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer, type 40GBASE-R and 100GBASE-R 83.1 Overview 83.1.1 Scope 83.1.2 Position of the PMA in the 40GBASE-R or 100GBASE-R sublayers 83.1.3 Summary of functions 83.1.4 PMA sublayer positioning <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3492<\/td>\n | 83.2 PMA interfaces 83.3 PMA service interface <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3494<\/td>\n | 83.4 Service interface below PMA <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3495<\/td>\n | 83.5 Functions within the PMA 83.5.1 Per input-lane clock and data recovery 83.5.2 Bit-level multiplexing <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3498<\/td>\n | 83.5.3 Skew and Skew Variation 83.5.3.1 Skew generation toward SP1 83.5.3.2 Skew tolerance at SP1 83.5.3.3 Skew generation toward SP2 83.5.3.4 Skew tolerance at SP5 83.5.3.5 Skew generation at SP6 <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3499<\/td>\n | 83.5.3.6 Skew tolerance at SP6 83.5.4 Delay constraints 83.5.5 Clocking architecture 83.5.6 Signal drivers <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3500<\/td>\n | 83.5.7 Link status 83.5.8 PMA local loopback mode 83.5.9 PMA remote loopback mode (optional) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3501<\/td>\n | 83.5.10 PMA test patterns (optional) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3502<\/td>\n | 83.6 PMA MDIO function mapping <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3507<\/td>\n | 83.7 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 83, Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer, type 40GBASE-R and 100GBASE-R 83.7.1 Introduction 83.7.2 Identification 83.7.2.1 Implementation identification 83.7.2.2 Protocol summary <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3508<\/td>\n | 83.7.3 Major capabilities\/options <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3510<\/td>\n | 83.7.4 Skew generation and tolerance 83.7.5 Test patterns <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3511<\/td>\n | 83.7.6 Loopback modes <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3513<\/td>\n | 84. Physical Medium Dependent sublayer and baseband medium, type 40GBASE-KR4 84.1 Overview 84.2 Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) service interface <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3514<\/td>\n | 84.3 PCS requirements for Auto-Negotiation (AN) service interface <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3515<\/td>\n | 84.4 Delay constraints 84.5 Skew constraints 84.6 PMD MDIO function mapping 84.7 PMD functional specifications 84.7.1 Link block diagram 84.7.2 PMD transmit function <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3517<\/td>\n | 84.7.3 PMD receive function 84.7.4 Global PMD signal detect function 84.7.5 PMD lane-by-lane signal detect function 84.7.6 Global PMD transmit disable function <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3518<\/td>\n | 84.7.7 PMD lane-by-lane transmit disable function 84.7.8 Loopback mode 84.7.9 PMD_fault function 84.7.10 PMD transmit fault function 84.7.11 PMD receive fault function <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3519<\/td>\n | 84.7.12 PMD control function 84.8 40GBASE-KR4 electrical characteristics 84.8.1 Transmitter characteristics 84.8.1.1 Test fixture 84.8.2 Receiver characteristics 84.8.2.1 Receiver interference tolerance 84.9 Interconnect characteristics 84.10 Environmental specifications 84.10.1 General safety <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3520<\/td>\n | 84.10.2 Network safety 84.10.3 Installation and maintenance guidelines 84.10.4 Electromagnetic compatibility 84.10.5 Temperature and humidity <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3521<\/td>\n | 84.11 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 84, Physical Medium Dependent sublayer and baseband medium, type 40GBASE-KR4 84.11.1 Introduction 84.11.2 Identification 84.11.2.1 Implementation identification 84.11.2.2 Protocol summary <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3522<\/td>\n | 84.11.3 Major capabilities\/options <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3523<\/td>\n | 84.11.4 PICS proforma tables for Clause 84, Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and baseband medium, type 40GBASE-KR4 84.11.4.1 PMD functional specifications <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3524<\/td>\n | 84.11.4.2 Management functions 84.11.4.3 Transmitter electrical characteristics 84.11.4.4 Receiver electrical characteristics <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3525<\/td>\n | 84.11.4.5 Environmental specifications <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3527<\/td>\n | 85. Physical Medium Dependent sublayer and baseband medium, type 40GBASE-CR4 and 100GBASE-CR10 85.1 Overview <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3528<\/td>\n | 85.2 Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) service interface <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3529<\/td>\n | 85.3 PCS requirements for Auto-Negotiation (AN) service interface 85.4 Delay constraints 85.5 Skew constraints <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3530<\/td>\n | 85.6 PMD MDIO function mapping <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3532<\/td>\n | 85.7 PMD functional specifications 85.7.1 Link block diagram <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3533<\/td>\n | 85.7.2 PMD Transmit function 85.7.3 PMD Receive function 85.7.4 Global PMD signal detect function <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3534<\/td>\n | 85.7.5 PMD lane-by-lane signal detect function 85.7.6 Global PMD transmit disable function 85.7.7 PMD lane-by-lane transmit disable function 85.7.8 Loopback mode <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3535<\/td>\n | 85.7.9 PMD_fault function 85.7.10 PMD transmit fault function 85.7.11 PMD receive fault function 85.7.12 PMD control function 85.8 MDI Electrical specifications for 40GBASE-CR4 and 100GBASE-CR10 85.8.1 Signal levels <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3536<\/td>\n | 85.8.2 Signal paths 85.8.3 Transmitter characteristics <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3537<\/td>\n | 85.8.3.1 Transmitter differential output return loss 85.8.3.2 Transmitter noise parameter measurements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3538<\/td>\n | 85.8.3.3 Transmitter output waveform <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3540<\/td>\n | 85.8.3.3.1 Coefficient initialization 85.8.3.3.2 Coefficient step size 85.8.3.3.3 Coefficient range 85.8.3.3.4 Waveform acquisition 85.8.3.3.5 Linear fit to the waveform measurement at TP2 <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3541<\/td>\n | 85.8.3.3.6 Transfer function between the transmit function and TP2 <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3542<\/td>\n | 85.8.3.4 Insertion loss TP0 to TP2 or TP3 to TP5 <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3543<\/td>\n | 85.8.3.5 Test fixture <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3544<\/td>\n | 85.8.3.6 Test fixture impedance 85.8.3.7 Test fixture insertion loss 85.8.3.8 Data dependent jitter (DDJ) 85.8.3.9 Signaling rate range <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3545<\/td>\n | 85.8.4 Receiver characteristics at TP3 summary 85.8.4.1 Receiver differential input return loss <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3546<\/td>\n | 85.8.4.2 Receiver interference tolerance test 85.8.4.2.1 Test setup <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3547<\/td>\n | 85.8.4.2.2 Test channel 85.8.4.2.3 Test channel calibration <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3548<\/td>\n | 85.8.4.2.4 Pattern generator 85.8.4.2.5 Test procedure 85.8.4.3 Bit error ratio 85.8.4.4 Signaling rate range 85.8.4.5 AC coupling <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3549<\/td>\n | 85.9 Channel characteristics 85.10 Cable assembly characteristics 85.10.1 Characteristic impedance and reference impedance 85.10.2 Cable assembly insertion loss <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3551<\/td>\n | 85.10.3 Cable assembly insertion loss deviation (ILD) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3552<\/td>\n | 85.10.4 Cable assembly return loss <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3553<\/td>\n | 85.10.5 Cable assembly multiple disturber near-end crosstalk (MDNEXT) loss 85.10.6 Cable assembly multiple disturber far-end crosstalk (MDFEXT) loss <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3554<\/td>\n | 85.10.7 Cable assembly integrated crosstalk noise (ICN) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3556<\/td>\n | 85.10.8 Cable assembly test fixture 85.10.9 Mated test fixtures <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3557<\/td>\n | 85.10.9.1 Mated test fixtures insertion loss 85.10.9.2 Mated test fixtures return loss <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3558<\/td>\n | 85.10.9.3 Mated test fixtures common-mode conversion loss <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3559<\/td>\n | 85.10.9.4 Mated test fixtures integrated crosstalk noise 85.10.10 Shielding 85.10.11 Crossover function <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3560<\/td>\n | 85.11 MDI specification 85.11.1 40GBASE-CR4 MDI connectors 85.11.1.1 Style-1 40GBASE-CR4 MDI connectors <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3561<\/td>\n | 85.11.1.1.1 Style-1 AC coupling <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3562<\/td>\n | 85.11.1.2 Style-2 40GBASE-CR4 MDI connectors 85.11.1.2.1 Style-2 40GBASE-CR4 Connector pin assignments <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3563<\/td>\n | 85.11.2 100GBASE-CR10 MDI connectors <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3565<\/td>\n | 85.11.2.1 100GBASE-CR10 MDI AC coupling 85.11.3 Electronic keying 85.12 Environmental specifications <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3566<\/td>\n | 85.13 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 85, Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and baseband medium, type 40GBASE-CR4 and 100GBASE-CR10 85.13.1 Introduction 85.13.2 Identification 85.13.2.1 Implementation identification 85.13.2.2 Protocol summary <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3567<\/td>\n | 85.13.3 Major capabilities\/options <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3568<\/td>\n | 85.13.4 PICS proforma tables for Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and baseband medium, type 40GBASE-CR4 and 100GBASE-CR10 85.13.4.1 PMD functional specifications <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3569<\/td>\n | 85.13.4.2 Management functions 85.13.4.3 Transmitter specifications <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3570<\/td>\n | 85.13.4.4 Receiver specifications <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3571<\/td>\n | 85.13.4.5 Cable assembly specifications <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3572<\/td>\n | 85.13.4.6 MDI connector specifications 85.13.4.7 Environmental specifications <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3573<\/td>\n | 86. Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and medium, type 40GBASE\u2013SR4 and 100GBASE\u2013SR10 86.1 Overview <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3575<\/td>\n | 86.2 Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) service interface <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3576<\/td>\n | 86.3 Delay and Skew 86.3.1 Delay constraints 86.3.2 Skew and Skew Variation constraints 86.4 PMD MDIO function mapping <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3577<\/td>\n | 86.5 PMD functional specifications 86.5.1 PMD block diagram <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3578<\/td>\n | 86.5.2 PMD transmit function 86.5.3 PMD receive function 86.5.4 PMD global signal detect function <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3579<\/td>\n | 86.5.5 PMD lane-by-lane signal detect function 86.5.6 PMD reset function 86.5.7 PMD global transmit disable function (optional) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3580<\/td>\n | 86.5.8 PMD lane-by-lane transmit disable function (optional) 86.5.9 PMD fault function (optional) 86.5.10 PMD transmit fault function (optional) 86.5.11 PMD receive fault function (optional) 86.6 Lane assignments 86.7 PMD to MDI specifications for 40GBASE-SR4 or 100GBASE-SR10 <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3581<\/td>\n | 86.7.1 Transmitter optical specifications <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3582<\/td>\n | 86.7.2 Characteristics of signal within, and at the receiving end of, a compliant optical channel <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3583<\/td>\n | 86.7.3 40GBASE\u2013SR4 or 100GBASE\u2013SR10 receiver optical specifications <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3584<\/td>\n | 86.7.4 40GBASE\u2013SR4 or 100GBASE\u2013SR10 illustrative link power budget 86.8 Definitions of optical and dual-use parameters and measurement methods 86.8.1 Test points and compliance boards 86.8.2 Test patterns and related subclauses <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3587<\/td>\n | 86.8.2.1 Multi-lane testing considerations 86.8.3 Parameters applicable to both electrical and optical signals 86.8.3.1 Skew and Skew Variation <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3588<\/td>\n | 86.8.3.2 Eye diagrams 86.8.3.2.1 Eye mask acceptable hit count examples 86.8.3.3 Jitter 86.8.3.3.1 J2 Jitter 86.8.3.3.2 J9 Jitter <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3589<\/td>\n | 86.8.4 Optical parameter definitions 86.8.4.1 Wavelength and spectral width 86.8.4.2 Average optical power 86.8.4.3 Optical Modulation Amplitude (OMA) 86.8.4.4 Transmitter and dispersion penalty (TDP) 86.8.4.5 Extinction ratio 86.8.4.6 Transmitter optical waveform (transmit eye) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3590<\/td>\n | 86.8.4.6.1 Optical transmitter eye mask <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3591<\/td>\n | 86.8.4.7 Stressed receiver sensitivity 86.8.4.8 Receiver jitter tolerance <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3592<\/td>\n | 86.9 Safety, installation, environment, and labeling 86.9.1 General safety 86.9.2 Laser safety 86.9.3 Installation 86.9.4 Environment 86.9.5 PMD labeling 86.10 Optical channel 86.10.1 Fiber optic cabling model <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3593<\/td>\n | 86.10.2 Characteristics of the fiber optic cabling (channel) 86.10.2.1 Optical fiber cable 86.10.2.2 Optical fiber connection <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3594<\/td>\n | 86.10.2.2.1 Connection insertion loss 86.10.2.2.2 Maximum discrete reflectance 86.10.3 Medium Dependent Interface (MDI) 86.10.3.1 Optical lane assignments for 40GBASE-SR4 <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3595<\/td>\n | 86.10.3.2 Optical lane assignments for 100GBASE-SR10 86.10.3.3 Medium Dependent Interface (MDI) requirements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3597<\/td>\n | 86.11 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 86, Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and medium, type 40GBASE\u2013SR4 and 100GBASE\u2013SR10 86.11.1 Introduction 86.11.2 Identification 86.11.2.1 Implementation identification 86.11.2.2 Protocol summary <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3598<\/td>\n | 86.11.3 Major capabilities\/options <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3599<\/td>\n | 86.11.4 PICS proforma tables for Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and medium, types 40GBASE\u2013SR4 and 100GBASE\u2013SR10 86.11.4.1 PMD functional specifications <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3600<\/td>\n | 86.11.4.2 Management functions 86.11.4.3 Optical specifications for 40GBASE\u2013SR4 or 100GBASE\u2013SR10 <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3601<\/td>\n | 86.11.4.4 Definitions of parameters and measurement methods 86.11.4.5 Environmental and safety specifications <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3602<\/td>\n | 86.11.4.6 Optical channel and MDI <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3603<\/td>\n | 87. Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and medium, type 40GBASE\u2013LR4 87.1 Overview 87.2 Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) service interface <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3605<\/td>\n | 87.3 Delay and Skew 87.3.1 Delay constraints 87.3.2 Skew constraints 87.4 PMD MDIO function mapping 87.5 PMD functional specifications 87.5.1 PMD block diagram <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3606<\/td>\n | 87.5.2 PMD transmit function <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3607<\/td>\n | 87.5.3 PMD receive function 87.5.4 PMD global signal detect function <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3608<\/td>\n | 87.5.5 PMD lane-by-lane signal detect function 87.5.6 PMD reset function 87.5.7 PMD global transmit disable function (optional) 87.5.8 PMD lane-by-lane transmit disable function <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3609<\/td>\n | 87.5.9 PMD fault function (optional) 87.5.10 PMD transmit fault function (optional) 87.5.11 PMD receive fault function (optional) 87.6 Wavelength-division-multiplexed lane assignments 87.7 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 40GBASE\u2013LR4 <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3610<\/td>\n | 87.7.1 40GBASE\u2013LR4 transmitter optical specifications <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3611<\/td>\n | 87.7.2 40GBASE\u2013LR4 receive optical specifications 87.7.3 40GBASE\u2013LR4 illustrative link power budget <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3612<\/td>\n | 87.8 Definition of optical parameters and measurement methods 87.8.1 Test patterns for optical parameters 87.8.2 Skew and Skew Variation <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3613<\/td>\n | 87.8.3 Wavelength 87.8.4 Average optical power 87.8.5 Optical Modulation Amplitude (OMA) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3614<\/td>\n | 87.8.6 Transmitter and dispersion penalty 87.8.6.1 Reference transmitter requirements 87.8.6.2 Channel requirements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3615<\/td>\n | 87.8.6.3 Reference receiver requirements 87.8.6.4 Test procedure 87.8.7 Extinction ratio 87.8.8 Relative Intensity Noise (RIN20OMA) 87.8.9 Transmitter optical waveform (transmit eye) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3616<\/td>\n | 87.8.10 Receiver sensitivity 87.8.11 Stressed receiver sensitivity 87.8.11.1 Stressed receiver conformance test block diagram <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3617<\/td>\n | 87.8.11.2 Stressed receiver conformance test signal characteristics and calibration <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3619<\/td>\n | 87.8.11.3 Stressed receiver conformance test signal verification 87.8.11.4 Sinusoidal jitter for receiver conformance test <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3620<\/td>\n | 87.8.11.5 Stressed receiver conformance test procedure for WDM conformance testing <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3621<\/td>\n | 87.8.12 Receiver 3 dB electrical upper cutoff frequency 87.9 Safety, installation, environment, and labeling 87.9.1 General safety 87.9.2 Laser safety <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3622<\/td>\n | 87.9.3 Installation 87.9.4 Environment 87.9.4.1 Electromagnetic emission 87.9.4.2 Temperature, humidity, and handling 87.9.5 PMD labeling requirements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3623<\/td>\n | 87.10 Fiber optic cabling model 87.11 Characteristics of the fiber optic cabling (channel) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3624<\/td>\n | 87.11.1 Optical fiber cable 87.11.2 Optical fiber connection 87.11.2.1 Connection insertion loss 87.11.2.2 Maximum discrete reflectance 87.11.3 Medium Dependent Interface (MDI) requirements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3625<\/td>\n | 87.12 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 87, Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and medium, type 40GBASE-LR4 87.12.1 Introduction 87.12.2 Identification 87.12.2.1 Implementation identification 87.12.2.2 Protocol summary <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3626<\/td>\n | 87.12.3 Major capabilities\/options <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3627<\/td>\n | 87.12.4 PICS proforma tables for Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and medium, type 40GBASE-LR4 87.12.4.1 PMD functional specifications <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3628<\/td>\n | 87.12.4.2 Management functions 87.12.4.3 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 40GBASE-LR4 <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3629<\/td>\n | 87.12.4.4 Optical measurement methods 87.12.4.5 Environmental specifications 87.12.4.6 Characteristics of the fiber optic cabling and MDI <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3631<\/td>\n | 88. Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and medium, type 100GBASE\u2013LR4 and 100GBASE\u2013ER4 88.1 Overview 88.2 Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) service interface <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3633<\/td>\n | 88.3 Delay and Skew 88.3.1 Delay constraints 88.3.2 Skew constraints 88.4 PMD MDIO function mapping 88.5 PMD functional specifications 88.5.1 PMD block diagram <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3635<\/td>\n | 88.5.2 PMD transmit function 88.5.3 PMD receive function 88.5.4 PMD global signal detect function <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3636<\/td>\n | 88.5.5 PMD lane-by-lane signal detect function 88.5.6 PMD reset function 88.5.7 PMD global transmit disable function (optional) 88.5.8 PMD lane-by-lane transmit disable function <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3637<\/td>\n | 88.5.9 PMD fault function (optional) 88.5.10 PMD transmit fault function (optional) 88.5.11 PMD receive fault function (optional) 88.6 Wavelength-division-multiplexed lane assignments 88.7 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 100GBASE\u2013LR4 and 100GBASE\u2013ER4 <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3638<\/td>\n | 88.7.1 100GBASE\u2013LR4 and 100GBASE\u2013ER4 transmitter optical specifications <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3640<\/td>\n | 88.7.2 100GBASE\u2013LR4 and 100GBASE\u2013ER4 receive optical specifications <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3641<\/td>\n | 88.7.3 100GBASE\u2013LR4 and 100GBASE\u2013ER4 illustrative link power budgets 88.8 Definition of optical parameters and measurement methods 88.8.1 Test patterns for optical parameters 88.8.2 Wavelength <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3642<\/td>\n | 88.8.3 Average optical power 88.8.4 Optical Modulation Amplitude (OMA) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3643<\/td>\n | 88.8.5 Transmitter and dispersion penalty (TDP) 88.8.5.1 Reference transmitter requirements 88.8.5.2 Channel requirements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3644<\/td>\n | 88.8.5.3 Reference receiver requirements 88.8.5.4 Test procedure 88.8.6 Extinction ratio 88.8.7 Relative Intensity Noise (RIN20OMA) 88.8.8 Transmitter optical waveform (transmit eye) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3645<\/td>\n | 88.8.9 Receiver sensitivity 88.8.10 Stressed receiver sensitivity 88.8.11 Receiver 3 dB electrical upper cutoff frequency 88.9 Safety, installation, environment, and labeling 88.9.1 General safety 88.9.2 Laser safety <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3646<\/td>\n | 88.9.3 Installation 88.9.4 Environment 88.9.5 Electromagnetic emission 88.9.6 Temperature, humidity, and handling 88.9.7 PMD labeling requirements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3647<\/td>\n | 88.10 Fiber optic cabling model 88.11 Characteristics of the fiber optic cabling (channel) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3648<\/td>\n | 88.11.1 Optical fiber cable 88.11.2 Optical fiber connection 88.11.2.1 Connection insertion loss 88.11.2.2 Maximum discrete reflectance 88.11.3 Medium Dependent Interface (MDI) requirements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3649<\/td>\n | 88.12 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 88, Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and medium, type 100GBASE\u2013LR4 and 100GBASE\u2013ER4 88.12.1 Introduction 88.12.2 Identification 88.12.2.1 Implementation identification 88.12.2.2 Protocol summary <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3650<\/td>\n | 88.12.3 Major capabilities\/options <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3651<\/td>\n | 88.12.4 PICS proforma tables for Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and medium, types 100GBASE\u2013LR4 and 100GBASE\u2013ER4 88.12.4.1 PMD functional specifications <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3652<\/td>\n | 88.12.4.2 Management functions 88.12.4.3 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 100GBASE\u2013LR4 88.12.4.4 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 100GBASE\u2013ER4 <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3653<\/td>\n | 88.12.4.5 Optical measurement methods 88.12.4.6 Environmental specifications 88.12.4.7 Characteristics of the fiber optic cabling and MDI <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3655<\/td>\n | 89. Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and medium, type 40GBASE-FR 89.1 Overview <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3656<\/td>\n | 89.2 Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) service interface <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3657<\/td>\n | 89.3 Delay and skew 89.3.1 Delay constraints 89.3.2 Skew constraints 89.4 PMD MDIO function mapping <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3658<\/td>\n | 89.5 PMD functional specifications 89.5.1 PMD block diagram 89.5.2 PMD transmit function 89.5.3 PMD receive function <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3659<\/td>\n | 89.5.4 PMD global signal detect function <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3660<\/td>\n | 89.5.5 PMD reset function 89.5.6 PMD global transmit disable function (optional) 89.5.7 PMD fault function (optional) 89.5.8 PMD transmit fault function (optional) 89.5.9 PMD receive fault function (optional) 89.6 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 40GBASE-FR <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3661<\/td>\n | 89.6.1 40GBASE-FR transmitter optical specifications 89.6.2 40GBASE-FR receive optical specifications <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3662<\/td>\n | 89.6.3 40GBASE-FR illustrative link power budget 89.6.4 Comparison of power budget methodology <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3663<\/td>\n | 89.7 Definition of optical parameters and measurement methods 89.7.1 Test patterns for optical parameters <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3664<\/td>\n | 89.7.2 Skew and Skew Variation 89.7.3 Wavelength 89.7.4 Average optical power 89.7.5 Dispersion penalty 89.7.5.1 Channel requirements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3665<\/td>\n | 89.7.5.2 Reference receiver requirements 89.7.5.3 Test procedure 89.7.6 Extinction ratio <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3666<\/td>\n | 89.7.7 Relative Intensity Noise (RIN20OMA) 89.7.8 Transmitter optical waveform (transmit eye) 89.7.9 Receiver sensitivity 89.7.10 Receiver jitter tolerance 89.7.11 Receiver 3 dB electrical upper cutoff frequency <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3667<\/td>\n | 89.8 Safety, installation, environment, and labeling 89.8.1 General safety 89.8.2 Laser safety 89.8.3 Installation 89.8.4 Environment <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3668<\/td>\n | 89.8.4.1 Electromagnetic emission 89.8.4.2 Temperature, humidity, and handling 89.8.5 PMD labeling requirements 89.9 Fiber optic cabling model 89.10 Characteristics of the fiber optic cabling (channel) 89.10.1 Optical fiber cable <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3669<\/td>\n | 89.10.2 Optical fiber connection 89.10.2.1 Connection insertion loss 89.10.2.2 Maximum discrete reflectance <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3670<\/td>\n | 89.10.3 Medium Dependent Interface (MDI) requirements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3671<\/td>\n | 89.11 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 89, Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and medium, type 40GBASE-FR 89.11.1 Introduction 89.11.2 Identification 89.11.2.1 Implementation identification 89.11.2.2 Protocol summary <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3672<\/td>\n | 89.11.3 Major capabilities\/options 89.11.4 PICS proforma tables for Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and medium, type 40GBASE-FR 89.11.4.1 PMD functional specifications <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3673<\/td>\n | 89.11.4.2 Management functions 89.11.4.3 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 40GBASE-FR <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3674<\/td>\n | 89.11.4.4 Optical measurement methods 89.11.4.5 Environmental specifications 89.11.4.6 Characteristics of the fiber optic cabling and MDI <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3675<\/td>\n | 90. Ethernet support for time synchronization protocols 90.1 Introduction 90.2 Overview 90.3 Relationship with other IEEE standards 90.4 Time Synchronization Service Interface (TSSI) 90.4.1 Introduction <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3676<\/td>\n | 90.4.1.1 Interlayer service interfaces 90.4.1.2 Responsibilities of TimeSync Client <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3677<\/td>\n | 90.4.2 TSSI 90.4.3 Detailed service specification 90.4.3.1 TS_TX.indication primitive 90.4.3.1.1 Semantics 90.4.3.1.2 Condition for generation 90.4.3.1.3 Effect of receipt 90.4.3.2 TS_RX.indication primitive 90.4.3.2.1 Semantics <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3678<\/td>\n | 90.4.3.2.2 Condition for generation 90.4.3.2.3 Effect of receipt 90.5 generic Reconciliation Sublayer (gRS) 90.5.1 TS_SFD_Detect_TX function 90.5.2 TS_SFD_Detect_RX function <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3679<\/td>\n | 90.6 Overview of management features <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3680<\/td>\n | 90.7 Data delay measurement <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3682<\/td>\n | 90.8 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 90, Ethernet support for time synchronization protocols 90.8.1 Introduction 90.8.2 Identification 90.8.2.1 Implementation identification 90.8.2.2 Protocol summary <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3683<\/td>\n | 90.8.3 TSSI indication 90.8.4 Data delay reporting <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3685<\/td>\n | Annex 83A (normative) 40 Gb\/s Attachment Unit Interface (XLAUI) and 100 Gb\/s Attachment Unit Interface (CAUI) 83A.1 Overview <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3686<\/td>\n | 83A.1.1 Summary of major concepts 83A.1.2 Rate of operation 83A.2 XLAUI\/CAUI link block diagram <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3687<\/td>\n | 83A.2.1 Transmitter compliance points <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3688<\/td>\n | 83A.2.2 Receiver compliance points 83A.3 XLAUI\/CAUI electrical characteristics 83A.3.1 Signal levels <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3689<\/td>\n | 83A.3.2 Signal paths 83A.3.3 Transmitter characteristics 83A.3.3.1 Output amplitude <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3690<\/td>\n | 83A.3.3.2 Rise\/fall time <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3691<\/td>\n | 83A.3.3.3 Differential output return loss 83A.3.3.4 Common-mode output return loss <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3692<\/td>\n | 83A.3.3.5 Transmitter eye mask and transmitter jitter definition <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3693<\/td>\n | 83A.3.4 Receiver characteristics <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3694<\/td>\n | 83A.3.4.1 Bit error ratio 83A.3.4.2 Input signal definition 83A.3.4.3 Differential input return loss <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3695<\/td>\n | 83A.3.4.4 Differential to common-mode input return loss <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3696<\/td>\n | 83A.3.4.5 AC coupling 83A.3.4.6 Jitter tolerance <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3697<\/td>\n | 83A.4 Interconnect characteristics <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3698<\/td>\n | 83A.4.1 Characteristic impedance <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3699<\/td>\n | 83A.5 Electrical parameter measurement methods 83A.5.1 Transmit jitter 83A.5.2 Receiver tolerance <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3700<\/td>\n | 83A.6 Environmental specifications 83A.6.1 General safety 83A.6.2 Network safety 83A.6.3 Installation and maintenance guidelines 83A.6.4 Electromagnetic compatibility 83A.6.5 Temperature and humidity <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3701<\/td>\n | 83A.7 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Annex 83A, 40 Gb\/s Attachment Unit Interface (XLAUI) and 100 Gb\/s Attachment Unit Interface (CAUI) 83A.7.1 Introduction 83A.7.2 Identification 83A.7.2.1 Implementation identification 83A.7.2.2 Protocol summary <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3702<\/td>\n | 83A.7.3 Major capabilities\/options 83A.7.4 XLAUI\/CAUI transmitter requirements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3703<\/td>\n | 83A.7.5 XLAUI\/CAUI receiver requirements 83A.7.6 Electrical measurement methods 83A.7.7 Environmental specifications <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3705<\/td>\n | Annex 83B (normative) Chip-module 40 Gb\/s Attachment Unit Interface (XLAUI) and 100Gb\/s Attachment Unit Interface (CAUI) 83B.1 Overview <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3707<\/td>\n | 83B.2 Compliance point specifications for chip-module XLAUI\/CAUI <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3709<\/td>\n | 83B.2.1 Module specifications <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3712<\/td>\n | 83B.2.2 Host specifications <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3713<\/td>\n | 83B.2.3 Host input signal tolerance <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3714<\/td>\n | 83B.3 Environmental specifications 83B.3.1 General safety 83B.3.2 Network safety 83B.3.3 Installation and maintenance guidelines 83B.3.4 Electromagnetic compatibility <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3715<\/td>\n | 83B.3.5 Temperature and humidity <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3716<\/td>\n | 83B.4 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Annex 83B, Chip-module 40 Gb\/s Attachment Unit Interface (XLAUI) and 100 Gb\/s Attachment Unit Interface (CAUI) 83B.4.1 Introduction 83B.4.2 Identification 83B.4.2.1 Implementation identification 83B.4.2.2 Protocol summary <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3717<\/td>\n | 83B.4.3 Major capabilities\/options 83B.4.4 Module requirements 83B.4.5 Host requirements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3718<\/td>\n | 83B.4.6 Environmental specifications <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3719<\/td>\n | Annex 83C (informative) PMA sublayer partitioning examples 83C.1 Partitioning examples with FEC 83C.1.1 FEC implemented with PCS <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3720<\/td>\n | 83C.1.2 FEC implemented with PMD 83C.2 Partitioning examples without FEC 83C.2.1 Single PMA sublayer without FEC <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3721<\/td>\n | 83C.2.2 Single XLAUI\/CAUI without FEC 83C.2.3 Separate SERDES for optical module interface <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3723<\/td>\n | Annex 85A (informative) 40GBASE-CR4 and 100GBASE-CR10 TP0 and TP5 test point parameters 85A.1 Overview 85A.2 Transmitter characteristics at TP0 <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3724<\/td>\n | 85A.3 Receiver characteristics at TP5 85A.4 Transmitter and receiver differential printed circuit board trace loss <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3725<\/td>\n | 85A.5 Channel insertion loss <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3726<\/td>\n | 85A.6 Channel return loss 85A.7 Channel insertion loss deviation (ILD) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3727<\/td>\n | 85A.8 Channel integrated crosstalk noise (ICN) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3729<\/td>\n | Annex 86A (normative) Parallel Physical Interface (nPPI) for 40GBASE-SR4 and 40GBASE-LR4 (XLPPI) and 100GBASE-SR10 (CPPI) 86A.1 Overview 86A.2 Block diagram and test points 86A.3 Lane assignments <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3730<\/td>\n | 86A.4 Electrical specifications for nPPI 86A.4.1 nPPI host to module electrical specifications 86A.4.1.1 Differential return losses at TP1 and TP1a <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3731<\/td>\n | 86A.4.2 nPPI module to host electrical specifications <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3733<\/td>\n | 86A.4.2.1 Differential return losses at TP4 and TP4a <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3734<\/td>\n | 86A.5 Definitions of electrical parameters and measurement methods 86A.5.1 Test points and compliance boards <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3735<\/td>\n | 86A.5.1.1 Compliance board parameters 86A.5.1.1.1 Reference insertion losses of HCB and MCB <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3736<\/td>\n | 86A.5.1.1.2 Electrical specifications of mated HCB and MCB <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3738<\/td>\n | 86A.5.2 Test patterns and related subclauses <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3739<\/td>\n | 86A.5.3 Parameter definitions 86A.5.3.1 AC common-mode voltage 86A.5.3.2 Termination mismatch <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3740<\/td>\n | 86A.5.3.3 Transition time 86A.5.3.4 Data Dependent Pulse Width Shrinkage (DDPWS) 86A.5.3.5 Signal to noise ratio Qsq <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3741<\/td>\n | 86A.5.3.6 Eye mask for TP1a and TP4 86A.5.3.7 Reference impedances for electrical measurements 86A.5.3.8 Host input signal tolerance <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3742<\/td>\n | 86A.5.3.8.1 Introduction 86A.5.3.8.2 Test equipment and setup <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3743<\/td>\n | 86A.5.3.8.3 Stressed eye jitter characteristics <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3744<\/td>\n | 86A.5.3.8.4 Calibration 86A.5.3.8.5 Calibration procedure <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3745<\/td>\n | 86A.5.3.8.6 Test procedure <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3746<\/td>\n | 86A.6 Recommended electrical channel <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3747<\/td>\n | 86A.7 Safety, installation, environment, and labeling 86A.7.1 General safety 86A.7.2 Installation 86A.7.3 Environment 86A.7.4 PMD labeling <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3748<\/td>\n | 86A.8 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Annex 86A, Parallel Physical Interface (nPPI) for 40GBASE-SR4 and 40GBASE-LR4 (XLPPI) and 100GBASE-SR10 (CPPI) 86A.8.1 Introduction 86A.8.2 Identification 86A.8.2.1 Implementation identification 86A.8.2.2 Protocol summary <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3749<\/td>\n | 86A.8.3 Major capabilities\/options 86A.8.4 PICS proforma tables for Parallel Physical Interface (nPPI) for 40GBASE- SR4 and 40GBASE-LR4 (XLPPI) and 100GBASE-SR10 (CPPI) 86A.8.4.1 PMD functional specifications <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3750<\/td>\n | 86A.8.4.2 Electrical specifications for nPPI 86A.8.4.3 Definitions of parameters and measurement methods <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 3751<\/td>\n | 86A.8.4.4 Environmental and safety specifications <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n<\/table>\n","protected":false},"excerpt":{"rendered":" ISO\/IEC\/IEEE International Standard for Ethernet<\/b><\/p>\n |